Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / Xilinx

Xilinx

xlnx · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker xlnx
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · Xilinx
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2009 Form 10-K & Proxy

Financial Highlights

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)  

FY 2009  

FY 2008

Net Revenues  
Operating Income  
Net Income  
Diluted Earnings Per Share  
Cash Dividends Declared Per Share  

$   1,825,184  
429,518  
$  
375,640  
$  
1.36  
$  
0.56  
$  

$   1,841,372
424,194
$  
374,047
$  
1.25
$  
0.48
$  

Net Revenues By End Markets

(Percent of Total Net Revenues)

Communications  
Industrial & Other  
Consumer & Automotive  
Data Processing  

Net Revenues By Geography

(Percent of Total Net Revenues)

North America  
Asia Pacific  
Europe  
Japan  

44%  
32%  
16%  
8%  

34%  
33%  
23%  
10%  

43%
32%
17%
8%

39%
29%
22%
10%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2009 Form 10-K

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K/A 
(Amendment No. 1) 

(Mark One) 
[X] Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934  
For the fiscal year ended March 28, 2009. 

[  ] Transition report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
For the transition period from ______to______. 

Commission File Number 000-18548 

Xilinx, Inc.

                                                             (State or other jurisdiction of  
                                                            incorporation or organization) 

    (I.R.S. Employer  
                    Identification No.)

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 
                  Delaware                                                                                               77-0188631  

                                             2100 Logic Drive, San Jose, CA                                                      95124 
                                                         (Address of principal executive offices)                                                                  (Zip Code) 

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code) (408) 559-7778 

Title of each class
Common stock, $0.01 par value  

Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Global Select Market  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES (cid:95)    NO (cid:134)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES (cid:134)  NO (cid:95)

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports),
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.            YES   (cid:95)              NO   (cid:134)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 
contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III 
of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.                                      (cid:95)

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  Website,  if  any,  every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or 
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).       YES   (cid:95)             NO   (cid:134)

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer  or  a  smaller
reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act.  
              Large accelerated filer (cid:95)         Accelerated filer (cid:134)         Non-accelerated filer (cid:134)(cid:3) Smaller reporting company (cid:134)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).      YES  (cid:134)           NO   (cid:95)                   

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant based upon the closing price of the registrant’s 
common stock on September 27, 2008 as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was approximately $4,798,431,000.  Shares 
of common stock held by each executive officer and director and by each person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding common 
stock have  been  excluded  in that  such  persons  may  be  deemed  affiliates.    This determination of  affiliate  status  is  not  necessarily  a 
conclusive determination for other purposes.  

As of May 15, 2009, the registrant had 275,531,109 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
Parts of the Proxy Statement for the Registrant's Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on August 12, 2009 are incorporated by 
reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

1

 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                                                
         
XILINX, INC.
FORM 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended March 28, 2009 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 

Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 

Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

PART III 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

Item 13. 
Item 14. 

PART IV 

Item 15. 
Signatures 

Business
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 
Selected Financial Data 
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
of Operations 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and 
Financial Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 
and Related Stockholder Matters 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  

Page

3
12
18
18
18
19 

20

22
23

37 
39
74

74
74

75
75
75

77
77

78
80

2

                                             
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

PART I 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform 
Act of 1995.  Forward-looking statements may be found throughout this Annual Report and particularly in Items 1. “Business” and 3. 
“Legal  Proceedings”  which  contain  discussions  concerning  our  development  efforts,  strategy,  new  product  introductions,  backlog 
and  litigation.    Forward-looking  statements  involve  numerous  known  and  unknown  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  actual 
results to differ materially and adversely from those expressed or implied.  Such risks include, but are not limited to, those discussed 
throughout this document as well as in Item 1A.  "Risk Factors."  Often, forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of 
forward-looking  words,  such  as  “may,”  “will,”  “could,”  “should,”  “expect,”  “believe,”  “anticipate,”  “estimate,”  “continue,” 
“plan,” “intend,” “project” and other similar terminology, or the negative of such terms. We disclaim any responsibility to update or 
revise any forward-looking statement provided in this Annual Report or in any of our other communications for any reason. 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS 

Xilinx, Inc. (Xilinx or the Company) designs, develops and markets complete programmable logic solutions.  These solutions have
several components: 

Software design tools to program the PLDs; 
Predefined system functions delivered as intellectual property (IP) cores; 

(cid:120) Advanced integrated circuits (ICs) in the form of programmable logic devices (PLDs); 
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120) Design services; 
(cid:120)
(cid:120)

Customer training; and 
Field engineering and technical support.   

Our PLDs  include  field  programmable  gate  arrays  (FPGAs)  and  complex programmable  logic devices  (CPLDs)  that  our  customers 
program  to  perform  desired  logic  functions.    Our  solutions  are  designed  to  provide  high  integration  and  quick  time-to-market  for
electronic  equipment  manufacturers  in  end  markets  such  as  wired  and  wireless  communications,  industrial,  scientific  and  medical,
aerospace and defense, audio, video and broadcast, consumer, automotive and data processing.  We sell our products globally through 
independent domestic and foreign distributors and through direct sales to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) by a network of 
independent sales representative firms and by a direct sales management organization.  

Xilinx was founded and incorporated in California in February 1984.  In April 1990, the Company reincorporated in Delaware. Our
corporate  facilities  and  executive  offices  are  located  at  2100  Logic  Drive,  San  Jose,  California  95124,  and  our  website  address  is 
www.xilinx.com. 

Industry Overview  

There are three principal types of ICs used in most digital electronic systems: processors, which generally are utilized for control and 
computing tasks; memory devices, which are used for storing program instructions and data; and logic devices, which generally are 
used to manage the interchange and manipulation of digital signals within a system.  Xilinx develops PLDs, a type of logic device.
Alternatives  to  PLDs  include  custom  gate  arrays,  application  specific  integrated  circuits  (ASICs)  and  application  specific  standard 
products (ASSPs).  These devices all compete with each other since they may be utilized in many of the same types of applications 
within  electronic  systems.    However,  variations  in  unit  pricing,  development  cost,  product  performance,  reliability,  power 
consumption, density, functionality, ease of use and time-to-market determine the degree to which the devices compete for specific
applications.   

The primary advantage PLDs have over custom gate arrays, ASICs and ASSPs is that PLDs enable faster time-to-market because of 
their shorter design cycles.  Users can program the PLD to implement their design, using software to create and revise their designs 
relatively quickly with lower development costs.  PLDs typically have a larger die size resulting in higher costs per unit compared to 
custom gate arrays, ASICs and ASSPs, which are customized to perform a limited fixed function.  Custom gate arrays, ASICs and 
ASSPs, however, generally offer less flexibility, require longer design cycles and higher up-front costs than PLDs.   

PLDs  are  standard  components.    This  means  that  the  same  device  type  can  be  sold  to  many  different  users  for  many  different 
applications. As a result, the development cost of PLDs can be spread over a large number of users.  Custom gate arrays, ASICs and 
ASSPs,  on  the  other  hand,  are  custom  chips  for  an  individual  user  for  use  in  a  specific  application.    ASSPs  implement  specific 
functions for a limited set of users.  This involves a high up-front cost to users.  Technology advances are enabling PLD companies to 
reduce costs considerably, making PLDs an increasingly attractive alternative to custom gate arrays, ASICs and ASSPs.   

3

An overview of typical PLD end market applications for our products is shown in the following table: 

End Markets 

Sub-Segments 

Applications

Communications 

Wireless 

Wireline 

Consumer, Automotive, 
Industrial and Other 

Consumer 

3G/4G Base Stations 

(cid:120)
(cid:120) Wireless Backhaul 

(cid:120) Metro Area Networks 
(cid:120) Optical Networks 
(cid:120)
(cid:120) Mid-end and High-end Routers

Enterprise Switches 

Flat-Panel Televisions 
(cid:120)
(cid:120) Digital Video Recorders 
(cid:120) Cable Set-Top Boxes 

Automotive 

(cid:120) GPS Navigation Systems 
(cid:120) Rear-Seat Entertainment 
(cid:120) Vision-Based Driver Assistance Systems 

Industrial, Scientific and 
Medical

Audio, Video and Broadcast 

Aerospace and Defense 

Data Processing  

Storage and Servers 

Factory Automation 

(cid:120)
(cid:120) Medical Imaging  
(cid:120)

Test and Measurement Equipment 

(cid:120) Cable Head-end Systems 
(cid:120) Broadcast Equipment 
(cid:120) Video Cameras 

Satellite Surveillance 
(cid:120)
(cid:120) Radar and Sonar Systems 
Secure Communications 
(cid:120)

Security and Encryption 

(cid:120)
(cid:120) Computer Peripherals 

Office Automation

(cid:120) Copiers
Printers
(cid:120)

Products

Integral  to  the  success  of  our  business  is  the  timely  introduction  of  new  products  that  meet  customer  requirements  and  compete 
effectively with respect to price, functionality, power and performance.  Software design tools, IP cores, reference platforms, technical 
support and design services are also critical components that enable our customers to implement their design specifications into our 
PLDs.  Altogether, our PLDs and related tools, IP, service and support form a comprehensive programmable logic solution.  A brief
overview of our PLD offerings follows and is not all-inclusive but does comprise the majority of our revenues.  Some of our more
mature  product  families  have  been  excluded  from  the  table  although  they  continue  to  generate  revenues. We  operate  and  track our
results in one operating segment for financial reporting purposes. 

4

Date Introduced 

Densities

Process
Technology 

Voltage 

Product Families 

FPGAs

Virtex®-6 

Virtex-5 

Virtex-4 

February 2009 

May 2006 

June 2004 

Virtex-II Pro 

March 2002 

Virtex-II 

Virtex-E 

Spartan®-6 

Spartan-3A

Spartan-3E 

Spartan-3 

January 2001 

September 1999 

February 2009 

December 2006

March 2005 

April 2003 

Spartan-IIE 

November 2001 

CPLDs

Date Introduced 

CoolRunner™-II 

January 2002 

CoolRunner 

August 1999 

Virtex FPGAs 

75K to 760K 
Logic Cells 

20K to 330K 
Logic Cells 

12K to 200K 
Logic Cells 

3K to 99K 
Logic Cells 

576 to 104K 
Logic Cells 

1.7K to 73K 
Logic Cells 
4K to 150K 
Logic Cells 

1.6K to 54K 
Logic Cells 

2.2K to 33.2K 
Logic Cells 

1.7K to 75K 
Logic Cells 

1.7K to 16K 
Logic Cells 

Densities

32 to 512 
Macrocells

32 to 512 
Macrocells 

40-nanometer (nm) 

1.0v, 0.9v 

65nm 

90nm 

130nm 

150nm 

180nm 

45nm 

90nm 

90nm 

90nm 

150nm 

Process
Technology 

180nm 

350nm 

1.0v 

1.2v 

1.5v 

1.5v 

1.8v 

1.2v, 1.0v 

1.2v 

1.2v 

1.2v 

1.8v 

Voltage 

1.8v 

3.3v 

The  Virtex-6  FPGA  family  consists  of  13  devices  and  is  the  sixth  generation  in  the  Virtex  series  of  FPGAs.  Virtex-6  FPGAs  are 
fabricated on a high-performance, 40-nm process technology.  The Virtex-6 family is comprised of three domain-optimized platforms 
to deliver different feature mixes to address a variety of markets as follows: 

LXT platform: for applications that require high-performance logic, digital signal processing (DSP), and serial connectivity; 
(cid:120)
SXT platform: for applications that require ultra high-performance DSP and serial connectivity; 
(cid:120)
(cid:120) HXT platform: for communications applications that require the highest-speed serial connectivity. 

The Virtex-5 FPGA family consists of 26 devices and five platforms:  Virtex-5 LX FPGAs for logic-intensive designs, Virtex-5 LXT
FPGAs for high-performance logic with serial connectivity, Virtex-5 SXT FPGAs for high-performance DSP with serial connectivity,
Virtex-5  FXT  FPGAs  for  embedded  processing  with  serial  connectivity  and  Virtex-5  TXT  FPGAs  for  high-bandwidth  serial 
connectivity.

Prior generation Virtex families include Virtex-4, Virtex-II Pro, Virtex-II, Virtex-E and the original Virtex family.  

5

Spartan FPGAs 

The sixth generation in the Spartan FPGA series, the Spartan-6 FPGA family, is fabricated on a low-power 45-nm process technology.
The Spartan-6 family is the PLD industry’s first 45-nm high-volume FPGA family.  The family consists of 11 devices and is delivered 
on two FPGA platforms to address diverse market and application requirements as follows:  

(cid:120)
(cid:120)

LX platform: for applications that require cost-effective logic, memory and DSP; 
LXT platform: for applications that require LX features plus high-speed serial transceivers. 

Spartan-3 FPGAs were the PLD industry’s first 90-nm FPGAs and are comprised of three platforms including the original Spartan-3 
family, the Spartan-3E family and the Spartan-3A family. 

Prior generation Spartan families include Spartan-IIE, Spartan-II, Spartan XL and the original Spartan family.   

EasyPath FPGAs 

EasyPath™ FPGAs use the same production masks and fabrication process as standard FPGAs and are tested to a specific customer 
application to improve yield and lower costs.  As a result, EasyPath FPGAs provide customers with significant cost reduction when 
compared to the standard FPGA devices without the conversion risk, conversion engineering effort or the additional time required to 
move to an ASIC.  EasyPath FPGAs are available for the higher density devices of the Virtex-II Pro, Virtex-4 and Virtex-5 families.
EasyPath FPGAs will also be available for the higher densities of the Virtex-6 family.  Customers purchasing EasyPath FPGAs must
meet certain minimum order requirements and pay a custom test generation charge. 

CPLDs

CPLDs  operate  on  the  low  end  of  the  programmable  logic  density  spectrum.    CPLDs  are  single  chip,  nonvolatile  solutions 
characterized by instant-on and universal interconnect. 

The  CoolRunner-II  family  is  the  latest  generation  Xilinx  CPLD  family  with  six  devices  in  production.    CoolRunner-II  CPLDs 
combine the advantages of ultra low power consumption with the benefits of high performance and low cost.  While CoolRunner-II is
suitable  for  a  wide  variety  of  end  markets  and  applications,  the  ultra  low  power  consumption  and  small  package  profiles  of  these
devices have led to their acceptance in the growing portable consumer electronics marketplace. 

Prior generation CPLD families include the CoolRunner, XC9500 and XC9500XL, which offer low cost, high performance and in-
system programmability for 5.0-volt and 3.3-volt systems, respectively.   

Support Products 

Targeted Design Platforms 

We offer Targeted Design Platforms comprised of reference designs, target boards, application software, design tools, IP and silicon to 
reduce our customers’ development effort.  Targeted Design Platforms are organized into three levels: the Base Platform; the Domain-
Specific Platform; and the Market-Specific Platform to offer customers flexibility, accessibility, applicability and time-to-market.

The Base Platform is the delivery vehicle for all new silicon offerings used to develop and run customer-specific software applications 
and  hardware  designs.    Released  at  launch,  the  Base  Platform  is  comprised  of:    FPGA  silicon;  ISE®  (Integrated  Software 
Environment)  Design  Suite  design  environment;  third-party  synthesis,  simulation,  and  signal  integrity  tools;  reference  designs;
development boards and IP. 

The Domain-Specific Platform targets one of the three primary Xilinx FPGA user profiles: the embedded processing developer; the
DSP  developer;  or  the  logic/connectivity  developer.    It  accomplishes  this  by  augmenting  the  Base  Platform  with  a  targeted  set  of
integrated  technologies,  including:  higher-level  design  methodologies  and  tools;  domain-specific  IP  including  embedded,  DSP  and
connectivity; domain-specific development hardware and reference designs; and operating systems and software. 

The Market-Specific Platform enables software or hardware developers to quickly build and run their specific application or solution.   
Built  for  specific  markets  such  as  automotive,  consumer,  aerospace  and  defense,  communications,  audio,  video  and  broadcast, 
industrial, or scientific and medical, the Market-Specific Platform integrates both the Base and Domain-Specific Platforms with higher 
targeted applications elements such as IP, reference designs and boards optimized for a particular market. 

6

 
 
Design Environments 

To accommodate the various design methodologies and design flows employed by the wide range of our customers’ user profiles such
as system designers, algorithm designers, software coders and logic designers, we provide the appropriate design environment tailored
to each user profile for design creation, design implementation and design verification. 

The  Xilinx  ISE®  Design  Suite  features  a  complete  tool  chain  for  the  three  domain-specific  categories:  embedded,  DSP  and 
logic/connectivity.  To further enhance productivity and help customers better manage the complexity of their designs, the ISE Design 
Suite enables designers to target area, performance, or power by simply selecting a design goal in the setup.  The Xilinx ISE Design 
Suite also integrates with a wide range of third-party electronic design automation (EDA) software offerings and point-tools.  

Intellectual Property  

Xilinx and various third parties offer hundreds of free and for-license IP components to meet timing parameters, including a host of 
widely  used  IP  such  as  GigE,  Ethernet,  memory  controllers,  and  PCIe®,  as  well  as  an  abundance  of  domain-specific  IP,  such  as 
embedded, DSP and connectivity, and market-specific IP.  

Development Boards, Reference Designs, Kits and Configuration Products 

In addition to the broad selection of legacy development boards presently offered, we have introduced a new unified board strategy 
that enables the creation of a standardized and coordinated set of base boards available both from Xilinx and our ecosystem partners,
all  utilizing  the  industry-standard  extensions.    Adopting  this  standard  for  all  of  our  base  boards  enables  the  creation  of  a  unified,
scalable and extensible delivery mechanism for all Xilinx Targeted Design Platforms. 

As  a  part  of  the  Targeted  Design  Platform  support  strategy,  Xilinx  has  also  defined  a  new  class  of  reference  designs  called  the
Targeted  Reference  Designs  that  offer  a  consistent,  robust  framework  that  is  scalable  for  customer  modification  and  supported 
throughout the product lifecycle. 

We  also  offer  comprehensive  development  kits  including  hardware,  design  tools,  IP  and  reference  designs  that  are  designed  to 
streamline and accelerate the development of domain-specific and market-specific applications. 

Finally,  Xilinx  offers  a  range  of  configuration  products  including  one-time  programmable  and  in-system  programmable  storage 
devices to configure Xilinx FPGAs.  These PROM (programmable read-only memory) products support all of our FPGA devices.  

Third-Party Ecosystem  

Xilinx and certain third parties have developed and continue to offer a robust ecosystem of IP, boards, tools, services, and support 
through  the  Xilinx  alliance  program.    Xilinx  is  also  moving  forward  with  these  third  parties  to  make  Targeted  Design  Platforms 
extensible through third-party tools, IP, software, boards, and design services, and leveraged in customer designs.  

Global Services 

Xilinx  engineering  services  and  our  third-party  alliance  member  services  enhance  the  substantial  benefits  of  the  Targeted  Design
Platforms by allowing the customer to focus even more on their core competencies, realize additional time-to-market efficiencies and 
reduce their fixed engineering costs.  These services provide customers with engineering resources to augment their design team and 
to provide expert design-specific advice.  Xilinx tailors its engineering services to the needs of its customer, ranging from hands-on 
training to full design creation and implementation. 

See  information  under  the  caption  “Results  of  Operations  –  Net  Revenues”  in  Item  7.  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for information about our revenues from our product families. 

Research and Development    

Our  research  and  development  (R&D)  activities  are  primarily  directed  towards  the  design  of  new  ICs,  the  development  of  new 
software  design  automation  tools  for  hardware  and  embedded  software,  the  design  of  logic  IP  cores,  the  adoption  of  advanced 
semiconductor manufacturing processes for ongoing cost reductions, performance and signal integrity improvements and the lowering 
of PLD power consumption.  As a result of our R&D efforts, we have introduced a number of new products during the past several 
years including the Virtex-6, Virtex-5 and Spartan-6 families.  Additionally, we have made enhancements to our IP core offerings and 
introduced new versions of our ISE Design Suite.  We extended our collaboration with our foundry suppliers in the development of
65-nm,  45-nm  and  40-nm  complementary  metal  oxide  semiconductor  (CMOS)  manufacturing  technology  and  we  were  the  first 
company in the PLD industry to ship 65-nm and 45-nm high-volume FPGA devices. 

7

 
 
 
Our R&D challenge is to continue to develop new products that create cost-effective solutions for customers.  In fiscal 2009, 2008 and 
2007, our R&D expenses were $355.4 million, $358.1 million and $388.1 million, respectively.  We believe technical leadership and
innovation are essential to our future success and we are committed to maintaining a significant level of R&D investment.   

Sales and Distribution 

We  sell  our  products  to  OEMs  and  to  electronic  components  distributors  who  resell  these  products  to  OEMs  or  contract 
manufacturers.   

We use dedicated global sales and marketing organizations as well as independent sales representatives to generate sales.  In general, 
we  focus  our  direct  demand  creation  efforts  on  a  limited  number  of  key  accounts  with  independent  sales  representatives  often 
addressing those customers in defined territories.  Distributors create demand within the balance of our customer base.  Distributors 
also provide vendor-managed inventory, value-added services and logistics for a wide range of our OEM customers.  

Whether Xilinx, the independent sales representative, or the distributor identifies the sales opportunity, a local distributor will process 
and fulfill the majority of all customer orders.  In such situations, distributors are the sellers of the products and as such they bear all 
legal and financial risks generally related to the sale of commercial goods, such as credit loss, inventory shrinkage and theft, as well as 
foreign currency fluctuations, but excluding indemnity and warranty liability.  

In accordance with our distribution agreements and industry practice, we have granted the distributors the contractual right to return 
certain amounts of unsold product on a periodic basis and also receive price adjustments for unsold product in the case of a subsequent 
change  in  list  prices.    Revenue  recognition  on  shipments  to  distributors  worldwide  is  deferred  until  the  products  are  sold  to  the 
distributors’ end customers. 

Avnet, Inc. (Avnet) distributes the substantial majority of our products worldwide.  No end customer accounted for more than 10% of 
our net revenues in fiscal 2009, 2008 or 2007.  As of March 28, 2009 and March 29, 2008, Avnet accounted for 81% and 83% of the
Company’s  total  accounts  receivable,  respectively.    Resale  of  product  through  Avnet  accounted  for  55%,  61%  and  67%  of  the 
Company’s worldwide net revenues in fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  We also use other regional distributors throughout
the world.  From time to time, we may add or terminate distributors in specific geographies, as we deem appropriate given the level of 
business, their performance and financial condition.  We believe distributors provide a cost-effective means of reaching a broad range 
of customers while providing efficient logistics services.  Since PLDs are standard products, they do not present many of the inventory 
risks to distributors posed by custom gate arrays, and they simplify the requirements for distributor technical support.  See “Note 2. 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Concentrations of Risk” to our consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8. 
“Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,”  for  information  about  concentrations  of  credit  risk  and  “Note  17.  Segment 
Information” for information about our revenues from external customers and domestic and international operations. 

Backlog  

As of March 28, 2009, our backlog from OEM customers and backlog from end customers reported by our distributors scheduled for 
delivery  within  the  next  three  months  was  $162.0  million,  compared  to  $202.0  million  as  of  March  29,  2008.    Orders  from  end 
customers to our distributors are subject to changes in delivery schedules or to cancellation without significant penalty.  As a result, 
backlogs from both OEM customers and end customers reported by our distributors as of any particular period may not be a reliable 
indicator of revenue for any future period. 

Wafer Fabrication 

As a fabless semiconductor company, we do not manufacture wafers used for our IC products or PROMs.  Rather, we purchase wafers
from  multiple  foundries  including  United  Microelectronics  Corporation  (UMC),  Toshiba  Corporation  (Toshiba),  Seiko  Epson 
Corporation (Seiko), Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. and He Jian Technology (Suzhou) Co., Ltd.  Currently, UMC manufactures the 
substantial majority of our wafers.  Precise terms with respect to the volume and timing of wafer production and the pricing of wafers 
produced by the semiconductor foundries are determined by our periodic negotiations with the wafer foundries.   

Our strategy is to focus our resources on market development and creating new ICs and software design tools rather than on wafer
fabrication.  We continuously evaluate opportunities to enhance foundry relationships and/or obtain additional capacity from our main 
suppliers as well as other suppliers of leading-edge process technologies.   

In September 1995, we entered into a joint venture with UMC and other parties to construct a wafer fabrication facility in Taiwan, 
known as United Silicon Inc. (USIC).  In January 2000, as a result of the merger of USIC into UMC, our equity position in USIC was 
converted into shares of UMC, which are publicly traded on the Taiwan Stock Exchange.  In fiscal 2007, we sold a portion of our
UMC shares and we sold the remaining shares of our UMC investment in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.   

8

In fiscal 1997, we signed a wafer purchasing agreement with Seiko.  Seiko manufactures wafers for some of our most mature product
lines.

In October 2004, the Company entered into an advanced purchase agreement with Toshiba under which the Company paid Toshiba a 
total of $100.0 million in two equal installments for advance payment of silicon wafers produced under the agreement.  The original 
agreement was extended to December 2008.  The balance of the advance payment remaining was zero as of March 28, 2009.   

Sort, Assembly and Test 

Wafers  purchased  are  sorted  by  the  foundry,  independent  sort  subcontractors,  or  by  Xilinx.    Sorted  die  are  assembled  by 
subcontractors.    During  the  assembly  process,  the  wafers  are  separated  into  individual  die,  which  are  then  assembled  into  various 
package types.  Following assembly, the packaged units are tested by Xilinx personnel at our San Jose, California, Dublin, Ireland or 
Singapore facilities or by independent test subcontractors.  We purchase most of our assembly and some of our testing services from 
Siliconware Precision Industries Ltd. in Taiwan, Amkor Technology, Inc. in Korea and the Philippines and STATS ChipPAC Ltd. in 
Singapore.   

Quality Certification 

Xilinx  has  achieved  quality  management  systems  certification  for  ISO  9001:2000  for  our  facilities  in  San  Jose,  California,  Dublin,
Ireland, Longmont, Colorado, Singapore and Albuquerque, New Mexico.  In addition, Xilinx achieved ISO 14001, TL 9000 and TS 
16949  environmental  and  quality  certifications  in  the  San  Jose,  Dublin  and  Singapore  locations,  TL  9000  certifications  in  the 
Longmont and Albuquerque locations and TS 16949 certifications in the Albuquerque and Hyderabad, India locations. 

Patents and Licenses 

While  our  various  proprietary  intellectual  property  rights  are  important  to  our  success,  we  believe  our  business  as  a  whole  is  not 
materially dependent on any particular patent or license, or any particular group of patents or licenses.  As of March 28, 2009, we held 
more than 2,000 issued United States (U.S.) patents, which vary in duration, and over 750 pending U.S. patent applications relating to 
our proprietary technology.  We maintain an active program of filing for additional patents in the areas of, but not limited to, circuits, 
software,  IC  architecture,  system  design,  testing  methodologies  and  other  technologies  relating  to  PLDs.    We  have  licensed  some
parties to certain portions of our patent portfolio and obtained licenses to certain third-party patents as well.  

We  have  acquired  various  licenses  from  third  parties  to  certain  technologies  that  are  implemented  in  IP  cores  or  embedded  in  our
PLDs,  such  as  processors.    Those  licenses  support  our  continuing  ability  to  make  and  sell  these  PLDs  to  our  customers.    We  also
sublicense certain third-party proprietary software and open-source software, such as compilers, for our design tools.  Continued use 
of those software components is important to the operation of the design tools upon which customers depend.   

We maintain the Xilinx trade name as well as numerous trademarks and registered trademarks including Xilinx, Virtex, Spartan, ISE,
and  associated  logos.    Maintaining  these  rights,  and  the  goodwill  associated  with  these  trademarks  and  logos,  is  important  to  our 
business.  We also have license rights to use certain trademarks owned by consortiums and other trademark owners that are related to 
our products and business. 

We intend to protect our intellectual property vigorously.  We believe that failure to enforce our intellectual property rights (including, 
for example, patents, copyrights and trademarks) or failure to protect our trade secrets effectively could have an adverse effect on our 
financial condition and results of operations.  In the future, we may incur potentially significant litigation expenses to defend against 
claims of infringement or to enforce our intellectual property rights against third parties.  However, any such litigation may or may not 
be successful.  

Employees 

As of March 28, 2009, we had 3,145 employees compared to 3,415 as of the end of the prior fiscal year.  None of our employees are 
represented by a labor union.  We have not experienced any work stoppages and believe we maintain good employee relations. 

Competition 

Our PLDs compete in the logic IC industry, an industry that is intensely competitive and characterized by rapid technological change, 
increasing  levels  of  integration,  product  obsolescence  and  continuous  price  erosion.    We  expect  increased  competition  from  our 
primary  PLD competitors,  Altera  Corporation (Altera), Lattice  Semiconductor  Corporation  (Lattice)  and Actel  Corporation (Actel),
from the ASIC market, which has been ongoing since the inception of FPGAs, from the ASSP market, and from new companies that 
may enter the traditional programmable logic market segment. Other competitors include manufacturers of:  

9

(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)

high-density programmable logic products characterized by FPGA-type architectures; 
high-volume and low-cost FPGAs as programmable replacements for ASICs and ASSPs; 
ASICs and ASSPs with incremental amounts of embedded programmable logic;  
high-speed, low-density CPLDs; 
high-performance DSP devices; 
products with embedded processors; 
products with embedded multi-gigabit transceivers; and
other new or emerging programmable logic products. 

We believe that important competitive factors in the logic IC industry include: 

(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)

product pricing; 
time-to-market; 
product performance, reliability, quality, power consumption and density; 
field upgradability; 
adaptability of products to specific applications; 
ease of use and functionality of software design tools; 
availability and functionality of predefined IP cores of logic;  
inventory management; 
access to leading-edge process technology and assembly capacity; and 
ability to provide timely customer service and support. 

Our strategy for expansion in the logic market includes continued introduction of new product architectures that address high-volume, 
low-cost  and  low-power  applications  as  well  as  high-performance,  high-density  applications.    In  addition,  we  anticipate  continued
price reductions proportionate with our ability to lower the cost for established products.  We also recognize that different applications
require  different  programmable  technologies,  and  we  are  developing  architectures,  processes  and  products  to  meet  these  varying 
customer needs.  To the extent that our efforts to compete are not successful, our financial condition and results of operations could be 
materially adversely affected. 

Executive Officers of the Registrant    

Certain information regarding the executive officers of Xilinx as of June 1, 2009 is set forth below: 

Name

Age Position

Moshe N. Gavrielov 
Scott R. Hover-Smoot 
Jon A. Olson 
Victor Peng 
Raja G. Petrakian 
Vincent F. Ratford 
Vincent L. Tong 

Frank A. Tornaghi 

54 
54
55
49
45
57 
47 

54

President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO)  
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 
Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) 
Senior Vice President, Programmable Platforms Development 
Senior Vice President, Worldwide Operations 
Senior Vice President, Worldwide Marketing 
Senior Vice President, Worldwide Quality and New Product 
Introductions
Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales 

There are no family relationships among the executive officers of the Company or the Board of Directors.  

Moshe  N.  Gavrielov  joined  the  Company  in  January  2008  as  President  and  CEO  and  was  appointed  to  the  Board  of  Directors  in 
February 2008.  Prior to joining the Company, he served at Cadence Design Systems, Inc., an electronic design automation company,
as  Executive  Vice  President  and  General  Manager  of  the  Verification  Division  from  April  2005  through  November  2007.    Mr. 
Gavrielov  served  as  CEO  of  Verisity  Ltd.,  an  electronic  design  automation  company,  from  March  1998  to  April  2005  prior  to  its 
acquisition  by  Cadence  Design  Systems,  Inc.    Prior  to  joining  Verisity,  Mr.  Gavrielov  spent  nearly  10  years  at  LSI  Corporation 
(formerly  LSI  Logic  Corporation),  a  semiconductor  manufacturer,  in  a  variety  of  executive  management  positions,  including 
Executive Vice President of the Products Group, Senior Vice President and General Manager of International Marketing and Sales and
Senior Vice President and General Manager of LSI Logic Europe plc.  Prior to joining LSI Corporation, Mr. Gavrielov held various
engineering and engineering management positions at Digital Equipment Corporation and National Semiconductor Corporation.  

Scott R. Hover-Smoot joined the Company in October 2007 as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary.  From November 2001 
to  October  2007,  Mr.  Hover-Smoot  served  as  Regional  Counsel  and  Director  of  Legal  Operations  with  Taiwan  Semiconductor 
Manufacturing  Company,  Ltd.,  an  independent  semiconductor  foundry.    He  served  as  Vice  President  and  General  Counsel  of 
California Micro Devices Corporation, a provider of application-specific protection devices and display electronics devices from June 

10

1994 to November 2001.  Prior to joining California Micro Devices Corporation, Mr. Hover-Smoot spent over 20 years working in 
law firms including Berliner-Cohen, Flehr, Hohbach, Test, Albritton & Herbert, and Lyon & Lyon.

Jon A. Olson joined the Company in June 2005 as Vice President, Finance and CFO.  Mr. Olson was promoted to his current position
of Senior Vice President, Finance and CFO in August 2006.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Olson spent more than 25 years at 
Intel  Corporation,  a  semiconductor  chip  maker,  serving  in  a  variety  of  positions,  including  Vice  President,  Finance  and  Enterprise
Services, Director of Finance. 

Victor Peng joined the Company in April 2008 as Senior Vice President, Silicon Engineering Group and assumed his current position
of Senior Vice President, Programmable Platforms Development in November 2008.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Peng served 
as Corporate Vice President, Graphics Products Group at Advanced Micro Devices (AMD), a provider of processing solutions, from 
November  2005  to  April  2008.   Before  joining  AMD,  Mr.  Peng  served  as  Vice  President  of  Silicon  Engineering  in  the  Graphics 
Products Group business unit at ATI Technologies, a graphics processor unit provider, from April 2005 until its acquisition by AMD.  
Before joining ATI Technologies, Mr. Peng served as Vice President of Engineering at TZero Technologies, a fabless semiconductor
company,  from  September  2004  to  April  2005.   From  November  2000  to  September  2004,  Mr.  Peng  served  as  Vice  President  of 
Engineering at MIPS Technologies, a semiconductor design IP company. 

Raja G. Petrakian joined the Company in October 1995 and has served in a number of key roles within Operations, most recently as
Senior Director of Supply Chain Management and Vice President of Supply Chain Management. Dr. Petrakian was promoted to his 
current  position  of  Senior  Vice  President,  Worldwide  Operations  in  March  2009.  Prior  to  joining  Xilinx,  Dr.  Petrakian  spent  more
than three years at the IBM T.J. Research Center serving as a research staff member in the Manufacturing Research Department. 

Vincent  F.  Ratford  joined  the  Company  in  January  2006  as  Vice  President  of  Marketing,  Business  Development  and  Silicon 
Architecture.  Mr. Ratford was promoted to Vice President and General Manager in October 2007.  He was promoted to Senior Vice 
President,  Solutions  Development  Group  in  April  2008  and  assumed  his  current  position  of  Senior  Vice  President,  Worldwide 
Marketing  in  November  2008.    Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  he  served  as  President  and  CEO  of  AccelChip,  Inc.  (AccelChip),  a 
provider of synthesis software tools for designing DSP systems, from July 2004 until its acquisition by Xilinx in January 2006.  Prior 
to that, Mr. Ratford operated the consulting firm, DeepTech Consulting, from April 2002 to July 2004.  Mr. Ratford worked at Virage 
Logic  Corporation,  a  provider  of  semiconductor  IP,  as  Vice  President  of  Marketing  and  Business  Development  from  July  2000  to 
April 2002 and as Vice President of Sales and Marketing from February 1998 to July 2000.  Before joining Virage Logic, Mr. Ratford 
served as Chief Operating Officer of the Microtec Division of Mentor Graphics, a provider of hardware and software design solutions 
to  semiconductor  companies,  from  October  1995  to  December  1997.    Before  joining  the  Microtec  Division,  he  was  Director  of 
Marketing for Mentor Graphics’ System Design Division from May 1993 to October 1995. 

Vincent  L.  Tong  joined  the  Company  in  May  1990  and  has  served  in  a  number  of  key  roles,  most  recently  as  Vice  President  of 
Product Technology and as Vice President, Worldwide Quality and Reliability.  In April 2008, he was promoted to his current position
of Senior Vice President, Worldwide Quality and New Product Introductions.   Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Tong served in a
variety of engineering positions at Monolithic Memories, a producer of logic devices, and AMD.  Mr. Tong serves on the board of the 
Global Semiconductor Alliance, a non-profit semiconductor organization.   

Frank  A.  Tornaghi  joined  the  Company  in  February  2008  as  Vice  President,  Worldwide  Sales  and  was  promoted  to  his  current 
position of Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales in April 2008.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Tornaghi spent 22 years at LSI 
Corporation.  Mr. Tornaghi acted as an independent consultant from April 2006 until he joined the Company.  He served as Executive
Vice President, Worldwide Sales at LSI Corporation from July 2001 to April 2006 and as Vice President, North America Sales, from
May 1993 to July 2001.  From 1984 until May 1993, Mr. Tornaghi held various management positions in sales at LSI Corporation.  

Additional Information 

Our  Internet  address  is  www.xilinx.com.    We  make  available,  via  a  link  through  our  investor  relations  website  located  at 
www.investor.xilinx.com, access to our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K 
and  any  amendments  to  those  reports  filed  or  furnished  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  U.S.  Securities  Exchange  Act  of
1934,  as  amended  (Exchange  Act)  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  they  are  electronically  filed  with  or  furnished  to  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).  All such filings on our investor relations website are available free of charge.  Printed 
copies  of  these  documents  are  also  available  to  stockholders  without  charge,  upon  written  request  directed  to  Xilinx,  Inc.,  Attn:
Investor Relations, 2100 Logic Drive, San Jose, CA 95124.  Further, a copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is located at the
SEC’s  Public  Reference  Room  at  100  F  Street,  N.E.,  Room  1580,  Washington,  D.C.  20549.    Information  on  the  operation  of  the 
Public  Reference  Room  can  be obtained by  calling  the  SEC at  1-800-SEC-0330.    The  SEC  maintains  an  Internet  site  that  contains 
reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and  other  information  regarding  our  filings  at  http://www.sec.gov.    The  content  on  any 
website referred to in this filing is not incorporated by reference into this filing unless expressly noted otherwise.   

11

Additional information required by this Item 1 is incorporated by reference to the section captioned “Net Revenues – Net Revenues by 
Geography” in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and to “Note 17. 
Segment Information” to our consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

This annual report includes trademarks and service marks of Xilinx and other companies that are unregistered and registered in the 
United States and other countries. 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

The following risk factors and other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be carefully considered.  The
risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks to the Company.  Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known 
to the Company or that the Company’s management currently deems immaterial also may impair its business operations.  If any of the
risks described below were to occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows could be materially adversely
affected.

General economic conditions and the related deterioration in the global business environment could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. 

Global consumer confidence has eroded amidst concerns over declining asset values, inflation, volatility in energy costs, geopolitical
issues,  the  availability  and  cost  of  credit,  rising  unemployment,  and  the  stability  and  solvency  of  financial  institutions,  financial 
markets,  businesses  and  sovereign  nations,  among  other  concerns.   These  concerns  have  slowed  global  economic  growth  and  have 
resulted  in  recessions  in  numerous  countries,  including  many  of  those  in  North  America,  Europe  and  Asia.    Recent  economic 
conditions  had  a  negative  impact  on  our  results  of  operations  during  the  third  and  fourth  quarters  of  fiscal  2009  due  to  reduced
customer demand and it is unclear when economic conditions will improve.  As these economic conditions continue to persist, or if
they  worsen,  a  number  of  negative  effects  on  our  business  could  result,  including  customers  or  potential  customers  reducing  or 
delaying orders, the insolvency of key suppliers, which could result in production delays, the inability of customers to obtain credit, 
and the insolvency of one or more customers.  Any of these effects could impact our ability to effectively manage inventory levels and 
collect receivables and ultimately decrease our net revenues and profitability.  

The semiconductor industry is characterized by cyclical market patterns and a significant industry downturn could adversely 
affect our operating results.

The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and our financial performance has been affected by downturns in the industry, including 
the  current  downturn.    Down  cycles  are  generally  characterized  by  price  erosion  and  weaker  demand  for  our  products.    Weaker 
demand  for  our  products  resulting  from  economic  conditions  in  the  end  markets  we  serve  and  reduced  capital  spending  by  our 
customers can result, and in the past has resulted in excess and obsolete inventories and corresponding inventory write-downs.  We 
attempt to identify changes in market conditions as soon as possible; however, the dynamics of the market  make prediction of and
timely reaction to such events difficult.  Due to these and other factors, our past results are much less reliable predictors of the future 
than for companies in older, more stable industries.   

The nature of our business makes our revenues difficult to predict which could have an adverse impact on our business. 

In addition to the challenging market conditions we may face, we have limited visibility into the demand for our products, particularly
new products, because demand for our products depends upon our products being designed into our end customers’ products and those
products achieving market acceptance.  Due to the complexity of our customers’ designs, the design to volume production process for 
our customers requires a substantial amount of time, frequently longer than a year.  In addition, we are increasingly dependent upon 
“turns,”  orders  received  and  turned  for  shipment  in  the  same  quarter,  and  we  have  historically  derived  a  significant  portion  of  our 
quarterly  revenue  during  the  last  weeks  of  the  quarter.    These  factors  make  it  difficult  for  us  to  forecast  future  sales  and  project
quarterly revenues.  The difficulty in forecasting future sales impairs our ability to project our inventory requirements, which could 
result,  and  in  the  past  has  resulted  in  inventory  write-downs  or  failure  to  timely  meet  customer  product  demands.    In  addition,
difficulty in forecasting revenues compromises our ability to provide forward-looking revenue and earnings guidance.   

Global  economic  conditions,  the  economic  conditions  of  the  countries  in  which  we  operate  and  currency  fluctuations  could 
have a material adverse affect on our business and negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. 

In  addition  to  our  U.S.  operations,  we  also  have  significant  international  operations,  including  foreign  sales  offices  to  support  our 
international customers and distributors, our regional headquarters in Ireland and Singapore and a research and development site in 
India.  In connection with the restructuring we announced in April 2009, we expect our international operations to grow as we relocate 
certain  operations  and  administrative  functions.    Sales  and  operations  outside  of  the  U.S.  subject  us  to  the  risks  associated  with
conducting  business  in  foreign  economic  and  regulatory  environments.    Our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be
adversely  affected  by  unfavorable  economic  conditions  in  countries  in  which  we  do  significant  business  or  by  changes  in  foreign
currency  exchange  rates  affecting  those  countries.    The  Company  derives  over  one-half  of  its  revenues  from  international  sales,

12

primarily  in  the  Asia  Pacific  region,  Europe  and  Japan.    Past  and  current  economic  weakness  in  these  markets  adversely  affected
revenues.  The timing and nature of economic recovery in these markets as well as in the U.S. remains uncertain, and there can be no 
assurance that global market conditions will improve in the near future.  Sales to all direct OEMs and distributors are denominated in 
U.S.  dollars.    While  the  recent  movement  of  the  Euro  and  Yen  against  the  U.S.  dollar  had  no  material  impact  to  our  business, 
increased volatility could impact our European and Japanese customers.  Currency instability and recent volatility and disruptions in 
the  credit  and  capital  markets  may  increase  credit  risks  for  some  of  our  customers  and  may  impair  our  customers'  ability  to  repay 
existing obligations.  Increased currency volatility could also positively or negatively impact our foreign-currency-denominated costs, 
assets  and  liabilities.    In  addition,  devaluation  of  the  U.S.  dollar  relative  to  other  foreign  currencies  may  increase  the  operating 
expenses  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries  adversely  affecting  our  results  of  operations.    Furthermore,  because  we  are  increasingly 
dependent on the global economy, instability in worldwide economic environments occasioned, for example, by political instability, 
terrorist  activity  or  U.S.  military  actions  could  impact  economic  activity  and  lead  to  a  contraction  of  capital  spending  by  our
customers.  Any or all of these factors could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations in the future.

We  are  exposed  to  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  and  changes  in  credit  rating  and  in  the  market  values  of  our  portfolio 
investments which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.  

Our cash, short-term and long-term investments represent significant assets that may be subject to fluctuating or even negative returns 
depending upon interest rate movements, changes in credit rating and financial market conditions.  Since September 2007, the global 
credit markets have experienced adverse conditions that have negatively impacted the values of various types of investment and non-
investment  grade  securities.    The  global  credit  and  capital  markets  have  recently  experienced  further  significant  volatility  and
disruption due to instability in the global financial system and the current uncertainty related to global economic conditions.  As of 
March 28, 2009, less than 7% of our $1.58 billion investment portfolio consisted of asset-backed securities and approximately 11% of 
the  portfolio  consisted  of  mortgage-backed  securities.    Asset-backed  securities  consisted  of  student  loan  auction  rate  securities  and 
other asset-backed securities.  

Approximately  4%  of  our  investment  portfolio  consisted  of  student  loan  auction  rate  securities  and  all  of  these  securities  are  rated 
AAA with the exception of approximately 14% that were downgraded to A rating during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009.  More than
98% of the underlying assets that secure the student loan auction rate securities are pools of student loans originated under the Federal 
Family Education Loan Program (FFELP) that are substantially guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education.  These securities 
experienced failed auctions in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 due to liquidity issues in the global credit markets.  In a failed auction, 
the  interest  rates  are  reset  to a  maximum  rate  defined  by  the  contractual  terms  for  each  security.  We have  collected  and  expect  to 
collect all interest payable on these securities when due.  During fiscal 2009, $1.4 million of these student loan auction rate securities 
were redeemed for cash by the issuers at par value.  Beginning with the quarter ended March 29, 2008, the student loan auction rate 
securities  were  reclassified  from  short-term  to  long-term  investments  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  since  there  can  be  no 
assurance of a successful auction in the future.  The final maturity dates range from March 2023 to November 2047.   

All other asset-backed securities comprised less than 3% of our investment portfolio as of March 28, 2009, of which approximately 
9%  are  AAA  rated  with  the  majority  of  the  rest  of  the  asset-backed  securities  rated  A  or  BBB.    These  asset-backed  securities  are
secured primarily by bank, finance and insurance company obligations, collateralized loan and bank obligations, credit card debt and 
mortgage-backed securities with no direct U.S. subprime mortgage exposure.  Substantially all of the other mortgage-backed securities 
in  the  investment  portfolio  are  AAA  rated,  were  issued  by  U.S.  government-sponsored  enterprises  and  agencies  and  represented 
approximately  11%  of  the  investment  portfolio  as  of  March  28,  2009.   As  a  result  of  these  recent  adverse  conditions  in  the  global
credit markets, there is a risk that we may incur additional other-than-temporary impairment charges for certain types of investments 
such as asset-backed securities should the credit markets experience further deterioration or the underlying assets fail to perform as 
anticipated  due  to  the  continued  or  worsening  global  economic  conditions.   Our  future  investment  income  may  fall  short  of 
expectations due to changes in interest rates or if the decline in fair values of our debt securities is judged to be other than temporary. 
 Furthermore, we may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell securities that have declined in market value due to changes in 
interest rates or financial market conditions.  See “Note 4. Financial Instruments” to our consolidated financial statements, included in 
Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for a table of our available-for-sale securities. 

We are subject to the risks associated with conducting business operations outside of the U.S. which could adversely affect our
business.   

In addition to international sales and support operations and development activities, we purchase our wafers from foreign foundries 
and have our commercial products assembled, packaged and tested by subcontractors located outside the U.S. In connection with the 
restructuring we announced in April 2009, we expect these subcontractor activities to increase.  All of these activities are subject to 
the  uncertainties  associated  with  international  business  operations,  including  tax  laws  and  regulations,  trade  barriers,  economic
sanctions, import and export regulations, duties and tariffs and other trade restrictions, changes in trade policies, foreign governmental 
regulations, reduced protection for IP, longer receivable collection periods and disruptions or delays in production or shipments, any 
of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and/or operating results.  Additional factors that 
could  adversely  affect  us  due  to  our  international  operations  include  rising  oil  prices  and  increased  costs  of  natural  resources.
Moreover, our financial condition and results of operations could be affected in the event of political conflicts or economic crises in 

13

countries  where  our  main  wafer  providers,  end  customers  and  contract  manufacturers  who  provide  assembly  and  test  services 
worldwide,  are  located.    Adverse  change  to  the  circumstances  or  conditions  of  our  international  business  operations  could  have  a
material adverse effect on our business. 

Our success depends on our ability to develop and introduce new products and failure to do so would have a material adverse 
impact on our financial condition and results of operations. 

Our  success  depends  in  large  part  on  our  ability  to  develop  and  introduce  new  products  that  address  customer  requirements  and 
compete effectively on the basis of price, density, functionality, power consumption and performance.  The success of new product
introductions is dependent upon several factors, including: 

(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)

(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)

timely completion of new product designs; 
ability to generate new design opportunities or “design wins”; 
availability of specialized field application engineering resources supporting demand creation and customer adoption of new 
products; 
ability to utilize advanced manufacturing process technologies on circuit geometries of 65nm and smaller; 
achieving acceptable yields; 
ability to obtain adequate production capacity from our wafer foundries and assembly and test subcontractors; 
ability to obtain advanced packaging; 
availability of supporting software design tools; 
utilization of predefined IP cores of logic;  
customer acceptance of advanced features in our new products; and   
market acceptance of our customers’ products. 

Our  product  development  efforts  may  not  be  successful,  our  new  products  may  not  achieve  industry  acceptance  and  we  may  not 
achieve  the  necessary  volume  of  production  that  would  lead  to  further  per  unit  cost  reductions.    Revenues  relating  to  our  mature
products  are  expected  to  decline  in  the  future,  which  is  normal  for  our  product  life  cycles.    As  a  result,  we  may  be  increasingly
dependent on revenues derived from design wins for our newer products as well as anticipated cost reductions in the manufacture of 
our current products.  We rely primarily on obtaining yield improvements and corresponding cost reductions in the manufacture of
existing products and on introducing new products that incorporate advanced features and other price/performance factors that enable 
us to increase revenues while maintaining consistent margins.  To the extent that such cost reductions and new product introductions 
do not occur in a timely manner, or to the extent that our products do not achieve market acceptance at prices with higher margins, our 
financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. 

We  are  dependent  on  independent  foundries  for  the  manufacture  of  all  of  our  products  and  a  manufacturing  problem  or 
insufficient foundry capacity could adversely affect our operations.    

During fiscal 2009, nearly all of our wafers were manufactured either in Taiwan, by UMC or in Japan, by Toshiba or Seiko.  Terms
with  respect  to  the  volume  and  timing  of wafer  production  and  the pricing of wafers  produced by  the  semiconductor  foundries  are
determined by periodic negotiations between Xilinx and these wafer foundries, which usually result in short-term agreements that do 
not provide for long-term supply or allocation commitments.  We are dependent on these foundries, especially UMC, which supplies
the substantial majority of our wafers.  We rely on UMC to produce wafers with competitive performance and cost attributes.  These 
attributes include an ability to transition to advanced manufacturing process technologies and increased wafer sizes, produce wafers at 
acceptable  yields  and  deliver  them  in  a  timely  manner.    We  cannot  guarantee  that  the  foundries  that  supply  our  wafers  will  not 
experience manufacturing problems, including delays in the realization of advanced manufacturing process technologies or difficulties
due  to  limitations  of  new  and  existing  process  technologies.    Furthermore,  we  cannot  guarantee  the  foundries  will  be  able  to 
manufacture sufficient quantities of our products.  In addition, current economic conditions may adversely impact the financial health 
and viability of the foundries and result in their insolvency or their inability to meet their commitments to us.  The insolvency of a 
foundry or any significant manufacturing problem or insufficient foundry capacity would disrupt our operations and negatively impact 
our financial condition and results of operations.   

We have established other sources of wafer supply for our products in an effort to secure a continued supply of wafers.  However,
establishing, maintaining and managing multiple foundry relationships requires the investment of  management resources as well as
additional costs.  If we do not manage these relationships effectively, it could adversely affect our results of operations. 

Increased costs of wafers and materials, or shortages in wafers and materials, could adversely impact our gross margins and 
lead to reduced revenues. 

If greater demand for wafers produced by the foundries is not offset by an increase in foundry capacity, or market demand for wafers 
or production and assembly materials increases, our supply of wafers and other materials could become limited.  Such shortages raise 
the likelihood of potential wafer price increases and wafer shortages or shortages in materials at production and test facilities.  Such 

14

increases in wafer prices or materials could adversely affect our gross margins and shortages of wafers and materials would adversely 
affect our ability to meet customer demands.   

Earthquakes  and  other  natural  disasters  could  disrupt  our  operations  and  have  a  material  adverse  affect  on  our  financial 
condition and results of operations.  

The independent foundries, upon which we rely to manufacture our products, as well as our California and Singapore facilities, are
located in regions that are subject to earthquakes and other natural disasters.  UMC’s foundries in Taiwan and Toshiba’s and Seiko’s 
foundries in Japan as well as many of our operations in California are centered in areas that have been seismically active in the recent 
past  and  some  areas  have  been  affected  by  other  natural  disasters.    Any  catastrophic  event  in  these  locations  will  disrupt  our 
operations,  including  our  manufacturing  activities.    This  type  of  disruption  could  result  in  our  inability  to  manufacture  or  ship 
products,  thereby  materially  adversely  affecting  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.    Additionally,  disruption  of
operations at these foundries for any reason, including other natural disasters such as typhoons, fires or floods, as well as disruptions
in access to adequate supplies of electricity, natural gas or water could cause delays in shipments of our products, and could have a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations.   

We are dependent on independent subcontractors for most of our assembly and test services and unavailability or disruption 
of these services could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. 

We are also dependent on subcontractors to provide semiconductor assembly, substrate, test and shipment services.  Any prolonged
inability  to  obtain  wafers  with  competitive  performance  and  cost  attributes,  adequate  yields  or  timely  delivery,  any  disruption  in 
assembly, test or shipment services, or any other circumstance that would require us to seek alternative sources of supply, could delay 
shipments and have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet customer demands.  In addition, current economic conditions may 
adversely impact the financial health and viability of these subcontractors and result in their insolvency or their inability to meet their 
commitments  to  us.    These  factors  would  result  in  reduced  net  revenues  and  could  negatively  impact  our  financial  condition  and 
results of operations.  

If we are not able to successfully compete in our industry, our financial results and future prospects will be adversely affected.   

Our PLDs compete in the logic IC industry, an industry that is intensely competitive and characterized by rapid technological change, 
increasing  levels  of  integration,  product  obsolescence  and  continuous  price  erosion.    We  expect  increased  competition  from  our 
primary PLD competitors, Altera, Lattice and Actel, from the ASIC market, which has been ongoing since the inception of FPGAs, 
from the ASSP market, and from new companies that may enter the traditional programmable logic market segment.  We believe that
important competitive factors in the logic IC industry include: 

(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)

product pricing; 
time-to-market; 
product performance, reliability, quality, power consumption and density; 
field upgradability; 
adaptability of products to specific applications; 
ease of use and functionality of software design tools; 
availability and functionality of predefined IP cores of logic;  
inventory management; 
access to leading-edge process technology and assembly capacity; and 
ability to provide timely customer service and support. 

Our strategy for expansion in the logic market includes continued introduction of new product architectures that address high-volume, 
low-cost  and  low-power  applications  as  well  as  high-performance,  high-density  applications.    In  addition,  we  anticipate  continued
price  reductions  proportionate  with  our  ability  to  lower  the  cost  for  established  products.    However,  we  may  not  be  successful  in
achieving these strategies.   

Other competitors include manufacturers of:  

(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)

high-density programmable logic products characterized by FPGA-type architectures; 
high-volume and low-cost FPGAs as programmable replacements for ASICs and ASSPs; 
ASICs and ASSPs with incremental amounts of embedded programmable logic;  
high-speed, low-density CPLDs; 
high-performance DSP devices; 
products with embedded processors; 
products with embedded multi-gigabit transceivers; and
other new or emerging programmable logic products. 

15

Several companies have introduced products that compete with ours or have announced their intention to sell PLD products.  To the 
extent that our efforts to compete are not successful, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely
affected.

The benefits of programmable logic have attracted a number of competitors to this segment.  We recognize that different applications 
require  different  programmable  technologies,  and  we  are  developing  architectures,  processes  and  products  to  meet  these  varying 
customer needs.  Recognizing the increasing importance of standard software solutions, we have developed common software design
tools that support the full range of our IC products.  We believe that automation and ease of design are significant competitive factors 
in this segment. 

We  could  also  face  competition  from  our  licensees.    In  the  past  we  have  granted  limited  rights  to  other  companies  with  respect to
certain of our older technology, and we may do so in the future.  Granting such rights may enable these companies to manufacture and 
market products that may be competitive with some of our older products.   

Our failure to protect and defend our intellectual property could impair our ability to compete effectively.    

We rely upon patent, copyright, trade secret, mask work and trademark laws to protect our intellectual property.  We cannot provide 
assurance that such intellectual property rights can be successfully asserted in the future or will not be invalidated, circumvented or 
challenged.    From  time  to  time,  third  parties,  including  our  competitors,  have  asserted  against  us  patent,  copyright  and  other 
intellectual  property  rights  to  technologies  that  are  important  to  us.    Third  parties  may  assert  infringement  claims  against  our
indemnitees or us in the future.  Assertions by third parties may result in costly litigation or indemnity claims and we may not prevail 
in such matters or be able to license any valid and infringed patents from third parties on commercially reasonable terms.  This could 
result in the loss of our ability to import and sell our products.  Any infringement claim, indemnification claim, or impairment or loss 
of use of our intellectual property could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.   

We  rely  on  information  technology  systems,  and  failure  of  these  systems  to  function  properly  could  result  in  business 
disruption. 

We  rely  in  part  on  various  information  technology  (IT)  systems  to  manage  our  operations,  including  financial  reporting,  and  we 
regularly evaluate these systems and make changes to improve them as necessary.  Consequently, we periodically implement new, or
enhance  existing,  operational  and  IT  systems,  procedures  and  controls.    For  example,  we  recently  simplified  our  supply  chain  and
were required to make certain changes to our IT systems.  Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the transition to, new 
or enhanced systems, procedures or controls, could harm our ability to record and report financial and management information on a 
timely and accurate basis.  Further, these systems are subject to power and telecommunication outages or other general system failure.
Failure of our IT systems or difficulties in managing them could result in business disruption. 

If we are unable to maintain effective internal controls, our stock price could be adversely affected.    

We are subject to the ongoing internal control provisions of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the Act).  Our controls 
necessary  for  continued  compliance  with  the  Act  may  not  operate  effectively  at  all  times  and  may  result  in  a  material  weakness 
disclosure.  The identification of material weaknesses in internal control, if any, could indicate a lack of proper controls to generate 
accurate financial statements and could cause investors to lose confidence and our stock price to drop.  Further, our internal control 
effectiveness may be impacted upon executing the restructuring plan announced in April 2009 if we are unable to successfully transfer 
certain control activities and responsibilities to new personnel in different locations. 

Unfavorable results of legal proceedings could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. 

From  time  to  time  we  are  subject  to  various  legal  proceedings  and  claims  that  arise  out  of  the  ordinary  conduct  of  our  business.
Certain  claims  are  not  yet  resolved,  including  those  that  are  discussed  in  Item  3.  “Legal Proceedings,”  included  in  Part  I, and 
additional claims may arise in the future.  Results of legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty.  Regardless of its merit, 
litigation may be both time-consuming and disruptive to our operations and cause significant expense and diversion of management
attention and we may enter into material settlements to avoid these risks.  Should the Company fail to prevail in certain matters, or 
should  several  of  these  matters  be  resolved  against  us  in  the  same  reporting  period,  we  may  be  faced  with  significant  monetary 
damages or injunctive relief against us that would materially and adversely affect a portion of our business and might materially and 
adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. 

Our products could have defects which could result in reduced revenues and claims against us.  

We  develop  complex  and  evolving  products  that  include  both  hardware  and  software.  Despite  our  testing  efforts  and  those  of  our 
subcontractors, defects may be found in existing or new products.  These defects may cause us to incur significant warranty, support 
and repair or replacement costs, divert the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts and harm our 

16

relationships with customers. Product defects or other performance problems could result in the delay or loss of market acceptance of 
our products and would likely harm our business.  Our customers could also seek damages from us for their losses.  A product liability
claim  brought  against  us,  even  if  unsuccessful,  would  likely  be  time-consuming  and  costly  to  defend.    Product  liability  risks  are 
particularly significant with respect to aerospace, automotive and medical applications because of the risk of serious harm to users of 
these  products.  Any  product  liability  claim,  whether  or  not  determined  in  our  favor,  could  result  in  significant  expense,  divert  the 
efforts of our technical and management personnel, and harm our business.  

In  preparing  our  financial  statements,  we  make  good  faith  estimates  and  judgments  that  may  change  or  turn  out  to  be 
erroneous. 

In preparing our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, we must make 
estimates and judgments in applying our most critical accounting policies.  Those estimates and judgments have a significant impact 
on the results we report in our consolidated financial statements.  The most difficult estimates and subjective judgments that we make 
concern valuation of marketable and non-marketable securities, revenue recognition, inventories, long-lived assets, taxes, legal matters 
and stock-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be 
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and 
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We also have other key accounting policies that are not as subjective, and 
therefore,  their  application  would  not  require  us  to  make  estimates  or  judgments  that  are  as  difficult,  but  which  nevertheless  could 
significantly affect our financial reporting.  Actual results may differ materially from these estimates. If these estimates or their related 
assumptions  change,  our  operating  results  for  the  periods  in  which  we  revise  our  estimates  or  assumptions  could  be  adversely  and
perhaps materially affected.    

We depend on distributors, primarily Avnet, to generate a majority of our sales and complete order fulfillment. 

Resale of product through Avnet accounted for 55% of the Company’s worldwide net revenues in fiscal 2009 and as of March 28, 
2009, Avnet accounted for 81% of our total accounts receivable.  In addition, we are subject to concentrations of credit risk in our 
trade accounts receivable, which includes accounts of our distributors.  A significant reduction of effort by a distributor to sell our 
products or a material change in our relationship with one or more distributors may reduce our access to certain end customers and 
adversely affect our ability to sell our products.  Furthermore, if a key distributor materially defaults on a contract or otherwise fails to 
perform, our business and financial results would suffer. 

In addition, the financial health of our distributors and our continuing relationships with them are important to our success.  Current 
economic  conditions  may  adversely  impact  the  financial  health  of  some  of  these  distributors,  particularly  our  smaller  distributors.  
This could result in the insolvency of certain distributors, the inability of distributors to obtain credit to finance the purchase of our 
products, or cause distributors to delay payment of their obligations to us and increase our credit risk exposure.  Our business could be 
harmed if the financial health of these distributors impairs their performance and we are unable to secure alternate distributors.

Reductions in the average selling prices of our products could have a negative impact on our gross margins. 

The average selling prices of our products generally decline as the products mature.  We seek to offset the decrease in selling prices 
through  yield  improvement,  manufacturing  cost  reductions  and  increased  unit  sales.    We  also  continue  to  develop  higher  value 
products  or  product  features  that  increase,  or  slow  the  decline  of,  the  average  selling  price  of  our  products.    However,  there  is  no 
guarantee  that  our  ongoing  efforts  will  be  successful  or  that  they  will  keep  pace  with  the  decline  in  selling  prices  of  our  products, 
which could ultimately lead to a decline in revenues and have a negative effect on our gross margins.  

A number of factors can impact our gross margins.  

A number of factors, including our product mix, market acceptance of our new products, competitive pricing dynamics, geographic
and/or market segment pricing strategies and various manufacturing cost variables cause our gross margins to fluctuate. In addition, 
forecasting our gross margins is difficult because the majority of our business is based on turns within the same quarter.  

If we do not successfully implement the restructuring we announced in April 2009, our results of operations and financial 
condition could be adversely impacted. 

In April 2009, we announced restructuring measures and a net reduction in our global workforce by up to 200 positions, which we
expect to complete by the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010.  The positions will be eliminated across a variety of functions and geographies
worldwide.  The restructuring is designed to drive structural operating efficiencies across the Company and will align our Company
with  the  evolving  geographic  distribution  of  our  customers  and  supply  chain.    However,  if  we  do  not  successfully  implement  this
restructuring, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted.  Factors that could cause actual results to 
differ materially from our expectations with regard to our announced restructuring include:  

17

(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)

the availability and hiring of the appropriately skilled workers in the Asia Pacific region;  
the transition of testing and other operational matters to third parties; and/or 
the timing and execution of our programs and plans related to the restructuring. 

Considerable amounts of our common shares are available for issuance under our equity incentive plans and debentures, and 
significant issuances in the future may adversely impact the market price of our common shares.

As of March 28, 2009, we had 2.00 billion authorized common shares, of which 275.5 million shares were outstanding.  In addition,
62.7 million common shares were reserved for issuance pursuant to our equity incentive plans and 1990 Employee Qualified Stock 
Purchase Plan (Employee Stock Purchase Plan), and 22.4 million shares were reserved for issuance upon conversion or repurchase of 
the 3.125% convertible debentures due March 15, 2037 (debentures). The availability of substantial amounts of our common shares
resulting from the exercise or settlement of equity awards outstanding under our equity incentive plans or the conversion or repurchase 
of debentures using common shares, which would be dilutive to existing stockholders, could adversely affect the prevailing market
price of our common shares and could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities.  

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

Our  corporate  offices,  which  include  the  administrative,  sales,  customer  support,  marketing,  R&D  and  manufacturing  and  testing 
groups,  are  located  in  San  Jose,  California.    This  main  site  consists  of  adjacent  buildings  providing  588,000  square  feet  of  space, 
which we own.  We also own two parcels of land totaling approximately 121 acres in South San Jose near our corporate facility.  At 
present, we do not have any plans to develop the land.  We also have a 106,000 square foot leased facility in San Jose, which we do 
not occupy and is presently listed for subleasing.  

We also own a 228,000 square foot facility in the metropolitan area of Dublin, Ireland, which serves as our regional headquarters in 
Europe.  The Irish facility is primarily used for manufacturing and testing of our products, service and support for our customers in 
Europe, R&D and IT support.  

In addition, we also own a 222,000 square foot facility in Singapore, which serves as our Asia Pacific regional headquarters. We own 
the  building  but  the  land  is  subject  to  a  30-year  lease  expiring  in  November  2035.      The  Singapore  facility  is  primarily  used  for
manufacturing and testing of our products, service and support for our customers in Asia Pacific/Japan, coordination and management 
of  certain  third  parties  in  our  supply  chain  and  R&D.    Excess  space  in  the  facility  is  leased  to  tenants  under  long-term  lease 
agreements. 

We  also own a  130,000  square  foot facility  in  Longmont,  Colorado.  The Longmont  facility  serves  as  the primary  location  for our
software efforts in the areas of R&D, manufacturing and quality control.  In addition, we also own a 200,000 square foot facility and 
40  acres  of  land  adjacent  to  the  Longmont  facility  for  future  expansion.    The  facility  is  partially  leased  to  tenants under  long-term 
lease agreements and partially used by the Company.  

We  own  a  45,000  square  foot  facility  in  Albuquerque, New  Mexico, which  is  used for  the  development  of  our CoolRunner  CPLD 
product families as well as IP cores.   

We lease office facilities for our engineering design centers in Portland, Oregon, Grenoble, France, Edinburgh, Scotland, Hyderabad, 
India  and  Toronto,  Canada.    We  also  lease  sales  offices  in  various  locations  throughout  North  America,  which  include  the 
metropolitan areas of Chicago, Dallas, Los Angeles, Nashua, Ottawa, Raleigh, San Diego and Toronto as well as international sales 
offices  located  in  the  metropolitan  areas  of  Beijing,  Brussels,  Helsinki,  Hong  Kong,  London,  Milan,  Munich,  Osaka,  Paris,  Seoul,
Shanghai, Shenzhen, Stockholm, Taipei, Tel Aviv and Tokyo. 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

Internal Revenue Service 

The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) audited and issued proposed adjustments to the Company’s tax returns for fiscal 1996 through
2001.  The Company filed petitions with the Tax Court in response to assertions by the IRS relating to fiscal 1996 through 2000.  To 
date, all issues have been settled with the IRS in this matter except as described in the following paragraphs.   

On  August  30,  2005,  the  Tax  Court  issued  its  opinion  concerning  whether  the  value  of  stock  options must  be  included  in  the  cost
sharing agreement with Xilinx Ireland.  The Tax Court agreed with the Company that no amount for stock options was to be included
in the cost sharing agreement, and thus, the Company had no tax, interest, or penalties due for this issue.  The Tax Court entered its 

18

decision on May 31, 2006.  On August 25, 2006, the IRS appealed the decision to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.

The Company and the IRS presented oral arguments to a three-judge panel of the Appeals Court on March 12, 2008.  On May 27, 
2009, the Company received a 2-1 adverse judicial ruling from the Appeals Court reversing the Tax Court decision and holding that 
the Company should include stock option amounts in its cost sharing agreement with Xilinx Ireland. The Company does not agree 
with the Appeals Court decision and is reviewing its alternatives as a result of the decision.   

The Company expects to record expense of $8.6 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 in order to reverse the interest income it 
accrued through March 28, 2009 on the earlier prepayment it made to the IRS.  The Company is presently determining the amount of
penalties  and  interest  to  be  accrued  under  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  Interpretation  No.  48,  “Accounting  for 
Uncertainty in Income Taxes - an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (FIN 48) in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 as a result of 
this decision. 

In a separate matter, on December 8, 2008, the IRS issued a statutory notice of deficiency reflecting proposed audit adjustments for 
fiscal 2005.  The Company filed a petition with the Tax Court on March 2, 2009, in response to this notice of deficiency and plans to 
contest the proposed adjustments.  The Company believes it has provided adequate reserves for any tax deficiencies that could result 
from this IRS action.   

Patent Litigation 

On December 28, 2007, a patent infringement lawsuit was filed by PACT XPP Technologies, AG (PACT) against the Company in the 
U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, Marshall Division (PACT XPP Technologies, AG. v. Xilinx, Inc. and Avnet, Inc. 
Case  No.  2:07-CV-563).    The  lawsuit  pertains  to  11  different  patents  and  PACT  seeks  injunctive  relief,  unspecified  damages  and 
interest and attorneys’ fees.  Neither the likelihood, nor the amount of any potential exposure to the Company is estimable at this time. 

On August 21, 2007, Lonestar Inventions, L.P. (Lonestar) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Xilinx in the U.S. District Court 
for  the  Eastern  District  of  Texas,  Tyler  Division  (Lonestar  Inventions,  L.P.  v.  Xilinx,  Inc.  Case  No.  6:07-CV-393).    The  lawsuit
pertained to a single patent and Lonestar sought injunctive relief, unspecified damages and interest and attorneys’ fees.  The parties 
reached  a  confidential  agreement  to  settle  the  action  and  the  lawsuit  was  dismissed  with  prejudice  on  December  18,  2008.    The 
amount of the settlement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. 

Other Matters 

From time to time, we are involved in various disputes and litigation matters that arise in the ordinary course of our business.  These 
include  disputes  and  lawsuits  related  to  intellectual  property,  mergers  and  acquisitions,  licensing,  contract  law,  tax,  regulatory, 
distribution  arrangements,  employee  relations  and  other  matters.    Periodically,  we  review  the  status  of  each  matter  and  assess  its 
potential financial exposure.  If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and a range of possible 
losses can be estimated, we accrue a liability for the estimated loss.  Legal proceedings are subject to uncertainties, and the outcomes 
are  difficult  to  predict.    Because  of  such  uncertainties,  accruals  are  based  only  on  the  best  information  available  at  the  time.    As 
additional information becomes available, we continue to reassess the potential liability related to pending claims and litigation and 
may revise estimates.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report. 

19

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Our  common  stock  trades  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market  under  the  symbol  XLNX.    As  of  May  6,  2009,  there  were 
approximately  793  stockholders  of  record.    Since  many  holders’  shares  are  listed  under  their  brokerage  firms’  names,  the  actual
number of stockholders is estimated by the Company to be over 105,000.   

The following table sets forth the high and low closing sale prices, for the periods indicated, for our common stock as reported by the 
NASDAQ Global Select Market:  

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

Dividends Declared Per Common Share 

  Fiscal 2009                Fiscal 2008
High
$28.16 
 27.55 
 23.45 
 20.38 

High
$30.18 
  28.70 
  26.97 
  24.94 

Low
$22.96 
 22.48 
 14.61 
 15.47 

Low
$25.65 
 24.34 
 21.16 
 19.06 

The following table presents the quarterly dividends declared on our common stock for the periods indicated: 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

     Fiscal
      2009

$0.14  
0.14 
0.14 
0.14 

Fiscal
2008
$0.12 
 0.12 
 0.12 
 0.12 

On April 21, 2009, our Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.14 per common share for the first quarter of fiscal 2010.  
The dividend is payable on June 3, 2009 to stockholders of record on May 13, 2009.   

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

The Company did not repurchase any of its common stock during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009.  The value of shares or outstanding 
debentures  that  may  yet  be  purchased under  our  current  common  stock and  debentures  repurchase program  is  $525.7  million.    See 
“Note  15.  Stockholders’  Equity”  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  included  in  Item  8.  “Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data” for information regarding our stock repurchase plans.   

On February 25, 2008, we announced a repurchase program of up to $800.0 million of common stock.  On November 6, 2008, our 
Board of Directors approved the amendment of the Company’s $800.0 million stock repurchase program to provide that the funds may
also be used to repurchase outstanding debentures.  This repurchase program has no stated expiration date.  Through March 28, 2009,
the  Company  had  used  $274.3  million  of  the  $800.0  million  authorized  for  the  repurchase  of  its  outstanding  common  stock  and 
debentures.  

20

                                                                    
 
 
Company Stock Price Performance 

The  following  graph  shows  a  comparison  of  cumulative  total  return for  the  Company's  common  stock,  the  Standard  &  Poor’s  500 
Stock Index (S&P 500 Index), and the Standard & Poor’s 500 Semiconductors Index (S&P 500 Semiconductors Index).  The graph 
covers the period from April 2, 2004, the last trading day before Xilinx’s 2005 fiscal year, to March 27, 2009, the last trading day of 
Xilinx’s 2009 fiscal year.  The graph and table assume that $100 was invested on April 2, 2004 in Xilinx, Inc. common stock, the S&P 
500 Index and the S&P 500 Semiconductors Index and that all dividends were reinvested.  

Company / Index 
Xilinx, Inc. 
S&P 500 Index 
S&P 500 Semiconductors Index 

4/2/04 
100.00 
100.00 
100.00 

4/1/05 
72.47 
104.55 
80.37 

3/31/06 
64.79 
117.58 
88.16 

3/30/07 
66.44 
131.49 
81.40 

3/28/08 
60.79 
124.11 
76.20 

3/27/09 
52.73 
79.01 
56.39 

Note: Stock price performance and indexed returns for our Common Stock are historical and are not an indicator of future 
price performance or future investment returns. 

21

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

Consolidated Statement of Income Data 
Five years ended March 28, 2009 
(In thousands, except per share amounts)                                                    

Net revenues 
Operating income (6) 
Income before income taxes (6) 
Provision for income taxes 
Net income  
Net income per common share : 
   Basic 
   Diluted 
Shares used in per share calculations: 
   Basic 
   Diluted 
 Cash dividends declared per common share 

2009(1) 
$1,825,184 
429,518 
498,184 
122,544 
375,640 

2008(2) 
$1,841,372 
424,194 
474,094 
100,047 
374,047 

2007(3) 
$1,842,739 
347,767 
431,146 
80,474 
350,672 

2006(4) 
$1,726,250 
412,062 
456,602 
102,453 
354,149 

2005(5) 
$1,573,233 
372,040 
400,544 
87,821 
312,723 

$        1.36 
$        1.36 

$        1.27 
$        1.25 

$        1.04 
$        1.02 

$        1.01 
$        1.00 

$       0.90 
$       0.87 

276,113 
276,854 
$        0.56 

295,050 
298,636 
$        0.48 

337,920 
343,636 
$        0.36 

349,026 
355,065 
$        0.28 

347,810 
358,230 
$       0.20 

(1)  Income before income taxes includes restructuring charges of $22,023, a gain on early extinguishment of convertible debentures 
of $110,606, impairment loss on investments of $54,129 and a charge of $3,086 related to an impairment of a leased facility that
the Company no longer intends to occupy. 

(2)  Income before income taxes includes a loss on the sale of the Company’s remaining UMC investment of $4,732, an impairment 
loss on investments of $2,850 and a charge of $1,614 related to an impairment of a leased facility that the Company no longer 
intends to occupy. 

(3)  Income before income taxes includes a charge of $5,934 related to an impairment of a leased facility that the Company no longer
intends to occupy, a loss related to a litigation settlement of $2,500, stock-based compensation related to prior years of $2,209, an 
impairment loss on investments of $1,950 and a gain of $7,016 from the sale of a portion of the Company’s UMC investment.   

(4)  Income before income taxes includes a loss related to litigation settlements and contingencies of $3,165, a write-off of acquired 

in-process R&D of $4,500 related to the acquisition of AccelChip and an impairment loss on investments of $1,418.  

(5)  Income before income taxes includes a write-off of acquired in-process R&D of $7,198 related to the acquisition of Hier Design 

Inc. and impairment loss on investments of $3,099. 

(6)  The  Company  adopted  the  provisions  of  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS)  No.  123(R),  “Share-Based 
Payment” (SFAS 123(R)) in fiscal 2007.  Results for prior fiscal years do not include the effects of stock-based compensation (see 
Notes 2 and 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”). 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data   
Five years ended March 28, 2009
(In thousands)                                                                                                                

Working capital 
Total assets 
Convertible debentures 
Other long-term liabilities 
Stockholders’ equity 

2009

2008

2007

2006

2005

   $1,519,402      $1,479,530       $1,396,733     $1,303,224      $1,154,163
   3,179,355     3,173,547 
 3,137,107 
   2,825,515 
  3,039,196
      999,597                  —                 —
      690,125 
    999,851 
                —
        81,776             40,281(1)           1,320
   2,673,508
   1,772,740
 1,671,823 
   1,737,900 

       7,485 
 2,728,885 

 (1)  Includes  $39,122  of  long-term  income  taxes  payable  reclassified  from  current  to  non-current  liabilities  in  connection  with  the 
adoption  of  FIN  48.    See  “Note  16.  Income  Taxes”  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  Item  8.  “Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data.”  

22

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF 

OPERATIONS 

This  discussion  and  analysis  of  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in Item 8.  “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

Cautionary Statement 

The statements in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis that are forward looking, within the meaning of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995, involve numerous risks and uncertainties and are based on current expectations. The reader should not 
place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these
forward-looking statements for many reasons, including those risks discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this document.  
Often, forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking words, such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” 
“expect,”  “believe,”  “anticipate,”  “estimate,”  “continue,”  “plan,”  “intend,”  “project”  and  other  similar  terminology,  or  the 
negative  of  such  terms. We  disclaim  any  responsibility  to  update  or  revise  any  forward-looking  statement  provided  in  this 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  for any reason. 

Nature of Operations 

We design, develop  and  market  complete  programmable  logic  solutions,  including  advanced  ICs,  software design  tools,  predefined 
system functions delivered as IP cores, design services, customer training, field engineering and technical support.  Our PLDs include 
FPGAs and CPLDs.  These devices are standard products that our customers program to perform desired logic functions. Our products 
are  designed  to  provide  high  integration  and  quick  time-to-market  for  electronic  equipment  manufacturers  in  end  markets  such  as
wired and wireless communications, industrial, scientific and medical, aerospace and defense, audio, video and broadcast, consumer, 
automotive  and data  processing.   We  sell our products  globally through  independent domestic  and foreign  distributors  and  through
direct sales to OEMs by a network of independent sales representative firms and by a direct sales management organization. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The methods, estimates and judgments we use in applying our most critical accounting policies have a significant impact on the results 
we report in our consolidated financial statements.  The SEC has defined critical accounting policies as those that are most important 
to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require us to make our most difficult and subjective judgments, 
often as a result of the need to make estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain.  Based on this definition, our critical accounting 
policies include: valuation of marketable and non-marketable securities, which impacts losses on debt and equity securities when we 
record impairments; revenue recognition, which impacts the recording of revenues; and valuation of inventories, which impacts cost
of  revenues  and  gross  margin.    Our  critical  accounting  policies  also  include:  the  assessment  of  impairment  of  long-lived  assets
including  acquisition-related  intangibles,  which  impacts  their  valuation;  the  assessment  of  the  recoverability  of  goodwill,  which 
impacts goodwill impairment; accounting for income taxes, which impacts the provision or benefit recognized for income taxes, as
well as the valuation of deferred tax assets recorded on our consolidated balance sheet; and valuation and recognition of stock-based 
compensation,  which  impacts  gross  margin,  R&D  expenses,  and  selling,  general  and  administrative  (SG&A)  expenses.   Below, we 
discuss these policies further, as well as the estimates and judgments involved.  We also have other key accounting policies that are 
not as subjective, and therefore, their application would not require us to make estimates or judgments that are as difficult, but which 
nevertheless could significantly affect our financial reporting. 

       Valuation of Marketable and Non-marketable Securities 

The Company’s short-term and long-term investments include marketable debt securities and non-marketable equity securities.  As of 
March 28, 2009, the Company had marketable debt securities with a fair value of $1.24 billion and non-marketable equity securities in 
private companies of $20.5 million (adjusted cost).

Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2009, the assessment of fair value is based on the provisions of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value 
Measurements”  (SFAS  157).    The  Company  determines  the  fair  values  for  marketable  debt  and  equity  securities  using  industry 
standard pricing services, data providers and other third-party sources and by performing valuation analyses.  See “Note 3. Fair Value 
Measurements”  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  included  in  Item  8.  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,”  for 
details  of  the  valuation  methodologies.    In  determining  if  and  when  a  decline  in  value  below  adjusted  cost  of  marketable  debt  and
equity  securities  is  other  than  temporary,  the  Company  evaluates  on  an  ongoing  basis  the  market  conditions,  trends  of  earnings,
financial  condition,  credit  ratings,  any  underlying  collateral  and  other  key  measures  for  our  investments.    We  assess  other-than-
temporary impairment of debt and equity securities in accordance with FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. FAS 115-1, “The Meaning of 
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.”  We recorded other-than-temporary impairments for 
marketable debt securities and a marketable equity security in fiscal 2009.  We did not record any other-than-temporary impairment
for marketable debt or equity securities in fiscal 2008 or 2007.   

23

The Company’s investments in non-marketable securities of private companies are accounted for by using the cost method.  These 
investments  are  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  non-recurring  basis  when  they  are  deemed  to  be  other-than-temporarily  impaired.    In
determining  whether  a  decline  in  value  of  non-marketable  equity  investments  in  private  companies  has  occurred  and  is  other  than
temporary,  an  assessment  is  made  by  considering  available  evidence,  including  the  general  market  conditions  in  the  investee’s 
industry,  the  investee’s  product  development  status  and  subsequent  rounds  of  financing  and  the  related  valuation  and/or  our 
participation  in  such  financings.    We  also  assess  the  investee’s  ability  to  meet  business  milestones  and  the  financial  condition  and 
near-term prospects of the individual investee, including the rate at which the investee is using its cash and the investee’s need for 
possible additional funding at a lower valuation.  Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2009, the assessment of fair value is based on 
the provisions of SFAS 157. The valuation methodology for determining the decline in value of non-marketable equity securities is 
based  on  the  factors  noted  above  which  require  management  judgment  and  are  Level  3  inputs.    See  “Note  3.  Fair  Value 
Measurements”  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  included  in Item  8.  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,”  for 
additional  information  relating  to  the  adoption  of  SFAS  157.    When  a  decline  in  value  is  deemed  to  be  other  than  temporary,  the
Company recognizes an impairment loss in the current period’s operating results to the extent of the decline.  We recorded other-than-
temporary impairments for non-marketable equity securities in fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007.   

       Revenue Recognition 

Sales  to  distributors  are  made  under  agreements  providing  distributor  price  adjustments  and  rights  of  return  under  certain 
circumstances.    Revenue  and  costs  relating  to  distributor  sales  are  deferred  until  products  are  sold  by  the  distributors  to  the
distributors’  end  customers.    For  fiscal  2009,  approximately  77%  of  our  net  revenues  were  from  products  sold  to  distributors  for
subsequent resale to OEMs or their subcontract manufacturers.  Revenue recognition depends on notification from the distributor that 
product has been sold to the distributor’s end customer.  Also reported by the distributor are product resale price, quantity and end 
customer  shipment  information,  as  well  as  inventory  on  hand.    Reported  distributor  inventory  on  hand  is  reconciled  to  deferred 
revenue  balances  monthly.    We  maintain  system  controls  to  validate  distributor  data  and  to  verify  that  the  reported  information  is 
accurate.  Deferred income on shipments to distributors reflects the effects of distributor price adjustments and the amount of gross 
margin  expected  to  be  realized  when  distributors  sell  through  product  purchased  from  the  Company.    Accounts  receivable  from 
distributors are recognized and inventory is relieved when title to inventories transfers, typically upon shipment from Xilinx at which 
point we have a legally enforceable right to collection under normal payment terms.  

As of March 28, 2009, we had $90.4 million of deferred revenue and $28.0 million of deferred cost of goods sold recognized as a net 
$62.4 million of deferred income on shipments to distributors.  As of March 29, 2008, we had $158.0 million of deferred revenue and 
$46.3 million of deferred cost of goods sold recognized as a net $111.7 million of deferred income on shipments to distributors.  The 
deferred  income  on  shipments  to  distributors  that  will  ultimately  be  recognized  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  income  will  be
different than the amount shown on the consolidated balance sheet due to actual price adjustments issued to the distributors when the 
product is sold to their end customers.   

Revenue  from  sales  to  our direct  customers  is  recognized  upon  shipment  provided  that  persuasive  evidence  of  a  sales  arrangement
exists,  the  price  is  fixed,  title  has  transferred,  collection  of  resulting  receivables  is  reasonably  assured,  and  there  are  no  customer 
acceptance requirements and no remaining significant obligations.  For each of the periods presented, there were no significant formal 
acceptance provisions with our direct customers.  

Revenue  from  software  licenses  is  deferred  and  recognized  as  revenue  over  the  term  of  the  licenses  of  one  year.    Revenue  from 
support services is recognized when the service is performed.  Revenue from Support Products, which includes software and services 
sales, was less than 7% of net revenues for all of the periods presented. 

Allowances  for  end  customer  sales  returns are  recorded based  on  historical  experience  and  for known  pending  customer  returns or
allowances.

       Valuation of Inventories 

Inventories are stated at the lower of actual cost (determined using the first-in, first-out method) or market (estimated net realizable 
value).    The valuation of  inventory  requires  us  to  estimate  excess or  obsolete  inventory  as  well  as  inventory  that  is not of  saleable
quality.  We review and set standard costs quarterly to approximate current actual manufacturing costs.  Our manufacturing overhead 
standards  for  product  costs  are  calculated  assuming  full  absorption  of  actual  spending  over  actual  volumes,  adjusted  for  excess
capacity. Given the cyclicality of the market, the obsolescence of technology and product lifecycles, we write down inventory based
on forecasted demand and technological obsolescence.  These factors are impacted by market and economic conditions, technology 
changes, new product introductions and changes in strategic direction and require estimates that may include uncertain elements.  The 
estimates of future demand that we use in the valuation of inventory are the basis for our published revenue forecasts, which are also 
consistent with our short-term manufacturing plans. If our demand forecast for specific products is greater than actual demand and we 
fail  to  reduce  manufacturing  output  accordingly,  we  could  be  required  to  write  down  additional  inventory,  which  would  have  a 
negative impact on our gross margin.  

24

       Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Including Acquisition-Related Intangibles    

Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangible assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment if indicators of potential 
impairment exist.  Impairment indicators are reviewed on a quarterly basis.  When indicators of impairment exist and assets are held 
for use, we estimate future undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets.  In the event such cash flows are not expected  to be 
sufficient to recover the recorded value of the assets, the assets are written down to their estimated fair values based on the expected 
discounted  future  cash  flows  attributable  to  the  assets  or  based  on  appraisals.    Factors  affecting  impairment  of  assets  held  for  use 
include the ability of the specific assets to generate positive cash flows.   

When assets are removed from operations and held for sale, we estimate impairment losses as the excess of the carrying value of the 
assets over their fair value.  Factors affecting impairment of assets held for sale include market conditions.  Changes in any of these 
factors could necessitate impairment recognition in future periods for assets held for use or assets held for sale. 

Long-lived assets such as goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment, are considered nonfinancial assets, and 
are only measured at fair value when indicators of impairment exist.  The accounting and disclosure provisions of SFAS 157 will not 
be effective for these assets until the first quarter of fiscal 2010.  See “Note 3. Fair Value Measurements” to our consolidated financial 
statements, included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for additional information.  

       Goodwill 

As  required  by  SFAS  No.  142,  “Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets”  (SFAS  142),  goodwill  is  not  amortized  but  is  subject  to 
impairment tests on an annual basis, or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment exist, and goodwill is written down when 
it is determined to be impaired.  We perform an annual impairment review in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year and compare the 
fair value of the reporting unit in which the goodwill resides to its carrying value.  If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, the 
goodwill of the reporting unit is potentially impaired.  For purposes of impairment testing under SFAS 142, Xilinx operates as a single 
reporting unit.  We use the quoted market price method to determine the fair value of the reporting unit.  Based on the impairment
review  performed  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2009,  there  was  no  impairment  of  goodwill  in  fiscal  2009.    Unless  there  are
indicators of  impairment,  our  next  impairment  review  for goodwill  will  be  performed  and  completed  in  the  fourth  quarter of fiscal
2010.  To date, no impairment indicators have been identified. 

       Accounting for Income Taxes 

Xilinx is a multinational corporation operating in multiple tax jurisdictions.  We must determine the allocation of income to each of 
these jurisdictions based on estimates and assumptions and apply the appropriate tax rates for these jurisdictions.  We undergo routine 
audits  by  taxing  authorities  regarding  the  timing  and  amount  of  deductions  and  the  allocation  of  income  among  various  tax 
jurisdictions.  Tax audits often require an extended period of time to resolve and may result in income tax adjustments if changes to 
the allocation are required between jurisdictions with different tax rates. 

In  determining  income  for  financial  statement  purposes,  we  must  make  certain  estimates  and  judgments.    These  estimates  and 
judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax liabilities and in the determination of the recoverability of certain deferred tax assets, 
which arise from temporary differences between the tax and financial statement recognition of revenue and expense.  Additionally, we 
must estimate the amount and likelihood of potential losses arising from audits or deficiency notices issued by taxing authorities.  The 
taxing authorities’ positions and our assessment can change over time resulting in a material effect on the provision for income taxes 
in periods when these changes occur.  

We must also assess the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax assets.  If recovery is not likely, we must increase 
our provision for taxes by recording a reserve in the form of a valuation allowance for the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not 
ultimately be recoverable.   

The Company has elected to adopt the alternative transition method provided in FSP No. FAS 123(R)-3, “Transition Election Related
to  Accounting  for  the  Tax  Effects  of  Share-Based  Payment  Awards”  for  calculating  the  tax  effects  of  stock-based  compensation 
pursuant  to SFAS 123(R).    The  alternative transition  method  includes  simplified  methods  to  establish  the beginning  balance of  the 
APIC pool related to the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation, and to determine the subsequent impact on the APIC pool 
and consolidated statements of cash flows of the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation awards that are outstanding upon 
adoption of SFAS 123(R). 

In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48.  FIN 48 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions
accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (SFAS 109).  The first step is to evaluate the tax
position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will 
be  sustained  on  audit,  including resolution of related  appeals  or  litigation  processes,  if  any.    The  second  step  is  to  measure  the  tax 
benefit  as  the  largest  amount  that  is  more  than  50%  likely  of  being  ultimately  realized.    See  “Note  16.  Income  Taxes”  to  our 
consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

25

Stock-Based Compensation 

In  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2007,  we  adopted  SFAS  123(R),  which  requires  the  measurement  at  fair  value  and  recognition  of 
compensation  expense  for  all  stock-based  payment  awards.    Determining  the  appropriate  fair-value  model  and  calculating  the  fair
value of stock-based awards at the date of grant requires judgment.  We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the
fair value of employee stock options and rights to purchase shares under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan, consistent
with  the  provisions  of  SFAS  123(R).    Option  pricing  models,  including  the  Black-Scholes  model,  also  require  the  use  of  input 
assumptions,  including  expected  stock  price  volatility,  expected  life,  expected  dividend  rate,  expected  forfeiture  rate  and  expected
risk-free rate of return.  We use implied volatility based on traded options in the open market as we believe implied volatility is more 
reflective  of  market  conditions  and  a  better  indicator  of  expected  volatility  than  historical  volatility.    In  determining  the 
appropriateness  of  implied  volatility,  we  considered:  the  volume  of  market  activity  of  traded  options,  and  determined  there  was
sufficient  market  activity;  the  ability  to  reasonably  match  the  input  variables  of  traded  options  to  those  of  options  granted  by  the 
Company, such as date of grant and the exercise price, and determined the input assumptions were comparable; and the length of term 
of  traded  options  used  to  derive  implied  volatility,  which  is  generally  one  to  two years  and  which  was  extrapolated  to  match  the
expected term of the employee options granted by the Company, and determined the length of the option term was reasonable.  The
expected  life  of  options  granted  is  based  on  the  historical  exercise  activity  as  well  as  the  expected  disposition  of  all  options
outstanding.    We  will  continue  to  review  our  input  assumptions  and  make  changes  as  deemed  appropriate  depending  on  new 
information that becomes available.  Higher volatility and expected lives result in a proportional increase to stock-based compensation
determined at the date of grant.  The expected dividend rate and expected risk-free rate of return do not have as significant an effect on 
the calculation of fair value.  

In  addition,  SFAS  123(R)  requires  us  to  develop  an  estimate  of  the  number  of  stock-based  awards  which  will  be  forfeited  due  to 
employee turnover.  Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate have an effect on reported stock-based compensation, as the 
effect  of  adjusting  the  rate  for  all  expense  amortization  after  April 1,  2006  is  recognized  in  the  period  the  forfeiture  estimate  is 
changed.  If the actual forfeiture rate is higher than the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is made to increase the estimated 
forfeiture  rate,  which  will  result  in  a  decrease  to  the  expense  recognized  in  the financial  statements.    If  the  actual forfeiture  rate is 
lower than the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is made to decrease the estimated forfeiture rate, which will result in an 
increase to the expense recognized in the financial statements.  The effect of forfeiture adjustments in fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 was 
insignificant.  The expense we recognize in future periods could also differ significantly from the current period and/or our forecasts
due to adjustments in the assumed forfeiture rates.  

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth statement of income data as a percentage of net revenues for the fiscal years indicated: 

Net Revenues 
Cost of revenues 
Gross Margin 

Operating Expenses:
Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Amortization of  acquisition-related intangibles 
Restructuring charges 
Litigation settlement 
Stock-based compensation related to prior years 
     Total operating expenses 

Operating Income  
Gain on early extinguishment of convertible debentures 
Impairment loss on investments 
Interest and other income, net  

 2009
100.0% 
  36.7
  63.3

2008
100.0% 
  37.3
  62.7

2007
100.0% 
  39.0
  61.0

19.5 
 18.8 
0.3 
1.2 
0.0 
   0.0
 39.8

23.5
6.1 
(3.0) 
   0.7

19.4 
 19.9 
0.4 
0.0 
0.0 
   0.0
 39.7

23.0
0.0 
(0.2) 
   2.9

21.1  
 20.4 
0.4 
0.0 
0.1 
   0.1
 42.1

18.9
0.0 
(0.1) 
   4.6

Income Before Income Taxes

27.3 

25.7 

23.4 

Provision for income taxes 

   6.7

   5.4

   4.4

Net Income 

  20.6%

  20.3%

  19.0%

26

 
Net Revenues  

(In millions) 

Net revenues 

2009 

Change 

2008 

Change 

2007 

$1,825.2 

(1)% 

$1,841.4 

 0%  

$1,842.7 

The  1%  decline  in  net  revenues  in  fiscal  2009  compared  to  fiscal  2008  was  largely  due  to  the  recessionary  environment  we 
experienced  during  the  fiscal  year  which  impacted  our  sales  across  a  broad  base  of  end  markets.    New  Product  revenue  increased 
considerably in fiscal 2009 but not enough to fully offset the declines in Base and Mainstream Products.  Total unit sales declined in 
fiscal 2009 but average selling price per unit increased compared to the comparable prior year period.  The relatively flat net revenues 
in fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007 was driven by strong customer demand for our New Products which was offset by decreased 
demand for our Mainstream and Base Products, particularly in the Communications and Data Processing end markets.  Increased total
unit  sales  during  fiscal  2008  compared  to  the  comparable  prior  year  period  were  offset  by  declines  in  average  unit  selling  prices, 
which also contributed to the flat net revenues in fiscal 2008.  See “Net Revenues by Product” and “Net Revenues by End Markets”
below for more information on our product and end-market categories.

No end customer accounted for more than 10% of net revenues for any of the periods presented. 

Net Revenues by Product  

We  classify  our  product  offerings  into  four  categories:  New,  Mainstream,  Base  and  Support  Products.    These  product  categories, 
excluding Support Products, are modified on a periodic basis to better reflect advances in technology. The most recent adjustment
was made on July 2, 2006, which was the beginning of our second quarter of fiscal 2007.  New Products, as currently defined, include 
our  most  recent  product  offerings  and  include  the  Virtex-5,  Virtex-4,  Spartan-3  and  CoolRunner-II  product  families.    Mainstream
Products  include  the  Virtex-II,  Spartan-II,  CoolRunner  and  Virtex-E  product  families.    Mainstream  products  are  generally  several
years  old  and  designed  into  customer  programs  that  are  currently  shipping  in  full  production.    Base Products  consist  of  our  older
product  families  including  the  Virtex,  Spartan,  XC4000  and  XC9500  products.    Support  Products  make  up  the  remainder  of  our 
product  offerings  and  include  configuration  products,  software,  IP  cores,  customer  training,  design  services  and  support.    In  fiscal
2010,  we  expect  to  reclassify  our  net  revenues  by  product  categories  to  better  reflect  the  age  of  the  products  and  advances  in 
technologies.

Net revenues by product categories for the fiscal years indicated were as follows: 

(In millions) 
New Products 
Mainstream Products 
Base Products 
Support Products 
Total net revenues 

    2009 
  $   847.9  
673.0 
206.3 
      98.0
$1,825.2

% of 
Total
47
37
11
    5 
  100

%
Change
40
(21) 
(26) 
(11) 
(1) 

      2008 
$   604.2  
849.8
277.7
    109.7  
$1,841.4

% of 
Total
33
46
15
    6   

  100

%
Change
45
(15) 
(12) 
5
        0 

      2007 
$   416.8  
1,004.2 
317.2 
    104.5  
$1,842.7

% of 
Total
23
54
17
    6   

  100

Net  revenues  from  New  Products  increased  significantly  in  fiscal  2009  compared  to  the  prior  year  period  due  to  continued  strong
market acceptance of these products, primarily Virtex-5, Virtex-4 and Spartan-3E.  In fiscal 2009, Virtex-5 sales nearly tripled and net 
revenues from our Virtex-4 and Spartan-3 product families each grew in double digits.  These products, along with our CoolRunner-II 
family of CPLDs, contributed to the majority of the revenue growth in New Products in fiscal 2008.  We expect sales of New Products
to continue to increase over time as more customers’ programs go into volume production with our 65-nm and 90-nm products.  

Net  revenues  from  Mainstream  Products  declined  in  fiscal  2009  and  2008  primarily  due  to  a  decline  in  sales  of  some  of  our  older
generation products that were introduced to the market more than seven years ago. 

The  decline  in  net  revenues  from  Base  Products  in  fiscal  2009  and  2008  was  expected  since  these  products  are  mature  and 
approaching the end of life.    

Net revenues from Support Products decreased in fiscal 2009 compared to the prior year period primarily due to a decline in sales
from our PROM products.  Net revenues from Support Products increased in fiscal 2008 due to modest increases in sales from our 
software products.   

27

 
 
  
       
Net Revenues by End Markets 

Our end market revenue data is derived from our understanding of our end customers’ primary markets.  We classify our net revenues 
by end markets into four categories: Communications, Industrial and Other, Consumer and Automotive, and Data Processing.  The 
percentage change calculation in the table below represents the year-to-year dollar change in each end market.   

Net revenues by end markets for the fiscal years indicated were as follows: 

(% of total net revenues) 
Communications 
Industrial and Other 
Consumer and Automotive 
Data Processing 
Total net revenues 

2009 
44%
32
16
  8 
100%

% Change 
in Dollars 
1 
1
(6) 
(9) 
(1) 

% Change 
   2008 
in Dollars 
(5) 
43% 
11
32
4
17
    8
(14) 
100%          0 

2007 

45% 

      29 
16
  10
100%

Net revenues from Communications, our largest end market, increased in fiscal 2009 compared to the prior year period primarily due
to the strength in wireless communication applications.  Sales to customers in the wireless space were particularly strong during fiscal 
2009 as a result of next generation wireless activity in China.  In fiscal 2008, net revenues from Communications decreased primarily 
due to decreased sales from wireless communication applications, much of which was driven by merger and consolidation activity in
that market.   

Net revenues from the Industrial and Other end market increased in fiscal 2009 compared with the prior year period due to strong sales 
growth from aerospace and defense and industrial, scientific and medical applications.  However, this growth was offset considerably 
by weakness in test and measurement applications.  In fiscal 2008, net revenues from the Industrial and Other end market increased 
due to broad-based strength across all applications including defense, industrial, scientific and medical and test and measurement.

Net revenues from the Consumer and Automotive end market decreased in fiscal 2009 from the comparable prior year due to weaker 
sales from audio, video and broadcast and automotive applications, which was partially offset by an increase in sales from consumer 
applications.    In  fiscal  2008,  net  revenues  from  the  Consumer  and  Automotive  end  market  increased  primarily  due  to  strength  in 
automotive applications. 

The decrease  in net  revenues  from  the  Data  Processing  end  market  in  fiscal  2009  compared with  the prior  year  period  was  mainly 
driven by decreases in sales from computing and data processing applications.  In fiscal 2008, net revenues from the Data Processing
end market declined due to decreases in sales from storage as well as computing and data processing applications.   

Net Revenues by Geography 

Geographic revenue information reflects the geographic location of the distributors or OEMs who purchased our products.  This may
differ from the geographic location of the end customers.  Net revenues by geography for the fiscal years indicated were as follows:

(In millions) 
North America 
Asia Pacific 
Europe 
Japan 
Total net revenues 

    2009 
$  627.7  
603.0 
411.6 
     182.9
$1,825.2

% of 
Total
34 
   33  
23
  10
  100

%
Change
(13) 
15
1
(4) 
(1) 

      2008 

$  717.8  
526.3
407.2
     190.1
$1,841.4

% of 
Total
39 
29    
22
  10
  100

%
Change
(2) 
13
(5) 
(13) 
         0 

      2007 

$  731.3  
 466.6  
426.9 
     217.9
$1,842.7

% of 
Total
40 
  25   
23
  12
  100

Net revenues in North America decreased in fiscal 2009 compared with the prior year period primarily due to lower sales from the
Communications end market.  The decrease in net revenues during fiscal 2008 was driven primarily by a decline in sales from wireless
communications as well as data processing applications.   

Net  revenues  in  Asia  Pacific  increased  in  double  digits  during  fiscal  2009,  driven  by  strength  in  the  Communications  end  market,
primarily from next generation wireless applications in China.  The increase in net revenues in fiscal 2008 was due to broad-based end 
market strength, with particular strength coming from customers in the Communications and Industrial and Other end markets.  Asia 
Pacific sales continued to benefit from outsourcing of manufacturing operations by large U.S. and European-based customers to the
Asia Pacific region.  

Net  revenues  in  Europe  increased  in  fiscal  2009  compared  with  the  prior  year  period  primarily  due  to  strength  in  wireless 
communication  applications.    Net  revenues  decreased  in  fiscal  2008  primarily  due  to  lower  sales  from  wireless  communication 
applications.

28

 
 
       
Net revenues in Japan decreased in fiscal 2009 compared to the same period last year due to broad-based weakness across most end
market categories with the exception of the Consumer and Automotive end market.  The fiscal 2008 decline was due to broad-based
weakness across all end market categories.  

Gross Margin 

(In millions) 

Gross margin 

2009 

Change 

2008 

Change 

2007 

$1,156.0 

 0% 

$1,154.4 

3%

$1,124.1 

    Percentage of net revenues 

63.3% 

62.7% 

61.0% 

The increase in the gross margin percentage in fiscal 2009 from the comparable prior year period was driven primarily by product cost 
reductions, higher average selling prices per unit, stabilization of our New Products and improved operational efficiency.  

The increase in the gross margin percentage in fiscal 2008 from the comparable prior year period was driven primarily by product cost 
reductions and improved operational efficiency.  This favorable impact was partially offset by the product mix effect of New Product 
growth year-over-year.  New Products generally have lower gross margins than Mainstream and Base Products in the early product 
life cycle due to higher unit costs resulting from lower yields.  As a percentage of total net revenues, New Product sales increased by 
approximately 10% from fiscal 2007 to fiscal 2008.

Gross  margin  may  be  affected  in  the  future  due  to  mix  shifts,  competitive-pricing  pressure,  manufacturing-yield  issues  and  wafer
pricing.  We expect to mitigate any adverse impacts from these factors by continuing to improve yields on our New Products and by 
improving manufacturing efficiencies. 

Sales of inventory previously written off were not material during fiscal 2009, 2008 or 2007. 

In order to compete effectively, we pass manufacturing cost reductions on to our customers in the form of reduced prices to the extent 
that  we  can  maintain  acceptable  margins.    Price  erosion  is  common  in  the  semiconductor  industry,  as  advances  in  both  product 
architecture and manufacturing process technology permit continual reductions in unit cost.  We have historically been able to offset 
much of this revenue decline in our mature products with increased revenues from newer products.  

Research and Development 

(In millions) 

2009 

Change 

2008 

Change 

2007 

Research and development 

$355.4 

(1)% 

$358.1 

(8)% 

$388.1 

    Percentage of net revenues 

19% 

19% 

21% 

R&D spending decreased $2.7 million or 1% during fiscal 2009 compared to the same period last year.  The decrease was attributable
to lower mask and wafer spending and reduced stock-based compensation expense, which was partially offset by increased outside 
services to support our investments in new product development.  

R&D spending decreased $30.0 million or 8% during fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007.  The decrease was primarily due to reduced
stock-based compensation expense and lower mask and wafer spending, coupled with lower cost related to our R&D center in India.

We plan to continue to selectively invest in R&D efforts in areas such as new products and more advanced process development, IP
cores  and  the  development  of  new  design  and  layout  software.    We will  also  consider  acquisitions  to  complement  our  strategy  for
technology leadership and engineering resources in critical areas.   

Selling, General and Administrative 

(In millions) 

2009 

Change 

2008 

Change 

2007 

Selling, general and administrative 

$343.8 

(6)% 

$365.3 

(3)% 

$375.5 

    Percentage of net revenues 

19% 

20% 

20% 

SG&A expenses decreased $21.5 million or 6% during fiscal 2009 compared to the same period last year.  The decrease was primarily 
due to headcount reduction as a result of a functional reorganization, lower sales commissions and lower stock-based compensation
expense, which was partially offset by higher litigation costs.  

29

SG&A expenses decreased $10.2 million or 3% during fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007.  The decrease was attributable to lower
stock-based  compensation  expense,  reduced  discretionary  spending  and  lower  sales  commissions.    The  reductions  in  discretionary 
spending included consulting, travel and marketing expenses.

Amortization of Acquisition-Related Intangibles 

(In millions) 

2009 

Change 

2008 

Change 

2007 

Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles 

$5.3 

(22)% 

$6.8 

(15)% 

$8.0 

Amortization expense was related to the intangible assets acquired from prior acquisitions.  Amortization expense for these intangible
assets decreased for fiscal 2009 from the same period last year, due to the complete amortization of certain intangible assets in fiscal 
2008.  Amortization expense for these intangible assets decreased for fiscal 2008 from fiscal 2007, due to the complete amortization of 
certain intangible assets in fiscal 2007.  We expect amortization of acquisition-related intangibles to be approximately $1.5 million for 
fiscal 2010 compared with $5.3 million for fiscal 2009.  

Restructuring Charges  

In June 2008, we announced a functional reorganization pursuant to which we eliminated 249 positions, or approximately 7% of our
global workforce.  These employee terminations occurred across various geographies and functions worldwide.  The reorganization
plan was completed by the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2009. 

We  recorded  total  restructuring  charges  of  $22.0  million  in  connection  with  the  reorganization.    These  charges  consisted  of  $19.5 
million of severance pay and benefits expenses which were recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2009 and $2.5 million of facility-
related costs and severance benefits expenses which were recorded in the second quarter of fiscal 2009.  

The following table summarizes the restructuring accrual activity for fiscal 2009: 

(In millions) 
Balance as of March 29, 2008 
Accruals during the period 
Cash payments  
Non-cash settlements 
Balance as of March 28, 2009 

Employee 
severance and
benefits

     $    — 
   20.5 
          (20.0) 
            (0.5)
        $     —

Facility-
related
costs
       $  — 
          1.5 
   (0.6) 
 (0.2)
       $ 0.7

Total
$  — 
  22.0 
 (20.6) 
   (0.7)
$  0.7

The  charges  above  have  been  shown  separately as  restructuring  charges  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  income.    The  remaining 
accrual as of March 28, 2009 relates to facility-related costs that are expected to be paid over the remaining lease terms of the closed 
facilities expiring at various dates through December 2012.  

We estimate that severance and benefits expenses incurred to date will result in gross annual savings of approximately $35.0 million, 
including  approximately  $30.0  million  of  cash  savings  before  taxes  and  approximately  $5.0  million  of  stock-based  compensation 
expense.  We began realizing the majority of these savings, primarily within the SG&A and R&D expense categories, beginning in the
second quarter of fiscal 2009.  There can be no assurance that these expected future savings will be completely realized as they may be 
partially offset by increases in other expenses. 

See  “Note  21.  Subsequent  Events”  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  included  in  Item  8.  “Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data,” for information relating to a restructuring announced on April 15, 2009. 

Litigation Settlement    

On  November  27,  2006,  the  Company  settled  a  patent  infringement  lawsuit  under  which  the  Company  agreed  to  pay  $6.5  million.  
The plaintiff agreed to dismiss the patent infringement lawsuit with prejudice, granted a patent license to the Company and executed 
an agreement not to sue the Company under any patent owned or controlled by the plaintiff for ten years.  As a result of the settlement 
agreement,  we  recorded  a  current  period  charge  of  $2.5  million  during  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2007.    The  remaining  balance  of 
$4.0 million represented the value of the prepaid patent license granted as part of the settlement.  This balance is being amortized over 
the patent’s remaining useful life of nine years.  

30

Stock-Based Compensation 

(In millions) 

2009 

Change 

2008 

Change 

2007 

Stock-based compensation included in: 
Cost of revenues 
Research and development  
Selling, general and administrative 
Restructuring charges 
Stock-based compensation related to prior years 

   $ 5.8 
    25.0 
    23.1 
0.6 
        —
  $54.5

(24)% 
(20)% 
  (16)% 
      —
—
  (18)% 

   $ 7.6 
    31.4 
 27.4 

(26)% 
(24)% 
  (29)% 

        —       —
—
        —
  (28)% 
  $66.4

  $10.4  
    41.6 
    38.3 
       —
    2.2
  $92.5

The  $11.9  million  decrease  in  stock-based  compensation  expense  for  fiscal  2009  was  due  to  a  decrease  in  the  number  of  shares 
granted, declining weighted-average fair values of stock awards vesting and an increase in the number of shares cancelled due to the 
June 2008 restructuring.  The $26.1 million decrease in stock-based compensation expense for fiscal 2008 was due to a decrease in the 
number of shares granted, declining weighted-average fair values of stock awards vesting and lower expense related to a methodology 
change  from  accelerated  to  straight-line  amortization  in  connection  with  the  adoption  of  SFAS  123(R).    Total  stock-based 
compensation expense during fiscal 2007 related to the adoption of SFAS 123(R) was $90.3 million, excluding one-time expense of
$2.2  million  relating  to  prior  years  under  the  provisions  of  Accounting  Principles  Board  (APB)  Opinion  No.  25,  "Accounting  for 
Stock Issued to Employees," and related interpretations, using the intrinsic value method.   

In June 2006, stockholder derivative complaints were filed against the Company concerning the Company’s historical option-granting
practices and the SEC initiated an informal inquiry on the matter.  An investigation of the Company’s historical stock option-granting 
practices  was  conducted  by  outside  counsel  and  no  evidence  of  fraud,  management  misconduct  or  manipulation  in  the  timing  or 
exercise price of stock option grants was found.  The investigation determined that in nearly all cases, stock options were issued as of 
pre-set dates; however, there were some minor differences between the recorded grant dates and measurement dates for certain grants 
made between 1997 and 2006.  As a result, a $2.2 million charge was taken to the Company’s earnings for the first quarter of fiscal 
2007.   Subsequently  the  SEC  informal  inquiry  was  terminated  and  no  enforcement  action  was  recommended  and  the  stockholder 
derivative complaints were dismissed.   

The income tax effect of the charge resulted in a benefit of $650 thousand, which was recorded to income tax expense.  The Company
assessed  the  implications  of  applicable  income  tax  rules  that  may  affect  the  Company.    The  tax  benefit  recorded  is  net  of  such 
potential costs. 

Gain on Early Extinguishment of Convertible Debentures 

In the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2009, we paid $193.2 million in cash to repurchase $310.4 million (principal amount) of our 
debentures and recognized a gain on early extinguishment of convertible debentures of $110.6 million, net of the write-off of the pro 
rata  portions  of  unamortized  debt  issuance  costs  ($5.8  million)  and  unamortized  derivative  valuation  ($736  thousand).    Accrued 
interest paid at the time of repurchases totaled $2.4 million.   

Impairment Loss on Investments   

(In millions) 

2009 

Change 

2008 

Change 

2007 

Impairment loss on investments 

$54.1 

1,799% 

$2.9 

46% 

$2.0 

    Percentage of net revenues 

  3% 

0%

0%

During  fiscal  2009,  we  recorded  total  impairment  losses  related  to  senior  class  asset-backed  securities  of  $38.0  million,  which
represented the original purchase price of these securities, excluding accrued interest.  The senior class asset-backed securities were 
partially written off in the second quarter of fiscal 2009 due to default by the issuer in October 2008.  At the time of the initial write-
off of $19.8 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2009, we understood, based on the issuer’s prospectus disclosures that investors
would be repaid proportionally and without preference.  In October 2008, the issuer went into receivership.  The receiver subsequently 
sought judicial interpretation of a provision of a legal document governing the issuer’s securities.  As a result of the outcome of the 
judicial determination, the receiver immediately liquidated the substantial majority of the issuer’s assets, and in accordance with the 
court order, the proceeds were used to repay short-term liabilities in the order in which they fell due.  In December 2008, the receiver 
reported to the issuer’s creditors the outcome of the judicial determination and that the issuer’s liabilities substantially exceeded its 
assets.   As  a  result,  the  receiver  estimated  that  the  issuer  would  not  be  able  to  pay  any  liabilities  falling  due  after  October  2008 
regardless  of  the  seniority  or  status  of  the  securities.   Our  investments  in  these  senior  class  asset-backed  securities  mature  in 
September  2009  and  September  2010.    Based  on  these  new  developments,  we  concluded  that  we  are  not  likely  to  recover  the 

31

remaining balance of our investment.  This decline in fair value was deemed to be other than temporary and, therefore, we recognized
a total impairment loss on this investment.  Accordingly, during the third quarter of fiscal 2009, we recognized an impairment loss of 
$18.2 million, which represented the carrying balance of the senior class asset-backed securities. 

During  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2009,  the  issuer  of  one  of  the  marketable  debt  securities  in  our  investment  portfolio  filed  for 
bankruptcy resulting in a significant decline in the fair value of this security.  The original purchase price of this security, excluding 
accrued interest, was $10.0 million.  Based upon the available market and financial data for the issuer, the decline in market value was 
deemed to be other than temporary and we recorded impairment losses of $9.0 million, including $8.4 million in the second quarter 
and $600 thousand in the third quarter of fiscal 2009. 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, we recognized an additional impairment loss of $1.0 million on marketable debt securities in our 
investment portfolio. 

During fiscal 2009, we recognized a $3.1 million impairment loss as a result of a continuous decline that began in fiscal 2008 in the 
market  value  of  our  investment  in  a  marketable  equity  security.  We  believed  that  the  decline  in  the  market  value  was  other  than
temporary and it was deemed to be worthless as of September 27, 2008.  We recognized an impairment loss on our investment in this
marketable equity security during the first and second quarters of fiscal 2009.   

We recorded impairment losses of $3.0 million, $2.9 million and $2.0 million in fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to 
our  investment  in  non-marketable  equity  securities  in  private  companies.  These  impairment  losses  resulted  primarily  from  weak 
financial  conditions  of  certain  investees,  certain  investees  diluting  our  investment  through  the  receipt  of  additional  rounds  of
investment at a lower valuation or from the liquidation of certain investees.  

Interest and Other Income, Net 

(In millions) 

Interest and other income, net  

    Percentage of net revenues 

2009 

$12.2 

  1% 

Change 

2008

Change 

2007 

(77)% 

$52.7

 3% 

(38)% 

$85.3 

5%

The decrease in interest and other income, net in fiscal 2009 over the prior year was due primarily to a decrease in interest rates and a 
smaller  investment  portfolio.    The  average  interest  rate  yield  decreased  by  approximately  200  basis  points  (two  percentage  points)
year-over-year.  The decrease in interest and other income, net in fiscal 2008 over fiscal 2007 was due to the interest expense ($32.0 
million) related to the debentures issued in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 as well as a loss of approximately $4.7 million from the 
sale of the Company’s remaining UMC investment in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.  These decreases were partially offset by an 
increase in interest income of $13.6 million in fiscal 2008 over fiscal 2007 due to higher yields resulting from investing in taxable 
securities and a larger investment portfolio.  See “Note 12. Interest and Other Income, Net” to our consolidated financial statements, 
included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”   

Provision for Income Taxes  

(In millions) 

2009 

Change

2008 

Change 

2007 

Provision for income taxes 

$122.5 

22% 

$100.0 

24% 

$80.5 

    Percentage of net revenues 
    Effective tax rate 

  7% 
25%

  5% 
21%

       4% 
     19% 

The effective tax rates in all years reflected the favorable impact of foreign income at statutory rates less than the U.S. rate and tax 
credits earned.  

The  increase  in  the  effective  tax  rate  in  fiscal  2009,  when  compared  with  fiscal  2008,  was  primarily  due  to  the  gain  on  early 
extinguishment of debentures taxable at U.S. tax rates.  The increase was partially offset by the benefit of retroactive extension of the 
research credit in fiscal 2009.  On October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 was signed into law.  This
legislation extended the federal research credit through the end of calendar 2009.  The increase in the effective tax rate in fiscal 2008, 
when compared with fiscal 2007, was primarily due to items unique to fiscal 2007 reducing the rates for the prior year period. 

The IRS examined the Company’s tax returns for fiscal 1996 through 2001.  All issues have been settled with the exception of issues 
related  to  Xilinx  U.S.’s  cost  sharing  arrangement  with  Xilinx  Ireland.    On  August  30,  2005,  the  Tax  Court  issued  its  opinion 
concerning whether the value of stock options must be included in the cost sharing agreement with Xilinx Ireland.  The Tax Court
agreed with the Company that no amount for stock options was to be included in the cost sharing agreement.  Accordingly, there were 
no additional taxes, penalties or interest due for this issue.  The Tax Court entered its decision on May 31, 2006.  On August 25, 2006, 
the IRS appealed the decision to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals.  On May 27, 2009, the Company received a 2-1 adverse judicial 

32

ruling from the Appeals Court reversing the Tax Court decision and holding that the Company should include stock option amounts in 
its cost sharing agreement with Xilinx Ireland.  The Company does not agree with the  Appeals Court decision and is reviewing its
alternatives as a result of the decision.  See Item 3. “Legal Proceedings” included in Part I and “Note 16. Income Taxes,” “Note 18. 
Litigation  Settlements  and  Contingencies,” and “Note  21.  Subsequent  Events”  to  our consolidated  financial  statements,  included in 
Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”   

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources  

We have historically  used  a combination of  cash flows from  operations  and  equity  and debt  financing  to  support ongoing business
activities,  acquire  or  invest  in  critical  or  complementary  technologies,  purchase  facilities  and  capital  equipment,  repurchase  our
common  stock  and  debentures  under  our  repurchase  program,  pay  dividends  and  finance  working  capital.    Additionally,  our 
investments in debt securities are available for future sale.   

Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008  

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-term and Long-term Investments 

The  combination  of  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  short-term  and  long-term  investments  as  of  March  28,  2009  and  March  29,  2008 
totaled $1.67 billion and $1.86 billion, respectively.  As of March 28, 2009, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments 
of  $1.32  billion  and  working  capital  of  $1.52  billion.    Cash  provided  by  operations  of  $442.5  million  for  fiscal  2009  was  $138.5
million lower than the $581.0 million generated during fiscal 2008.  Cash provided by operations during fiscal 2009 resulted primarily 
from net income as adjusted for non-cash related items, an increase in deferred income taxes and a decrease in accounts receivable,
which were partially offset by decreases in accrued liabilities and deferred income on shipments to distributors.   

Net cash provided by investing activities was $274.5 million during fiscal 2009, as compared to $192.0 million in fiscal 2008.  Net 
cash  provided  by  investing  activities  during  fiscal  2009  consisted  of  $314.4  million  of  net  proceeds  from  the  sale  and  maturity  of 
available-for-sale securities.  These items were partially offset by $39.1 million for purchases of property, plant and equipment (see 
further discussion below) and $793 thousand of other investing activities.   

Net cash used in financing activities was $518.1 million in fiscal 2009, as compared to $541.9 million in fiscal 2008.  Net cash used in 
financing activities during fiscal 2009 consisted of $193.2 million for the repurchase of debentures, $275.0 million for the repurchase 
of common stock and $154.5 million for dividend payments to stockholders.  These items were partially offset by $99.8 million of
proceeds from the issuance of common stock under employee stock plans and $4.8 million for excess tax benefits from stock-based
compensation. 

Accounts Receivable

Accounts  receivable,  net  of  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts,  customer  returns  and  distributor  pricing  adjustments  decreased  13%
from $249.1 million at the end of fiscal 2008 to $216.4 million at the end of fiscal 2009.  Days sales outstanding decreased to 43 days 
as of March 28, 2009 from 49 days as of March 29, 2008.  The decreases were primarily attributable to a decrease in net shipments
and weaker linearity of shipments at the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 compared to the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 
2008.

Inventories 

Inventories decreased from $130.3 million as of March 29, 2008 to $119.8 million as of March 28, 2009.  The combined inventory 
days at Xilinx and distribution channel decreased to 80 days as of March 28, 2009, compared to 94 days as of March 29, 2008.  The
decreases were primarily due to lower inventory at Xilinx and in the distributor channel as a result of declining revenues due to lower 
anticipated demand and more effective inventory management processes.  

We attempt to maintain sufficient levels of inventory in various product, package and speed configurations in order to keep lead times 
short  and  to  meet  forecasted  customer  demand.    Conversely,  we  also  attempt  to  minimize  the  handling  costs  associated  with 
maintaining  higher  inventory  levels  and  to  fully  realize  the  opportunities  for  cost  reductions  associated  with  architecture  and
manufacturing process advancements.  We continually strive to balance these two objectives to provide excellent customer response at 
a competitive cost. 

Property, Plant and Equipment  

During fiscal 2009, we invested $39.1 million in property, plant and equipment compared to $45.6 million in fiscal 2008.  Primary
investments  in  fiscal  2009  were  for  building  improvements,  test  equipment,  computer  equipment  and  software.    We  expect  that 
property,  plant  and  equipment  expenditures  will  decrease  in  the  near  future  due  to  expense  controls  and  the  current  recessionary
economic environment. 

33

 
 
 
 
Current Liabilities 

Current liabilities decreased from $340.7 million at the end of fiscal 2008 to $233.1 million at the end of fiscal 2009.  The decrease 
was  primarily  due  to  the  decreases  in  income  taxes  payable  and  deferred  income  on  shipments  to  distributors.    The  decrease  in 
deferred income on shipments to distributors was due to a decrease in distributor inventories as of March 28, 2009 compared to the
prior year. 

Stockholders’ Equity 

Stockholders’ equity increased $66.1 million during fiscal 2009, from $1.67 billion in fiscal 2008 to $1.74 billion in fiscal 2009.  The 
increase in stockholders’ equity was attributable to net income of $375.6 million for fiscal 2009, the issuance of common stock under 
employee stock plans and other of $96.4 million, stock-based compensation related amounts totaling $54.1 million and the related tax 
benefits associated with stock option exercises and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan of $4.2 million.  The increases were partially
offset  by  the  repurchase  of  common  stock  of  $275.0  million,  the  payment  of  dividends  to  stockholders  of  $154.5  million,  an 
adjustment  to  the  cumulative  effect  of  adopting  FIN  48  of  $10.1  million,  unrealized  losses  on  available-for-sale  securities,  net  of 
deferred  tax benefits, of $14.9  million,  cumulative  translation  adjustment  of $7.7  million  and unrealized  hedging  transaction  losses 
totaling $2.0 million.     

Fiscal 2008 Compared to Fiscal 2007  

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-term and Long-term Investments 

The  combination  of  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  short-term  and  long-term  investments  as  of  March  29,  2008  and  March  31,  2007 
totaled $1.86 billion and $1.81 billion, respectively.  As of March 29, 2008, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments 
of $1.30 billion and working capital of $1.48 billion.  Cash provided by operations of $581.0 million for fiscal 2008 was $29.4 million 
higher than the $551.6 million generated during fiscal 2007.  Cash provided by operations during fiscal 2008 resulted primarily from 
net  income  as  adjusted  for  non-cash  related  items,  decreases  in  inventories  and  prepaid  expenses  and  increases  in  income  taxes 
payable and deferred income on shipments to distributors which were partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable.   

The decrease in prepaid expenses in fiscal 2008 was primarily related to the utilization of the advance wafer purchase payment paid to 
Toshiba.  In October 2004, we entered into an advanced purchase agreement with Toshiba under which the Company paid Toshiba a 
total of $100.0 million for advance payment of silicon wafers produced under the agreement, which expired in December 2006 and 
was extended until December 2008.  The entire advance payment of $100.0 million was reduced by wafer purchases from Toshiba.  
As of March 29, 2008, the unused balance of the advance payment remaining was $4.5 million. 

Net cash provided by investing activities was $192.0 million during fiscal 2008, as compared to net cash used in investing activities of 
$283.8 million in fiscal 2007.  Net cash provided by investing activities during fiscal 2008 consisted of $232.2 million of net proceeds 
from  the  sale  and  maturity  of  available-for-sale  securities,  including  $47.1  million  of  net  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  the  remaining 
UMC investment, and a distribution from UMC of $10.7 million.  These items were partially offset by $45.6 million for purchases of 
property, plant and equipment (see further discussion below) and $5.3 million of other investing activities.   

Net cash used in financing activities was $541.9 million in fiscal 2008, as compared to $415.3 million in fiscal 2007.  Net cash used in 
financing  activities  during  fiscal  2008  consisted  of  $550.0  million  for  the  repurchase  of  common  stock  and  $140.0  million  for 
dividend payments to stockholders.  These items were partially offset by $125.6 million of proceeds from the issuance of common
stock under employee stock plans and $22.5 million for excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation. 

Accounts Receivable

Accounts  receivable,  net  of  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts,  customer  returns  and  distributor  pricing  adjustments  increased  37%
from $182.3 million at the end of fiscal 2007 to $249.1 million at the end of fiscal 2008.  Days sales outstanding increased to 49 days 
as of March 29, 2008 from 36 days as of March 31, 2007. The increases were primarily attributable to the timing of payments from
customers, credit issuance and the timing of shipments during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.

Inventories 

Inventories decreased from $174.6 million as of March 31, 2007 to $130.3 million as of March 29, 2008.  The combined inventory 
days at Xilinx and distribution channel decreased to 94 days as of March 29, 2008, compared to 112 days as of March 31, 2007.  The 
decreases were primarily due to improved forecasting accuracy and fewer inventory mix issues.  

34

 
 
 
 
 
Property, Plant and Equipment  

During fiscal 2008, we invested $45.6 million in property, plant and equipment compared to $110.8 million in fiscal 2007.  Primary
investments in fiscal 2008 were for computer equipment, software, test equipment, and building and leasehold improvements.  The
decrease in fiscal 2008 was primarily attributable to the accumulated construction costs incurred in fiscal 2007 in connection with our 
Asia Pacific regional headquarters building in Singapore, which was completed in June 2007, and the purchase in February 2007 of a 
parcel of land for $28.6 million near our headquarters in San Jose for future potential growth purposes, neither of which was repeated 
in fiscal 2008.  We do not intend to build on the land for the foreseeable future.   

Current Liabilities 

Current liabilities increased from $303.4 million at the end of fiscal 2007 to $340.7 million at the end of fiscal 2008.  The increase was 
primarily due to the increases in deferred income on shipments to distributors and accrued payroll and related liabilities, which were 
partially  offset  by  the  decrease  in  accounts  payable.    The  increase  in  deferred  income  on  shipments  to  distributors  was  due  to  an
increase in distributor inventories at March 29, 2008 compared to the prior year. 

Stockholders’ Equity 

Stockholders’ equity  decreased  $100.9  million  during  fiscal  2008, from  $1.77  billion  in  fiscal  2007  to  $1.67 billion  in  fiscal  2008.  
The decrease in stockholders’ equity was attributable to the repurchase of common stock of $550.0 million, the payment of dividends
to stockholders of $140.0 million and unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred tax benefits, of $1.8 million.  
The decreases were partially offset by net income of $374.0 million for fiscal 2008, the issuance of common stock under employee
stock  plans  of  $124.7  million,  stock-based  compensation  related  amounts  totaling  $65.8  million,  the  related  tax  benefits  associated
with stock option exercises and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan of $15.8 million, the effect of the adoption of FIN 48 totaling $6.5 
million, cumulative translation adjustment of $3.1 million and hedging transaction gains totaling $1.0 million.   

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Cash  generated  from  operations  is  used  as  our  primary  source  of  liquidity  and  capital  resources.    Our  investment  portfolio  is  also
available for future cash requirements as is our $250.0 million revolving credit facility entered into in April 2007.  We are not aware 
of any lack of access to the revolving credit facility; however, we can provide no assurance that access to the credit facility will not be 
impacted by adverse conditions in the financial markets.  Our credit facility is not reliant upon a single bank.  There have been no 
borrowings  to date  under  our  existing  revolving  credit  facility.    We  also  have  a  shelf  registration on  file  with  the  SEC  pursuant  to 
which we may offer an indeterminate amount of debt, equity and other securities in the future to augment our liquidity and capital 
resources.   

We used $275.0 million of cash to repurchase 10.8 million shares of our common stock in fiscal 2009 compared with $550.0 million
used to repurchase 23.5 million shares in fiscal 2008.  In addition, during fiscal 2009, we paid $193.2 million of cash to repurchase 
$310.4 million (principal amount) of our debentures resulting in a net gain on early extinguishment of debentures of $110.6 million.  
During fiscal 2009, we paid $154.5 million in cash dividends to stockholders, representing an aggregate amount of $0.56 per common 
share.  During fiscal 2008, we paid $140.0 million in cash dividends to stockholders, representing an aggregate amount of $0.48 per 
common share.  In addition, on April 21, 2009, our Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.14 per common share for the
first quarter of fiscal 2010.  The dividend is payable on June 3, 2009 to stockholders of record on May 13, 2009.  Our common stock 
and  debentures  repurchase  program  and  dividend  policy  could  be  impacted  by,  among  other  items,  our  views  on  potential  future 
capital requirements relating to R&D, investments and acquisitions, legal risks, principal and interest payments on our debentures and 
other strategic investments.  

The global credit crisis has imposed exceptional levels of volatility and disruption in the capital markets, severely diminished liquidity 
and credit availability, and increased counterparty risk.  Nevertheless, we anticipate that existing sources of liquidity and cash flows 
from operations will be sufficient to satisfy our cash needs for the foreseeable future.  We will continue to evaluate opportunities for 
investments  to  obtain  additional  wafer  capacity,  procurement  of  additional  capital  equipment  and  facilities,  development  of  new
products,  and  potential  acquisitions  of  technologies  or  businesses  that  could  complement  our  business.    However,  the  risk  factors
discussed in Item 1A included in Part I and below could affect our cash positions adversely.  In addition, certain types of investments 
such as asset-backed securities may present risks arising from liquidity and/or credit concerns.  In the event that our investments in 
auction  rate  securities  and  senior  class  asset-backed  securities  become  illiquid,  we  do  not  expect  this  will  materially  affect  our 
liquidity and capital resources or results of operations.   

As of March 28, 2009, marketable securities measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs were comprised of $58.4 million of student
loan  auction  rate  securities  and  $36.5  million  of  asset-backed  securities  within  our  available-for-sale  investment  portfolio.    The 
amount  of  assets  and  liabilities  measured  using  significant  unobservable  inputs  (Level  3)  as  a  percentage  of  the  total  assets  and
liabilities measured at fair value was less than 6% as of March 28, 2009.  See “Note 3. Fair Value Measurements” to our consolidated

35

 
 
 
financial statements, included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for additional information.  Auction failures 
during  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2008  and  the  lack  of  market  activity  and  liquidity  required  that  our  student  loan  auction  rate
securities  be measured using  observable  market  data  and  Level 3  inputs.  The  fair values  of  our  student  loan  auction rate  securities
were based on our assessment of the underlying collateral and the creditworthiness of the issuers of the securities.  More than 98% of 
the underlying assets that secure the student loan auction rate securities are pools of student loans originated under FFELP that are 
substantially  guaranteed  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education.    The  fair  values  of  our  student  loan  auction  rate  securities  were
determined using a discounted cash flow pricing model that incorporated financial inputs such as projected cash flows, discount rates, 
expected interest rates to be paid to investors and an estimated liquidity discount.  The weighted-average life over which cash flows 
were projected was determined to be approximately nine years, given the collateral composition of the securities. The discount rates 
that were applied to the pricing model were based on market data and information for comparable- or similar-term student loan asset-
backed securities.  The discount rates increased by approximately 215 to 300 basis points (2.15 and 3.00 percentage points) in fiscal
2009  due  to  a  widening  of  credit  spreads  and  increased  liquidity  discount  as  a  result  of  the  global  credit  crisis  noted  above.    The 
expected  interest  rate  to  be  paid  to  investors  in  a  failed  auction  was  determined  by  the  contractual  terms  for  each  security.    The 
liquidity discount represents an estimate of the additional return an investor would require to compensate for the lack of liquidity of 
the student loan auction rate securities.  We have the ability and intent to hold the student loan auction rate securities until anticipated 
recovery,  which  could  be  at  final  maturity  that  ranges  from  March  2023  to  November  2047.    All  of  the  Company’s  student  loan 
auction rate securities are rated AAA with the exception of $8.1 million that were downgraded to A rating during the fourth quarter of 
fiscal 2009.

Our $36.5 million of senior class asset-backed securities are secured primarily by bank, finance and insurance company obligations,
collateralized  loan  and  bank  obligations,  credit  card  debt  and  mortgage-backed  securities  with  no  direct  U.S.  subprime  mortgage
exposure.  The $36.5 million of senior class asset-backed securities were measured using observable market data and Level 3 inputs
due  to  the  lack  of  market  activity  and  liquidity.    The  fair  values  of  these  senior  class  asset-backed  securities  were  based  on  our 
assessment of the underlying collateral and the creditworthiness of the issuers of the securities.  We determined the fair values for the 
$36.5 million of senior class asset-backed securities by using prices from pricing services that could not be corroborated by observable 
market data.  We corroborated the prices from the pricing services using comparable benchmark indexes and securities prices.  We
have the ability and intent to hold the $36.5 million of senior class asset-backed securities until final maturity in November 2009.  The 
$36.5 million of senior class asset-backed securities were downgraded by at least one credit rating agency during the past two fiscal 
quarters and are currently rated or split rated between AAA and BBB rating.  

Contractual Obligations    

The  following  table  summarizes  our  significant  contractual  obligations  as  of  March  28,  2009  and  the  effect  such  obligations  are
expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods.  This table excludes amounts already recorded on our consolidated 
balance sheet as current liabilities as of March 28, 2009.  

Operating lease obligations (1) 
Inventory and other purchase obligations (2) 
Electronic design automation software  
  licenses (3)  
Intellectual property license rights  
  obligations (4) 
3.125% convertible debentures –  
  principal and interest (5) 
Total 

  Total 

             $    22.8 
    46.5 

Payments Due by Period 

Less than 
  1 year 

$ 8.9 
   46.5 

1-3 years
(In millions) 

3-5 years

More than 
5 years 

$ 8.4 
—

$ 3.0 
— 

$     2.5 
    —

19.7 

10.4 

      5.0 

       —  

9.3 

—

—      

    —

— 

         5.0 

  1,293.1 
 $1,387.1 

    21.6 
  $87.4 

   43.1 

    43.1 

     $60.8          $46.1   

   1,185.3        
 $1,192.8

(1) We  lease  some  of  our  facilities,  office  buildings  and  land  under  non-cancelable  operating  leases  that  expire  at  various  dates
through November 2035.  Rent expense, net of rental income, under all operating leases was approximately $9.2 million for fiscal
2009.    See  “Note  10.  Commitments”  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  included  in  Item  8.  “Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data,” for additional information about operating leases. 

(2)  Due to the nature of our business, we depend entirely upon subcontractors to manufacture our silicon wafers and provide assembly 
and some test services.  The lengthy subcontractor lead times require us to order the materials and services in advance, and we are 
obligated to pay for the materials and services when completed.  We expect to receive and pay for these materials and services in
the next three to six months, as the products meet delivery and quality specifications. 

(3)   As of  March  28,  2009,  the  Company  had $19.7  million  of non-cancelable  license  obligations  to  providers of  electronic design

automation software and hardware/software maintenance expiring at various dates through September 2011.  

36

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
(4)  In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company committed up to $20.0 million to acquire, in the future, rights to intellectual
property until July 2023.  This commitment was reduced to $5.0 million in May 2009.  License payments will be amortized over 
the useful life of the intellectual property acquired. 

(5)  In March 2007, the Company issued $1.00 billion principal amount of 3.125% debentures due March 15, 2037.  As a result of the 
repurchases  in  fiscal  2009,  the  remaining  carrying  value  of  the  debentures  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  balance  sheet  as  of 
March  28,  2009  was  $690.1  million.    The  debentures  require  payment  of  interest  at  an  annual  rate  of  3.125%  payable 
semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning September 15, 2007.  For purposes of this table we have 
assumed the principal of our debentures will be paid on March 15, 2037.  See “Note 14.  Convertible Debentures and Revolving 
Credit Facility” to our consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for
additional information about our debentures.  

As of March 28, 2009, $80.7 million of FIN 48 liabilities and related interest and penalties were classified as long-term income taxes 
payable  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet.    Due  to  the  inherent  uncertainty  with  respect  to  the  timing  of  future  cash  outflows 
associated with our FIN 48 liabilities as of March 28, 2009, we are unable to reliably estimate the timing of cash settlement with the 
respective taxing authority.  Therefore, FIN 48 liabilities have been excluded from the contractual obligations table above.

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements 

As  of  March  28,  2009,  we  did  not  have  any  significant  off-balance-sheet  arrangements,  as  defined  in  Item  303(a)(4)(ii)  of  SEC 
Regulation S-K. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

See  “Note  2.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  and  Concentrations  of  Risk”  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements, 
included  in  Item  8.  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,”  for  information  about  recent  accounting  pronouncements, 
including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects, if any, on our consolidated financial statements. 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Risk  

Our exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to our investment portfolio, which consists of fixed income securities with a fair 
value of approximately $1.24 billion as of March 28, 2009.  Our primary aim with our investment portfolio is to invest available cash 
while  preserving  principal  and  meeting  liquidity  needs.    Our  investment  portfolio  includes  municipal  bonds,  floating  rate  notes,
mortgage-backed  securities,  asset-backed  securities,  bank  certificates  of  deposit,  commercial  paper,  corporate  bonds,  student  loan 
auction rate securities and U.S. and foreign government and agency securities.  In accordance with our investment policy, we place
investments with high credit quality issuers and limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer based upon the issuer’s credit 
rating.  These securities are subject to interest rate risk and will decrease in value if market interest rates increase.  A hypothetical 100 
basis-point  (one  percentage  point)  increase  or  decrease  in  interest  rates  compared  to  rates  at  March  28,  2009  and  March  29,  2008
would have affected the fair value of our investment portfolio by less than $6.0 million and $9.0 million, respectively.   

Credit Market Risk  

Since  September  2007,  the  global  credit  markets  have  experienced  adverse  conditions  that  have  negatively  impacted  the  values  of
various  types  of  investment  and  non-investment  grade  securities.    The  global  credit  and  capital  markets  have  recently  experienced
further significant volatility and disruption due to instability in the global financial system and the current uncertainty related to global 
economic  conditions.    As  a result of  these  recent  adverse  conditions  in  the  global  credit  markets,  there  is  a  risk  that  we  may  incur
additional other-than-temporary impairment charges for certain types of investments such as asset-backed securities should the credit
markets experience further deterioration.  See “Note 4. Financial Instruments” to our consolidated financial statements, included in 
Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for additional information about our investments.   

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk    

Sales to all direct OEMs and distributors are denominated in U.S. dollars.   

Gains  and  losses  on  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  that  are  designated  as  hedges  of  anticipated  transactions,  for  which  a  firm
commitment has been attained and the hedged relationship has been effective, are deferred and included in income or expenses in the 
same  period  that  the  underlying  transaction  is  settled.    Gains  and  losses  on  any  instruments  not  meeting  the  above  criteria  are
recognized in income or expenses in the consolidated statements of income as they are incurred.   

37

We  enter  into  forward  currency  exchange  contracts  to  hedge  our  overseas  operating  expenses  and  other  liabilities  when  deemed 
appropriate.  As of March 28, 2009 and March 29, 2008, we had the following outstanding forward currency exchange contracts:  

(In thousands and U.S. dollars) 

Euro  
Singapore dollar 
Japanese Yen 
British Pound 

    March 28, 
        2009
    $51,072 
      30,123 
      12,563 
    6,408
  $100,166

    March 29, 
        2008
    $18,616 
      11,938 
        5,364 
    3,022
    $38,940

Effective beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2009, as part of our strategy to reduce volatility of operating expenses due to foreign 
exchange rate fluctuations, we expanded our hedging program from a one-quarter forward outlook to a five-quarter forward outlook
for  major  foreign-currency-denominated  operating  expenses.    The  contracts  expire  at  various  dates  between  April  2009  and  April 
2010.  The net unrealized gain or loss, which approximates the fair market value of the above contracts, was immaterial as of March 
28, 2009 and March 29, 2008.   

Our investments in several of our wholly-owned subsidiaries are recorded in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.  As the financial 
statements  of  these  subsidiaries  are  translated  at  each  quarter  end  during  consolidation,  fluctuations  of  exchange  rates  between  the 
foreign  currency  and  the  U.S.  dollar  increase  or  decrease  the  value  of  those  investments.    These  fluctuations  are  recorded  within
stockholders'  equity  as  a  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss).    Other  foreign-denominated  assets  and 
liabilities are revalued on a monthly basis with gains and losses on revaluation reflected in net income.  A hypothetical 10% favorable 
or unfavorable change in foreign currency exchange rates at March 28, 2009 and March 29, 2008 would have affected the annualized
foreign-currency-denominated operating expenses of our foreign subsidiaries by less than $8.0 million and $15.0 million, respectively.  
In addition, a hypothetical 10% favorable or unfavorable change in foreign currency exchange rates compared to rates at March 28,
2009  and  March  29,  2008  would  have  affected  the  value  of  foreign-currency-denominated  cash  and  investments  by  less  than  $6.0 
million as of each date.   

38

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

XILINX, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands, except per share amounts)   
Net revenues 
Cost of revenues 
Gross margin 

Operating expenses: 
      Research and development 
      Selling, general and administrative 
      Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles    
      Restructuring charges 
      Litigation settlement  

Stock-based compensation related to prior years 

          Total operating expenses 

Operating income  
Gain on early extinguishment of convertible debentures 
Impairment loss on investments 
Interest and other income, net 

           Years Ended 

March 28, 
2009 
$1,825,184  
     669,151 
  1,156,033

March 29,          March 31, 
    2008 
$1,841,372   
     686,988 
  1,154,384

 2007 
$1,842,739   
     718,643 
  1,124,096

358,063 
355,392 
365,325 
343,768 
6,802 
5,332 
              — 
22,023
              — 
              — 
             —                   —
    730,190 
    726,515 

388,101 
375,510
8,009 
              — 
            2,500 
         2,209
    776,329 

429,518 
110,606
(54,129) 
      12,189 

424,194 
              — 
(2,850) 
      52,750 

347,767 
              — 
(1,950) 
      85,329 

Income before income taxes           

498,184 

474,094 

431,146 

Provision for income taxes   

    122,544 

    100,047 

      80,474 

Net income  

 $  375,640

 $  374,047    

 $  350,672      

Net income per common share: 
     Basic 
     Diluted  

Shares used in per share calculations: 
     Basic 
     Diluted  

$        1.36     
$        1.36     

$        1.27     
$        1.25     

$        1.04      
$        1.02      

     276,113
     276,854

     295,050
     298,636

     337,920
     343,636

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      XILINX, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                                                                                                                                     March 28,              March 29, 
(In thousands, except par value amounts)   
ASSETS
Current assets: 
     Cash and cash equivalents 
     Short-term investments 
     Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and customer  
          returns of $3,629 and $3,634 in 2009 and 2008, respectively    
     Inventories 
     Deferred tax assets 
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets 
Total current assets 

216,390 
119,832 
63,709 
       27,604 
  1,752,468

249,147 
130,250 
106,842 
       37,522 
  1,820,196

$1,065,987    
258,946 

2009

2008

$  866,995    
429,440 

Property, plant and equipment, at cost: 
     Land 
     Buildings 
     Machinery and equipment 
     Furniture and fixtures 

     Accumulated depreciation and amortization 
Net property, plant and equipment 
Long-term investments 
Goodwill
Acquisition-related intangibles, net 
Other assets 
Total Assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Current liabilities: 
     Accounts payable 
     Accrued payroll and  related liabilities 
     Income taxes payable 
     Deferred income on shipments to distributors 
     Other accrued liabilities 
Total current liabilities 

Convertible debentures 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Long-term income taxes payable 

Other long-term liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies 

94,194 
298,543 
335,264 
       48,807 
776,808 
    (388,901)
387,907 
347,787 
117,955 
2,493 
     216,905 
$2,825,515

94,184 
288,338 
357,103 
      49,821 
789,446 
   (385,016)
404,430 
564,269 
117,955 
7,825 
     222,432 
$3,137,107

    $     48,201        $     59,402   

89,918 
10,171 
62,364 
       22,412 
     233,066 

100,730 
39,258 
111,678 
       29,598 
     340,666 

690,125 

999,851 

82,648 

84,486 

80,699 

39,122 

1,077 

1,159 

Stockholders’ equity: 
     Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 2,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding 
     Common stock, $.01 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized; 275,507 and 280,519       
          shares issued and outstanding in 2009 and 2008, respectively  
     Additional paid-in capital 
     Retained earnings 
     Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 
Total stockholders’ equity 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

—

—

2,755 
856,232 
897,771 
     (18,858)
  1,737,900  
$2,825,515

2,805 
858,172 
805,042 
         5,804 
  1,671,823  
$3,137,107

                                                                         See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

40

XILINX, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 Years Ended 

                                                                                                                                March 28,            March 29,            March 31, 

 (In thousands)      
Cash flows from operating activities: 
Net income   
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided  
      by operating activities: 
          Depreciation  
          Amortization 
          Stock-based compensation 
          Stock-based compensation related to prior years 
          Gain on early extinguishment of convertible debentures  
          Impairment loss on investments  
          Net (gain) loss on sale of available-for-sale securities 
          Convertible debt derivatives – revaluation and amortization  
          Provision for deferred income taxes 
          Tax benefit from exercise of stock options 
          Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation 
     Changes in assets and liabilities: 
          Accounts receivable, net 
          Inventories 
          Deferred income taxes 
          Prepaid expenses and other current assets 
          Other assets 
          Accounts payable 
          Accrued liabilities (including restructuring activities) 
          Income taxes payable 
          Deferred income on shipments to distributors 
                      Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
   Purchases of available-for-sale securities 
   Proceeds from sale and maturity of available-for-sale securities 
   Purchases of property, plant and equipment 
   Distribution from United Microelectronics Corporation  
   Other investing activities 
                      Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
   Repurchases of convertible debentures 
   Repurchases of common stock 
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock through various stock plans 
   Proceeds from issuance of convertible debentures, net of issuance costs 
   Payment of dividends to stockholders 
   Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation 
                      Net cash used in financing activities 

2009

2008

2007

$  375,640 

$  374,047 

$  350,672 

55,632 
15,885 
54,509 
—

(110,606) 
54,129 
(2,706) 
(97) 
60,491 
4,244 
(4,779) 

32,757
10,022 
(3,020)
10,309 
(10,467) 
(11,201) 
(24,353) 
(14,545) 
    (49,314) 
    442,530

54,199 
17,756 
66,427 
—
—
2,850 
5,139 
254 
669 
15,794 
(22,459) 

55,998 
17,926 
90,292 
2,209 
—
1,950 
(814) 
(403) 
7,091 
35,765 
(27,413) 

(66,853)
43,647 
(891)
35,160 
4,404 
(19,509) 
19,276 
28,464 
       22,626 
     581,000

11,911
28,617 
3,532 
35,652 
(15,636) 
7,908 
(10,939) 
(5,244) 
     (37,506) 
     551,568

(945,069) 
1,259,511

(39,109) 

—

         (793) 
    274,540

(2,147,828) 
2,380,055

(45,593) 
10,693 
       (5,308) 
     192,019

(1,864,582) 
1,693,152
(110,777) 

—

       (1,564) 
    (283,771)

(193,182) 
(275,000) 
99,859
—

   (154,534) 
         4,779
    (518,078)

—

(550,000) 
125,612
—

   (139,974) 
      22,459
   (541,903)

—

(1,430,000) 
128,136
980,000
   (120,833) 
      27,413
   (415,284)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

198,992 

231,116 

(147,487) 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

    866,995

     635,879

     783,366

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

$1,065,987      $  866,995    

$  635,879    

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: 
   Interest paid  
   Income taxes paid, net of refunds 

                                                                                     See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

$     28,828       $    32,118        $           — 
$     75,375       $    56,012        $    39,330       

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

XILINX, INC. 

(In thousands) 

Balance as of April 1, 2006
Components of comprehensive income: 
 Net income 
 Change in net unrealized loss on available-for-       

sale securities, net of tax benefit of $8,267 
 Change in net unrealized loss on hedging        

transactions, net of taxes     

 Cumulative translation adjustment 
           Total comprehensive income 
Issuance of common shares under employee stock 

plans

Repurchase and retirement  of common stock 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Stock-based compensation capitalized in    

inventory     

Stock-based compensation related to prior years 
Cash dividends declared ($0.36 per common share) 
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options 
Balance as of March 31, 2007
Components of comprehensive income: 
 Net income 
 Change in net unrealized loss on available-for-       

sale securities, net of tax benefit of $1,168 
 Change in net unrealized gain on hedging        

transactions, net of taxes     

 Cumulative translation adjustment 
           Total comprehensive income 
Issuance of common shares under employee stock 

plans

Repurchase and retirement  of common stock 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Stock-based compensation capitalized in    

inventory     

Effect of adoption of FIN 48 
Cash dividends declared ($0.48 per common share) 
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options 
Balance as of March 29, 2008
Components of comprehensive income: 
 Net income 
 Change in net unrealized loss on available-for-       

sale securities, net of tax benefit of $9,272 
 Change in net unrealized loss on hedging        

transactions, net of taxes     

 Cumulative translation adjustment 
           Total comprehensive income 
Issuance of common shares under employee stock 

plans and other 

Repurchase and retirement  of common stock 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Stock-based compensation capitalized in    

inventory     

Adjustment to FIN 48 adoption entry 
Cash dividends declared ($0.56 per common share) 
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options 
Balance as of March 28, 2009

Common Stock 
Outstanding

    Shares  
342,618 

Amount
$3,426

Additional
Paid-in
Capital
$1,375,120 

Retained
Earnings
 $1,334,530 

Accumulated 
       Other 
Comprehensive   Stockholders’ 
Income (Loss)  
 $  15,809 

Equity
$2,728,885 

Total

—

—

—
—

8,505
(55,221)
—

—
—
—
        — 
295,902 

—

—

—
—

8,125
(23,508)
—

—
—
—
        — 
280,519 

—

—

—
—

    5,811 
(10,823)
—

—
—
—
        — 
275,507 

—

—

—
—

—       350,672 

                —     

     350,672 

—               —   

        (13,520) 

     (13,520) 

—               —   
—               —    

             (105) 
            1,417 

          (105) 
         1,417
     338,464

         85 
 (552) 
—

125,712 
(781,371)
90,292

              —    
    (648,077) 
              —    

                —    
                —     
                —      

     125,797 
(1,430,000) 
       90,292 

—
—
—
       — 
2,959

—

—

—
—

2,161
2,209

              —   
              —    
—     (120,833) 
              —    
     916,292 

35,765
849,888 

         2,161 
                —     
         2,209 
                —   
                —   
    (120,833) 
                —                35,765 
  1,772,740 

     3,601 

—      374,047 

                —   

     374,047 

—               —   

          (1,863) 

       (1,863) 

—               —   
—               —   

           1,014 
           3,052 

         1,014 
         3,052
     376,250

80
(234)
—

124,660 
(198,946)
66,427

              —    
    (350,820) 
              —    

                —    
                —  
                —   

     124,740 
    (550,000) 
       66,427 

—
—
—
       — 
2,805

(675)
1,024

              —   
         5,497 
—     (139,974) 

15,794
 858,172 

              —     
     805,042 

                —   
                —    
                —   
                —       
     5,804 

           (675) 
          6,521 
    (139,974) 
        15,794 
   1,671,823 

—

—

—
—

—       375,640 

                —   

      375,640 

—               —   

        (14,888) 

      (14,888) 

—               —   
—               —   

          (2,039) 
          (7,735) 

        (2,039) 
       (7,735)
     350,978

58
(108)
—

96,338
(156,635)
54,509

              —    
    (118,257) 
              —    

                —    
                —  
                —   

       96,396 
    (275,000) 
       54,509 

—
—
—
       — 
$2,755

(396)

              —   
—       (10,120) 
—     (154,534) 

4,244
$ 856,232 

              —     
   $ 897,771 

                —   
                —    
                —   
                —       
$(18,858)

           (396) 
      (10,120) 
    (154,534) 
         4,244 
$1,737,900 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

42

      
            
      
            
      
            
XILINX, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Nature of Operations 

Xilinx designs, develops and markets complete programmable logic solutions, including advanced integrated circuits, software design
tools, predefined system functions delivered as intellectual property cores, design services, customer training, field engineering and 
technical support.  The wafers used to manufacture its products are obtained primarily from independent wafer manufacturers located 
in Taiwan and Japan.  The Company is dependent on these foundries to produce and deliver silicon wafers on a timely basis.  The
Company is also dependent on subcontractors, primarily located in the Asia Pacific region, to provide semiconductor assembly, test
and shipment services.  Xilinx is a global company with manufacturing and test facilities in the United States, Ireland and Singapore 
and sales offices throughout the world.  The Company derives over one-half of its revenues from international sales, primarily in the 
Asia Pacific region, Europe and Japan. 

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Concentrations of Risk 

Basis of Presentation 

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Xilinx  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  after 
elimination of all intercompany transactions.  The Company uses a 52- to 53-week fiscal year ending on the Saturday nearest March
31.  Fiscal 2009 was a 52-week year ended on March 28, 2009.  Fiscal 2008 was a 52-week year ended on March 29, 2008.  Fiscal 
2007 was a 52-week year ended on March 31, 2007.  Fiscal 2010 will be a 53-week year ending on April 3, 2010.  The third quarter of 
fiscal 2010 will be a 14-week quarter ending on January 2, 2010. 

Use of Estimates 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent 
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  
Such  estimates  relate  to,  among  others,  the  useful  lives  of  assets,  assessment  of  recoverability  of  property,  plant  and  equipment, 
intangible  assets  and  goodwill,  inventory  write-downs,  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  and  customer  returns,  stock-based 
compensation,  potential  reserves  relating  to  litigation  and  tax  matters,  valuation  of  certain  investments  and  derivative  financial 
instruments as well as other accruals or reserves.  Actual results may differ from those estimates and such differences may be material 
to the financial statements. 

Cash Equivalents and Investments 

Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities from the date of purchase of three months or less.  These 
investments consist of commercial paper, bank certificates of deposit, money market funds and time deposits.  Short-term investments 
consist  of  municipal  bonds,  corporate  bonds,  commercial  paper,  U.S.  and  foreign  government  and  agency  securities,  floating  rate
notes, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and bank certificates of deposit with original maturities greater than three 
months and remaining maturities less than one year from the balance sheet date.  Long-term investments consist of U.S. and foreign 
government  and  agency  securities,  corporate  bonds,  mortgage-backed  securities,  asset-backed  securities,  floating  rate  notes  and
municipal  bonds  with  remaining  maturities  greater  than  one  year,  unless  the  investments  are  specifically  identified  to  fund  current 
operations,  in  which  case  they  are  classified  as  short-term  investments.    As  of  March  28,  2009  and  March  29,  2008,  long-term 
investments  also  included  approximately  $58.4  million  and  $71.9  million,  respectively,  of  auction  rate  securities  that  experienced 
failed  auctions  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2008.    These  auction  rate  securities  are  secured  primarily  by  pools  of  student  loans 
originated  under  FFELP  that  are  substantially  guaranteed  by  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Education.    Equity  investments  are  also 
classified as long-term investments since they are not intended to fund current operations.   

The Company maintains its cash balances with various banks with high quality ratings, and investment banking and asset management
institutions.  The Company manages its liquidity risk by investing in a variety of money market funds, high-grade commercial paper, 
corporate  bonds,  municipal  bonds  and  U.S.  and  foreign  government  and  agency  securities.    This  diversification  of  investments  is
consistent  with  its  policy  to  maintain  liquidity  and  ensure  the  ability  to  collect  principal.    The  Company  maintains  an  offshore
investment portfolio denominated in U.S. dollars with investments in non-U.S. based issuers.  All investments are made pursuant to 
corporate  investment  policy  guidelines.    Investments  include  Euro  commercial  paper,  Euro  dollar  bonds,  Euro  dollar  floating  rate
notes and offshore time deposits. 

Management classifies investments as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such designation 
at  each  balance  sheet  date,  although  classification  is  not  generally  changed.    Securities  are  classified  as  held-to-maturity  when  the 
Company has the positive  intent and the ability to hold the securities until  maturity.   Held-to-maturity securities are carried at cost 
adjusted  for  amortization  of  premiums  and  accretion  of  discounts  to  maturity.    Such  amortization,  as  well  as  any  interest  on  the

43

 
 
 
securities, is included in interest income.  No investments were classified as held-to-maturity as of March 28, 2009 or March 29, 2008. 
Available-for-sale  securities  are  carried  at  fair  value  with  the  unrealized  gains  or  losses,  net  of  tax,  included  as  a  component  of 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  in  stockholders’  equity.    See  “Note  3.  Fair  Value  Measurements”  for  information 
relating to the determination of fair value.  Realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are included in interest and other 
income, net, and declines in value judged to be other than temporary are included in impairment  loss on investments.  The cost of 
securities matured or sold is based on the specific identification method.   

In  determining  whether  a  decline  in  value  of  non-marketable  equity  investments  in  private  companies  is  other  than  temporary,  the
assessment is made by considering available evidence including the general market conditions in the investee’s industry, the investee’s 
product development status, the investee’s ability to meet business milestones and the financial condition and near-term prospects of 
the individual investee, including the rate at which the investee is using its cash and the investee’s need for possible additional funding 
at a lower valuation.  When a decline in value is deemed to be other than temporary, the Company recognizes an impairment loss in
the current period’s operating results to the extent of the decline.  

Accounts Receivable 

The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  reflects  the  Company’s  best  estimate  of  probable  losses  inherent  in  the  accounts  receivable
balance.  The Company determines the allowance based on the aging of Xilinx’s accounts receivable, historical experience, known
troubled  accounts,  management  judgment  and other  currently  available  evidence.    Xilinx writes  off  accounts  receivable  against  the
allowance when Xilinx determines a balance is uncollectible and no longer actively pursues collection of the receivable. 

Inventories 

Inventories are stated at the lower of actual cost (determined using the first-in, first-out method), or market (estimated net realizable 
value) and are comprised of the following: 

(In thousands) 

Raw materials 
Work-in-process 
Finished goods 

March 28, 
2009 
$  10,024      
79,426 
     30,382
$119,832

March 29, 
2008 
$  13,771       
76,870 
     39,609
$130,250 

The  Company  reviews  and  sets  standard  costs  quarterly  to  approximate  current  actual  manufacturing  costs.    The  Company's 
manufacturing overhead standards for product costs are calculated assuming full absorption of actual spending over actual volumes,
adjusted for excess capacity. Given the cyclicality of the market, the obsolescence of technology and product lifecycles, the Company 
writes  down  inventory  based  on  forecasted  demand  and  technological  obsolescence.    These  factors  are  impacted  by  market  and 
economic conditions, technology changes, new product introductions and changes in strategic direction and require estimates that may 
include uncertain elements.  Actual demand may differ from forecasted demand and such differences may have a material effect on
recorded inventory values.  

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation for financial reporting purposes is 
computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets of three to five years for machinery, equipment, 
furniture and fixtures and 15 to 30 years for buildings.  Depreciation expense totaled $55.6 million, $54.2 million and $56.0 million 
for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Including Acquisition-Related Intangibles 

The  Company  evaluates  the  carrying  value  of  long-lived  assets  and  certain  identifiable  intangible  assets  to  be  held  and  used  for
impairment if indicators of potential impairment exist.  Impairment indicators are reviewed on a quarterly basis.  When indicators of 
impairment exist and assets are held for use, the Company estimates future undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets.  In the 
event such cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover the recorded value of the assets, the assets are written down to their 
estimated fair values based on the expected discounted future cash flows attributable to the assets or based on appraisals.  When assets 
are removed from operations and held for sale, Xilinx estimates impairment losses as the excess of the carrying value of the assets 
over their fair value.  

Goodwill

As  required  by  SFAS  142,  goodwill  is  not  amortized  but  is  subject  to  impairment  tests  on  an  annual  basis,  or  more  frequently  if
indicators  of  potential  impairment  exist,  using  a  fair-value-based  approach.    All  other  intangible  assets  are  amortized  over  their 

44

 
 
 
 
estimated useful lives and assessed for impairment under SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived
Assets.”  Based on the impairment review performed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, there was no impairment of goodwill in 
fiscal 2009.  Unless there are indicators of impairment, the Company’s next impairment review for goodwill will be performed and
completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010.  To date, no impairment indicators have been identified.

Revenue Recognition 

Sales  to  distributors  are  made  under  agreements  providing  distributor  price  adjustments  and  rights  of  return  under  certain 
circumstances.    Revenue  and  costs  relating  to  distributor  sales  are  deferred  until  products  are  sold  by  the  distributors  to  the
distributors’ end customers.  For fiscal 2009, approximately 77% of Xilinx’s net revenues were from products sold to distributors for 
subsequent resale to OEMs or their subcontract manufacturers.  Revenue recognition depends on notification from the distributor that 
product has been sold to the distributor’s end customer.  Also reported by the distributor are product resale price, quantity and end 
customer  shipment  information,  as  well  as  inventory  on  hand.    Reported  distributor  inventory  on  hand  is  reconciled  to  deferred 
revenue  balances  monthly.    The  Company  maintains  system  controls  to  validate  distributor  data  and  to  verify  that  the  reported 
information  is  accurate.    Deferred  income  on  shipments  to  distributors  reflects  the  effects  of  distributor  price  adjustments  and  the 
amount  of  gross  margin  expected  to  be  realized  when  distributors  sell  through  product  purchased  from  the  Company.    Accounts 
receivable from distributors are recognized and inventory is relieved when title to inventories transfers, typically upon shipment from 
Xilinx at which point Xilinx has a legally enforceable right to collection under normal payment terms.  

As  of  March  28,  2009,  the  Company  had  $90.4  million  of  deferred  revenue  and  $28.0  million  of  deferred  cost  of  goods  sold 
recognized as a net $62.4 million of deferred income on shipments to distributors.  As of March 29, 2008, the Company had $158.0
million of deferred revenue and $46.3 million of deferred cost of goods sold recognized as a net $111.7 million of deferred income on 
shipments  to  distributors.    The  deferred  income  on  shipments  to  distributors  that  will  ultimately  be  recognized  in  the  Company’s
consolidated  statement  of  income  will  be  different  than  the  amount  shown  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  due  to  actual  price 
adjustments issued to the distributors when the product is sold to their end customers.   

Revenue  from  sales  to  Xilinx’s  direct  customers  is  recognized  upon  shipment  provided  that  persuasive  evidence  of  a  sales 
arrangement exists, the price is fixed, title has transferred, collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured, and there are no 
customer  acceptance  requirements  and  no  remaining  significant  obligations.    For  each  of  the  periods  presented,  there  were  no 
significant formal acceptance provisions with Xilinx’s direct customers.  

Revenue  from  software  licenses  is  deferred  and  recognized  as  revenue  over  the  term  of  the  licenses  of  one  year.    Revenue  from 
support services is recognized when the service is performed.  Revenue from support products, which includes software and services 
sales, was less than 7% of net revenues for all of the periods presented. 

Allowances  for  end  customer  sales  returns are  recorded based  on  historical  experience  and  for known  pending  customer  returns or
allowances.

Foreign Currency Translation 

The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for the Company’s Ireland and Singapore subsidiaries.  Assets and liabilities that are not 
denominated  in  the  functional  currency  are  remeasured  into  U.S.  dollars,  and  the  resulting  gains  or  losses  are  included  in  the 
consolidated statements of income under interest and other income, net.  The remeasurement gains or losses were immaterial for fiscal
2009, 2008 and 2007.   

The  local  currency  is  the  functional  currency  for  each  of  the  Company’s  other  wholly-owned  foreign  subsidiaries.    Assets  and 
liabilities are translated from foreign currencies into U.S. dollars at month-end exchange rates and statements of income are translated 
at the average monthly exchange rates.  Exchange gains or losses arising from translation of foreign currency denominated assets and 
liabilities (i.e., cumulative translation adjustment) are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in 
stockholders’ equity.

Derivative Financial Instruments 

To  reduce  financial  risk,  the  Company  periodically  enters  into  financial  arrangements  as  part  of  the  Company’s  ongoing  asset  and
liability management activities.  Xilinx uses derivative financial instruments to hedge fair values of underlying assets and liabilities or 
future  cash  flows  which  are  exposed  to  foreign  currency  fluctuations.    The  Company  does  not  enter  into  derivative  financial 
instruments  for  trading  or  speculative  purposes.   See  “Note  5. Derivative  Financial  Instruments”  for  detailed  information  about  the 
Company’s derivative financial instruments.  

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development costs are current period expenses and charged to expense as incurred. 

45

 
 
 
 
Stock-Based Compensation 

The Company has equity incentive plans that are more fully discussed in “Note 6. Stock-Based Compensation Plans.”  Effective April 
2, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123(R).  SFAS 123(R) requires the Company to measure the cost of all employee equity awards 
that are expected to be exercised based on the grant-date fair value of those awards and to record that cost as compensation expense 
over the period during which the employee is required to perform service in exchange for the award (generally over the vesting period 
of  the  award).    SFAS  123(R)  addresses  all  forms  of  stock-based  payment  awards,  including  shares  issued  under  employee  stock 
purchase  plans,  stock  options,  restricted  stock  and  stock  appreciation  rights.    In  addition,  the  Company  is  required  to  record 
compensation  expense  (as  previous  awards  continue  to  vest)  for  the  unvested  portion  of  previously  granted  awards  that  remain 
outstanding at the date of adoption.  SFAS 123(R) requires cash flows resulting from excess tax benefits to be classified as a part of 
cash flows from financing activities.  Excess tax benefits are realized tax benefits from tax deductions for exercised options in excess 
of the deferred tax asset attributable to stock compensation costs for such options.  The exercise price of employee stock options is 
equal  to  the  market  price  of  Xilinx  common  stock  (defined  as  the  closing  trading  price  reported  by  The  NASDAQ  Global  Select 
Market)  on  the  date  of  grant.    Additionally,  Xilinx’s  employee  stock  purchase  plan  is  deemed  a  compensatory  plan  under  SFAS 
123(R).  Accordingly, the employee stock purchase plan is included in the computation of stock-based compensation expense. 

Under the modified-prospective method of adoption for SFAS 123(R), the compensation cost recognized by the Company beginning 
in fiscal 2007 includes (a) compensation cost for all stock-based awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of April 1, 2006, based 
on  the  grant-date  fair  value  estimated  in  accordance  with  the  original  provisions  of  SFAS  No.  123  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based 
Compensation” (SFAS 123), and (b) compensation cost for all stock-based awards granted subsequent to April 1, 2006, based on the
grant-date  fair  value  estimated  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  SFAS  123(R).    The  Company  uses  the  straight-line  attribution 
method  to recognize  stock-based  compensation  costs  over  the  requisite  service period of  the  award for  stock-based  awards granted
after April 1, 2006.  For stock-based awards granted prior to April 2, 2006, the Company continues to use the accelerated amortization 
method  consistent  with  the  amounts  previously  disclosed  in  the  pro  forma  disclosure  as  prescribed  by  SFAS  123.    Upon  exercise, 
cancellation or expiration of stock options, deferred tax assets for options with multiple vesting dates are eliminated for each vesting 
period on a first-in, first-out basis as if each award had a separate vesting period. To calculate the excess tax benefits available for use 
in offsetting future tax shortfalls as of the date of implementation, the Company followed the alternative transition method discussed 
in FSP 123(R)-3. 

Income Taxes 

All income tax amounts reflect the use of the liability method under SFAS No. 109, as interpreted by FIN 48.  Under this method, 
deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial and income tax reporting purposes. 

Product Warranty and Indemnification 

The  Company  generally  sells  products  with  a  limited  warranty  for  product  quality.    The  Company  provides  an  accrual  for  known 
product issues if a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated.  The following table presents a reconciliation of the Company's 
product warranty liability, which is included in other accrued liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets:  

  (In thousands) 

   2009
            $ 2,500 
Balance as of beginning of fiscal year                                                                      $ — 
Provision                                                                                                                        5 
               1,413 
Utilized                                                                                                                         (5)                 (3,913) 
Balance as of end of fiscal year                                                                                $  —                $      —

2008

The Company offers, subject to certain terms and conditions, to indemnify certain customers and distributors for costs and damages
awarded  against  these  parties  in  the  event  the  Company’s  hardware  products  are  found  to  infringe  third-party  intellectual  property 
rights,  including  patents,  copyrights  or  trademarks.   To  a  lesser  extent,  the  Company  may  from  time-to-time  offer  limited 
indemnification with respect to its software products.  The terms and conditions of these indemnity obligations are limited by contract, 
which  obligations  are  typically  perpetual  from  the  effective  date  of  the  agreement.    The  Company  has  historically  received  only  a 
limited number of requests for indemnification under these provisions and has not made any significant payments pursuant to these
provisions.    The  Company  cannot  estimate  the  maximum  amount  of  potential  future  payments,  if  any,  that  the  Company  may  be 
required  to  make  as  a  result  of  these  obligations  due  to  the  limited  history  of  indemnification  claims  and  the  unique  facts  and
circumstances  that  are  likely  to  be  involved  in  each  particular  claim  and  indemnification  provision.    However,  there  can  be  no 
assurances that the Company will not incur any financial liabilities in the future as a result of these obligations.  

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
             
Concentrations of Credit Risk 

Avnet, one of the Company’s distributors, distributes the substantial majority of the Company’s products worldwide.  As of March 28, 
2009 and March 29, 2008, Avnet accounted for 81% and 83% of the Company’s total accounts receivable, respectively.  Resale of 
product through Avnet accounted for 55%, 61% and 67% of the Company’s worldwide net revenues in fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, 
respectively.  The percentage of accounts receivable due from Avnet and the percentage of worldwide net revenues from Avnet are
consistent with historical patterns.  The Company monitors the creditworthiness of its distributors and believes their sales to diverse 
end customers and to diverse geographies further serve to mitigate the Company’s exposure to credit risk. 

Xilinx  is  subject  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk  primarily  in  its  trade  accounts  receivable  and  investments  in  debt  securities  to  the 
extent of the amounts recorded on the consolidated balance sheet.  The Company attempts to mitigate the concentration of credit risk 
in its trade receivables through its credit evaluation process, collection terms, distributor sales to diverse end customers and through 
geographical dispersion of sales.  The Company has credit insurance for a portion of its accounts receivable balance to further mitigate 
the  concentration  of  its  credit  risk.    Xilinx  generally  does  not  require  collateral  for  receivables  from  its  end  customers  or  from 
distributors.   

No end customer accounted for more than 10% of net revenues in fiscal 2009, 2008 or 2007.  

The Company mitigates concentrations of credit risk in its investments in debt securities by currently investing approximately 90% of 
its portfolio in AA or higher grade securities as rated by Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s Investors Service.  The Company’s methods 
to arrive at investment decisions are not solely based on the rating agencies’ credit ratings.  Xilinx also performs additional credit due 
diligence  and  conducts  regular  portfolio  credit  reviews,  including  a  review  of  counterparty  credit  risk  related  to  the  Company’s
forward currency exchange contracts.  Additionally, Xilinx limits its investments in the debt securities of a single issuer based upon 
the issuer’s credit rating and attempts to further mitigate credit risk by diversifying risk across geographies and type of issuer.  As of 
March 28,  2009, 37%  and 63%  of  its  investments  in  debt  securities were  domestic  and foreign  issuers,  respectively.   See  “Note  4.
Financial Instruments” for detailed information about the Company’s investment portfolio.  

Since  September  2007,  the  global  credit  markets  have  experienced  adverse  conditions  that  have  negatively  impacted  the  values  of
various  types  of  investment  and  non-investment  grade  securities.    The  global  credit  and  capital  markets  have  recently  experienced
further significant volatility and disruption due to instability in the global financial system and the current uncertainty related to global 
economic conditions.  As of March 28, 2009, less than 7% of the Company’s $1.58 billion investment portfolio consisted of asset-
backed securities and approximately 11% of the portfolio consisted of mortgage-backed securities.  Asset-backed securities consisted 
of student loan auction rate securities and other asset-backed securities.  

Approximately  4%  of  the  investment  portfolio  consisted  of  student  loan  auction  rate  securities  and  all  of  these  securities  are  rated
AAA with the exception of approximately 14% that were downgraded to A rating during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009.  More than
98%  of  the  underlying  assets  that  secure  these  securities  are  pools  of  student  loans  originated  under  FFELP  that  are  substantially
guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education.  These securities experienced failed auctions in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 due 
to  liquidity  issues  in  the  global  credit  markets.    In  a  failed  auction,  the  interest  rates  are  reset  to  a  maximum  rate  defined  by  the 
contractual terms for each security.  The Company has collected and expects to collect all interest payable on these securities when 
due.  During fiscal 2009, $1.4 million of these student loan auction rate securities were redeemed for cash by the issuers at par value.  
Because there can be no assurance of a successful auction in the future, beginning with the quarter ended March 29, 2008, the student 
loan auction rate securities were reclassified from short-term to long-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets.  The final 
maturity dates range from March 2023 to November 2047.   

All other asset-backed securities comprised less than 3% of the investment portfolio as of March 28, 2009, of which approximately 
9%  are  AAA  rated  with  the  majority  of  the  rest  of  the  asset-backed  securities  rated  A  or  BBB.    These  asset-backed  securities  are
secured primarily by bank, finance and insurance company obligations, collateralized loan and bank obligations, credit card debt and 
mortgage-backed securities with no direct U.S. subprime mortgage exposure.  Substantially all of the other mortgage-backed securities 
in the portfolio are AAA rated, were issued by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises and agencies and represented approximately
11% of the investment portfolio as of March 28, 2009.  As a result of these recent adverse conditions in the global credit markets, 
there is a risk that the Company may incur additional other-than-temporary impairment charges for certain types of investments such 
as  asset-backed  securities  should  the  credit  markets  experience  further  deterioration  or  the  underlying  assets  fail  to  perform  as
anticipated  due  to  the  continued  or  worsening  global  economic  conditions.    See  “Note  4.  Financial  Instruments”  for  a  table  of  the
Company’s available-for-sale securities. 

Dependence on Independent Manufacturers and Subcontractors 

The Company does not directly manufacture the finished silicon wafers used to manufacture its products.  Xilinx receives a substantial 
majority of its finished wafers from one independent wafer manufacturer located in Taiwan.  The Company is also dependent on a 
limited number of subcontractors, primarily located in the Asia Pacific region, to provide semiconductor assembly, test and shipment 
services.   

47

 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In  September  2006,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  157,  “Fair  Value  Measurements.”    SFAS  157  defines  fair  value,  establishes  a 
framework and gives guidance regarding the methods used for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.  SFAS 157 applies to other pronouncements that require or permit 
fair value measurements; it does not require any new fair value measurements.  The provisions of SFAS 157, as issued, were effective
for Xilinx on March 30, 2008.  Additionally, in February 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 157-1, “Application of FASB Statement 
No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of 
Lease  Classification  or  Measurement  under  Statement  13”  (FSP  157-1)  and  FSP  No.  157-2,  “Effective  Date  of  FASB  Statement 
No. 157” (FSP 157-2).  FSP 157-1 removes leasing from the scope of SFAS 157.  FSP 157-2 deferred the effective date of SFAS 157
from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at 
fair  value  in  the  financial  statements  on  a  recurring  basis  (at  least  annually).    Due  to  the  deferral,  the  Company  has  delayed  the 
implementation of SFAS 157 provisions on the fair value of goodwill, other intangible assets and nonfinancial long-lived assets.  The 
Company adopted SFAS 157 on March 30, 2008, the first day of fiscal 2009, for all financial assets and financial liabilities and for all 
nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at 
least annually).  The adoption of SFAS 157 is not expected to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial condition and 
results  of  operations  when  it  is  applied  to  nonfinancial  assets  and  nonfinancial  liabilities  that  are  not  measured  at  fair  value  on  a 
recurring  basis,  beginning  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2010.    See  “Note  3.  Fair  Value  Measurements”  for  additional  information
relating to the adoption of SFAS 157. 

In  February  2007,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No. 159,  “The  Fair  Value  Option  for  Financial  Assets  and  Financial  Liabilities”  (SFAS 
159).  SFAS  159  permits  companies  to  choose  to  measure  certain  financial  instruments  and  certain  other  items  at  fair  value.    The
standard requires that unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected be reported in earnings at 
each subsequent reporting date.  SFAS 159 was effective for Xilinx on March 30, 2008 and the Company has made no elections to 
measure any financial instruments or certain other assets at fair value.   

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), "Business Combinations" (SFAS 141(R)) which replaces SFAS 
No.  141.    SFAS 141(R)  establishes  principles  and  requirements  for  how  an  acquirer  recognizes  and  measures  in  its  financial 
statements  the  identifiable  assets  acquired,  the  liabilities  assumed,  any  noncontrolling  interest  in  the  acquiree  and  the  goodwill 
acquired.    SFAS 141(R)  also  establishes  disclosure  requirements  to  enable  the  evaluation  of  the  nature  and  financial  effects  of  the 
business  combination.    SFAS 141(R)  is  effective  as  of  the  beginning  of  an  entity's  fiscal  year  that  begins  after December 15,  2008 
(fiscal 2010 for Xilinx).  The adoption of SFAS 141(R) will change the Company’s accounting treatment for business combinations on 
a prospective basis beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2010.   

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, "Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment 
of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51" (SFAS 160).  The objective of this statement is to improve the relevance, comparability and 
transparency  of  the  financial  information  that  a  reporting  entity  provides  in  its  consolidated  financial  statements  by  establishing 
accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary.  SFAS 
160  requires  reclassifying  noncontrolling  interests,  also  referred  to  as  minority  interests,  as  a  component  of  equity  upon  adoption. 
SFAS 160 is effective as of the beginning of an entity's fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008 (fiscal 2010 for Xilinx).  As of 
March 28, 2009, Xilinx did not have any minority interests.  The adoption of SFAS 160 will not have any effect on the Company’s
financial condition or results of operations. 

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of 
FASB Statement No. 133” (SFAS 161).  SFAS 161 amends and expands the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting 
for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (SFAS 133), to provide an enhanced understanding of an entity’s use of derivative 
instruments,  how  they  are  accounted  for  under  SFAS  133  and  a  tabular  disclosure  of  the  effects  of  such  instruments  and  related 
hedged items on the entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows.  The Company adopted SFAS 161 in the fourth 
quarter of fiscal 2009, which began on December 28, 2008.  The adoption of SFAS 161 had no financial impact on the Company’s 
consolidated  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations.    The  disclosure  requirements  of  SFAS  161  are  presented  in  “Note  5. 
Derivative Financial Instruments.”   

In May 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. APB 14-1, “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon 
Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement)” (FSP APB 14-1).   The Company’s 3.125% convertible debentures due March 15, 
2037 will be affected by this FSP.  FSP APB 14-1 will require the issuer to separately account for the liability and equity components 
of  the  instrument  in  a  manner  that  reflects  the  issuer’s  nonconvertible  debt  borrowing  rate  when  interest  cost  is  recognized  in
subsequent periods.  Further, the FSP will require bifurcation of a component of the debt, classification of that component in equity, 
and then accretion of the resulting discount on the debt as part of interest expense being reflected in the statement of income.  FSP 
APB  14-1  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2008  and  will  be  required  to  be  applied  retrospectively  to  all 
periods presented.  The Company will be required to implement the standard during the first quarter of fiscal 2010, which began on 
March 29, 2009.  Based on the Company’s preliminary analysis, future net income per share will be impacted upon adoption of the
standard by a range of $0.01 per share to $0.07 per share, with the impact on net income per share increasing within the indicated

48

 
range  each  year  through  the  debt’s  maturity.    Adoption  of  the  standard  will  also  have  a  substantial  impact  in  the  balance  sheet
reclassification for the equity component of the debt. 

In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 157-4, “Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset 
or  Liability  Have  Significantly  Decreased  and  Identifying  Transactions  That  Are  Not  Orderly”  (FSP  FAS  157-4).  FSP  FAS  157-4 
amends  SFAS  157  and  provides  additional  guidance  for  estimating  fair  value  in  accordance  with  SFAS  157  when  the  volume  and 
level  of  activity  for  the  asset  or  liability  have  significantly  decreased  and  also  includes  guidance  on  identifying  circumstances  that 
indicate a transaction is not orderly for fair value measurements.  This FSP will be required to be applied prospectively to all fair value 
measurements  where  appropriate  and  will  be  effective  for  interim  and  annual  periods  ending  after  June 15,  2009.    Xilinx  will  be
required to implement the standard during the first quarter of fiscal 2010, which began on March 29, 2009.  The Company is currently 
evaluating this new FSP but does not believe that its adoption will have a significant impact on its consolidated financial condition or 
results of operations.  

In  April  2009,  the  FASB  issued  FSP  FAS  115-2  and  FAS  124-2,  “Recognition  and  Presentation  of  Other-Than-Temporary 
Impairments” (FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2).  FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2 establishes a new model for measuring other-than-
temporary impairments for debt securities, including establishing criteria for when to recognize a write-down through earnings versus 
other comprehensive income.  This FSP will replace the existing requirement that the entity’s management assert it has both the intent 
and ability to hold an impaired debt security until recovery with a requirement that management assert it does not have the intent to 
sell the security, and it is more likely than not it will not have to sell the security before recovery of its carrying value.  FSP FAS 115-
2 and FAS 124-2 will be effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009.  Xilinx will be required to implement the 
standard during the first quarter of fiscal 2010, which began on March 29, 2009.  The Company is currently evaluating this new FSP 
but does not believe that its adoption will have a significant impact on its consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, “Interim Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments” (FSP
FAS  107-1  and  APB  28-1).  FSP  FAS  107-1  and  APB  28-1  amends  SFAS  No. 107,  “Disclosures  about  Fair  Value  of  Financial 
Instruments,” (SFAS 107) to require disclosures about fair value  of financial instruments not measured on the balance sheet at fair
value  in  interim  financial  statements  as  well  as  in  annual  financial  statements.    Prior  to  this  FSP,  fair  values  for  these  assets  and 
liabilities were only disclosed annually. This FSP applies to all financial instruments within the scope of SFAS 107 and requires all 
entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments. This FSP will be 
effective  for  interim  periods  ending  after  June 15,  2009.    FSP  FAS  107-1  and  APB  28-1  will  result  in  increased  disclosures  in  the
Company’s interim periods beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2010, which began on March 29, 2009. 

Note 3. Fair Value Measurements

Effective March 30, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 157 for all financial assets and financial liabilities and for all 
nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at 
least annually).  SFAS 157 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a 
liability  (an  exit  price)  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date.    When  determining  the  fair 
value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or 
most advantageous market in which Xilinx would transact and also considers assumptions that market participants would use when 
pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions and risk of nonperformance.  

Fair Value Hierarchy

SFAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value.  This hierarchy requires an entity to 
maximize  the  use  of  observable  inputs  and  minimize  the  use  of  unobservable  inputs  when  measuring  fair  value.    The  fair  value 
framework requires the categorization of assets and liabilities into three levels based upon the assumptions (inputs) used to price the 
assets  or  liabilities.    SFAS  157  requires  that  assets  and  liabilities  carried  at  fair  value  be  classified  and  disclosed  in  one  of  the 
following categories:

Level 1 – Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

The Company’s Level 1 assets consist of U.S. Treasury securities and money market funds.  

Level 2 - Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active 
markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or 
can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.  

The  Company’s  Level  2  assets  consist  of  bank  certificates  of  deposit,  commercial  paper,  corporate  bonds,  municipal  bonds,  U.S. 
agency securities, foreign government and agency securities, floating-rate notes, certain asset-backed securities and mortgage-backed 
securities.  The Company’s Level 2 assets and liabilities include foreign currency forward contracts. 

49

 Level 3 - Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant 
to  the  measurement  of  the  fair  value  of  the  assets  or  liabilities.    Level  3  assets  and  liabilities  include  those  whose  fair  value
measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques, as well as
significant management judgment or estimation. 

The  Company’s  Level  3  assets  and  liabilities  include  student  loan  auction  rate  securities,  certain  asset-backed  securities  and  the
embedded derivative related to the Company’s convertible debentures. 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis 

In  instances  where  the  inputs  used  to  measure  fair  value  fall  into  different  levels  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy,  the  fair  value
measurement has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.  The 
Company’s  assessment  of  the  significance  of  a  particular  item  to  the  fair  value  measurement  in  its  entirety  requires  judgment, 
including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset or liability.  The following table presents information about the Company’s 
financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 28, 2009:  

(In thousands) 
Assets:
Money market funds  
Bank certificates of deposit 
Commercial paper 
Corporate bonds 
Auction rate securities 
Municipal bonds 
U.S. government and agency securities 
Foreign government and agency securities 
Floating rate notes 
Asset-backed securities 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Total assets measured at fair value 

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Instruments 
(Level 1)

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total Fair 
Value as of 
March 28, 
2009

$343,750 
            —    
            —    
            —    
            —    
            —    
      2,972 
            —    
            —    
            —    
            —
$346,722

                —    
                —    
                —    

 $             —      $         —
        20,001 
      229,869 
        11,485 
                —            58,354 
        14,520 
          6,952 
      453,664 
      230,575 
          5,894 
     169,201
 $1,142,161

                —    
                —    
                —    
                —    
       36,492 
           —
     $94,846

$   343,750   
       20,001 
     229,869 
       11,485 
       58,354 
       14,520 
         9,924 
     453,664 
     230,575 
       42,386 
     169,201
$1,583,729

Liabilities:
Foreign currency forward contracts (net) 
Convertible debentures – embedded derivative 
Total liabilities measured at fair value 

$          —
            —
$          —

 $       1,082 
               —
 $       1,082

     $        —

$      1,082 
     2,110                2,110
$      3,192

     $  2,110

Net assets measured at fair value 

$346,722

 $1,141,079

     $92,736

$1,580,537

Changes in Level 3 Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis  

The following table is a reconciliation of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant 
unobservable inputs (Level 3):  

(In thousands) 
Balance as of beginning of fiscal year 
Total realized and unrealized gains (losses): 
    Included in interest and other income, net 
    Included in other comprehensive income (loss) 
    Included in impairment loss on investments  
Net settlements (1) 
Balance as of end of fiscal year 

  Year Ended 
 March 28,  
2009 

 $145,388 

         170 
   (13,416) 
   (38,006) 
   (1,400)
 $ 92,736

(1) During fiscal 2009, $1.4 million of student loan auction rate securities were redeemed for cash at par value.  

50

 
 
The amount of total gains or (losses) included in net income attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets 
and liabilities still held as of  March 28, 2009:                                                                                                                                                           

Interest and other income, net 
Impairment loss on investments 

$     170 
 (38,006) 

As of March 28, 2009, marketable securities measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs were comprised of $58.4 million of student
loan auction rate securities and $36.5 million of asset-backed securities within the Company’s available-for-sale investment portfolio.
Auction  failures  during  the  fourth  quarter of  fiscal  2008  and  the  lack  of  market  activity  and  liquidity  required  that  the  Company’s 
student loan auction rate securities be measured using observable market data and Level 3 inputs. The fair values of the Company’s 
student loan auction rate securities were based on the Company’s assessment of the underlying collateral and the creditworthiness of 
the issuers of the securities.  More than 98% of the underlying assets that secure the student loan auction rate securities are pools of 
student loans originated under FFELP that are substantially guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education.  The fair values of the 
Company’s  student  loan  auction  rate  securities  were  determined  using  a  discounted  cash  flow  pricing  model  that  incorporated 
financial inputs such as projected cash flows, discount rates, expected interest rates to be paid to investors and an estimated liquidity 
discount.  The weighted-average life over which cash flows were projected was determined to be approximately nine years, given the 
collateral  composition  of  the  securities.  The  discount  rates  that  were  applied  to  the  pricing  model  were  based  on  market  data  and 
information for comparable- or similar-term student loan asset-backed securities.  The discount rates increased by approximately 215 
to  300  basis  points  (2.15  and  3.00  percentage  points)  in  fiscal  2009  due  to  a  widening  of  credit  spreads  and  increased  liquidity
discount as a result of the global credit crisis.  The expected interest rate to be paid to investors in a failed auction was determined by 
the contractual terms for each security.  The liquidity discount represents an estimate of the additional return an investor would require 
to compensate for the lack of liquidity of the student loan auction rate securities.  The Company has the ability and intent to hold the 
student  loan  auction  rate  securities  until  anticipated  recovery,  which  could  be  at  final  maturity  that  ranges  from  March  2023  to
November 2047.  Because there can be no assurance of a successful auction in the future, all of the Company’s student loan auction
rate securities are recorded in long-term investments on its condensed consolidated balance sheets.  All of the Company’s student loan 
auction rate securities are rated AAA with the exception of $8.1 million that were downgraded to A rating during the fourth quarter of 
fiscal 2009. 

The Company’s $36.5 million of senior class asset-backed securities are secured primarily by bank, finance and insurance company
obligations,  collateralized  loan  and  bank  obligations,  credit  card  debt  and  mortgage-backed  securities  with  no  direct  U.S.  subprime
mortgage exposure.  The $36.5 million of senior class asset-backed securities were measured using observable market data and Level 
3 inputs due to the lack of market activity and liquidity.  The fair values of these senior class asset-backed securities were based on the 
Company’s assessment of the underlying collateral and the creditworthiness of the issuers of the securities.  The Company determined 
the  fair  values  for  the  $36.5  million  of  senior  class  asset-backed  securities  by  using  prices  from  pricing  services  that  could not  be 
corroborated  by  observable  market  data.    The  Company  corroborated  the  prices  from  the  pricing  services  using  comparable 
benchmark  indexes  and  securities  prices.    The  Company  has  the  ability  and  intent  to  hold  the  $36.5  million  of  senior  class  asset-
backed securities until final maturity in November 2009.  The $36.5 million of senior class asset-backed securities were downgraded 
by at least one credit rating agency during the past two fiscal quarters and are currently rated or split rated between AAA and BBB 
rating.

Senior  class  asset-backed  securities  were  partially  written  off  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2009  due  to  default  by  the  issuer  in 
October  2008.    At  the  time  of  the  initial  write-off  of  $19.8  million  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2009,  the  Company  understood,
based on the issuer’s prospectus disclosures that investors would be repaid proportionally and without preference.  In October 2008,
the  issuer  went  into  receivership.    The  receiver  subsequently  sought  judicial  interpretation  of  a  provision  of  a  legal  document
governing  the  issuer’s  securities.   As  a  result  of  the  outcome  of  the  judicial  determination,  the  receiver  immediately  liquidated  the 
substantial majority of the issuer’s assets, and in accordance with the court order, the proceeds were used to repay short-term liabilities 
in  the  order  in  which  they  fell  due.    In  December  2008,  the  receiver  reported  to  the  issuer’s  creditors  the  outcome  of  the  judicial
determination and that the issuer’s liabilities substantially exceeded its assets.  As a result, the receiver estimated that the issuer would 
not be able to pay any liabilities falling due after October 2008 regardless of the seniority or status of the securities.  The Company’s 
investments  in  these  senior  class  asset-backed  securities  mature  in  September  2009  and  September  2010.   Based  on  these  new 
developments, the Company concluded that it is not likely to recover the remaining balance of its investment.  Accordingly, during the 
third quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company recognized an impairment loss of $18.2 million, which represented the carrying balance of 
the senior class asset-backed securities.  The original purchase price of these securities, excluding accrued interest, was $38.0 million.   
For fiscal 2009, the Company recognized an impairment loss of $38.0 million on these senior class asset-backed securities.  See “Note 
9. Impairment Loss on Investments” for additional information regarding impairment losses on investments. 

In March 2007, the Company issued $1.00 billion principal amount of 3.125% junior subordinated convertible debentures to an initial
purchaser in a private offering.  As a result of the repurchases in fiscal 2009, the remaining carrying value of the debentures on the 
consolidated balance sheet as of March 28, 2009, was $690.1 million.  The fair value of the debentures as of March 28, 2009 was
approximately $508.6 million, based on the last trading price of the debentures.  The debentures included embedded features which
qualify  as  an  embedded  derivative  under  SFAS  133.    The  embedded  derivative  was  separately  accounted  for  as  a  discount  on  the 
debentures  and  its  fair  value  was  established  at  the  inception  of  the  debentures.  Each  quarter,  the  change  in  the  fair  value  of  the 

51

embedded derivative, if any, is recorded in the consolidated statements of income.  The Company uses a derivative valuation model to 
derive the value of the embedded derivative.  Key inputs into this valuation model are the Company’s current stock price, risk-free 
interest rates, the stock dividend yield, the stock volatility and the debenture’s credit spread over LIBOR.  The first three inputs are 
based on observable market data while the last two inputs require management judgment and are Level 3 inputs. 

       Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis 

The Company’s investments in non-marketable securities of private companies are accounted for by using the cost method.  These 
investments  are  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  non-recurring  basis  when  they  are  deemed  to  be  other-than-temporarily  impaired.    In
determining  whether  a  decline  in  value  of  non-marketable  equity  investments  in  private  companies  has  occurred  and  is  other  than
temporary,  an  assessment  is  made  by  considering  available  evidence,  including  the  general  market  conditions  in  the  investee’s 
industry,  the  investee’s  product  development  status  and  subsequent  rounds  of  financing  and  the  related  valuation  and/or  Xilinx’s
participation  in  such  financings.    The  Company  also  assesses  the  investee’s  ability  to  meet  business  milestones  and  the  financial
condition  and  near-term  prospects  of  the  individual  investee,  including  the  rate  at  which  the  investee  is  using  its  cash  and  the
investee’s need for possible additional funding at a lower valuation.  The valuation methodology for determining the decline in value 
of non-marketable equity securities is based on the factors noted above which require management judgment and are Level 3 inputs.  
The  Company  recognized  impairment  losses  on  non-marketable  equity  investments  of  $3.0  million,  $2.9  million  and  $2.0  million 
during fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The entire amount of each of the impaired non-marketable equity investments was
written off.   

Note 4. Financial Instruments  

The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities: 

(In thousands) 
Money market funds 
Bank certificates of deposit 
Commercial paper 
Corporate bonds 
Auction rate securities 
Municipal bonds 
U.S. government and 
agency securities 

Foreign government and 
    agency securities 
Floating rate notes 
Asset-backed securities 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Investment-other

March 28, 2009 
Gross

   Cost 
   $  343,750 
         20,001 
       229,869 
11,579

Gross
Amortized   Unrealized    Unrealized 
Gains
   $     — 
          —     
       — 
207
       — 
74

Losses
$      — 
      — 
       — 
       (301) 
  (12,096)
       (422) 

       70,450   
         14,868 

  Estimated 
Fair 
Value
$ 343,750   
20,001
229,869
11,485
58,354
14,520

March 29, 2008 
  Gross 

Gross
  Amortized Unrealized  Unrealized 
Gains
$    — 
       4 
       — 
549
       — 
59

     Cost 
  $  246,973 
        55,998 
      375,554 
61,306
      71,850   
        20,787 

Losses
    $      — 
            — 
            — 
          (24) 
            — 
          (65) 

  Estimated 
Fair 
Value
$ 246,973   
56,002
375,554
61,831
71,850
20,781

        9,789 

137

(2)

        9,924 

      66,390 

3,504

            (8) 

      69,886 

   453,505            159 
303
    244,222   
13
      46,275 
5,004
    164,533   
        —
          —    

       — 
  (13,950)
    (3,902) 
       (336) 
           —              —       

453,664
230,575
42,386
169,201

  252,074            466 
20
   367,437   
1
      82,594 
   139,825   
4,110
        3,030   

            (1) 
     (4,726) 
     (2,372) 
        (261) 
        —      (2,208)

252,539
362,731
80,223
143,674
          822     

  $1,608,841

$5,897    

$(31,009)

$1,583,729

 $1,743,818

$8,713    

   $(9,665)

$1,742,866

Included in:
    Cash and cash equivalents        
    Short-term investments         
    Long-term investments 

 $  976,996      
258,946
    347,787
$1,583,729      

 $  749,157    
429,440
    564,269
$1,742,866    

52

      
        
      
        
              
        
      
             
              
        
      
             
The  following  table  shows  the  fair  values  and  gross  unrealized  losses  of  the  Company’s  investments,  aggregated  by  investment 
category, for individual securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for the length of time specified, as of March 
28, 2009 and March 29, 2008: 

     Less Than 12 Months 

March 28, 2009 
    12 Months or Greater 

              Total 

(In thousands) 
Corporate bonds 
Auction rate securities 
Municipal bonds 
U.S. government and agency     

securities

Floating rate notes 
Asset-backed securities 
Mortgage-backed securities 

Gross
Unrealized 
Losses

Fair
Value
$   1,729       $      (49) 
  (12,096) 
(274) 

58,354 

4,103   

717 
95,746 
5,267 
    23,421
$189,337 

(2)
(5,762) 
(393) 
      (294)
  $(18,870)

Fair
Value
$     471 
          — 
      2,302 

          — 
  116,586 
    36,492 
         306
$156,157

Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    $     (252) 
              — 
(148) 

              — 
        (8,188) 
        (3,509) 
         (42)
 $(12,139)

Fair
Value
$  2,200  
    58,354 
      6,405 

        717 
   212,332 
    41,759 
     23,727
 $345,494 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 $     (301) 
     (12,096) 
          (422) 

(2)
  (13,950) 
    (3,902) 
       (336)
 $(31,009)

(In thousands) 
Corporate bonds 
Municipal bonds 
U.S. government and agency     

securities

Foreign government and agency          

securities

Floating rate notes 
Asset-backed securities 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Investment-other 

     Less Than 12 Months 

Fair
Value
$    5,988   
4,656   

Gross
Unrealized 
Losses
  $     (23) 
(42) 

March 29, 2008 
    12 Months or Greater 

              Total 

Fair
Value
$  2,001 
2,464 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   $      (1) 
            (23) 

Fair
Value
$    7,989  
      7,120 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 $     (24) 
           (65) 

2,091 

(8)

          — 

              — 

     2,091 

            (8) 

119,494 
291,542 
38,857 
9,953 
         822
$473,403 

(1)
(4,050) 
(731) 
        (261) 
  (2,208)
   $(7,324)

119,494 
              — 
          — 
329,787 
          (676) 
38,245 
  77,219 
(1,641) 
38,362 
          — 
    9,953 
              — 
        —               —          822
$554,475 
 $(2,341)
 $81,072

          (1) 
   (4,726) 
   (2,372) 
      (261) 
  (2,208)
 $(9,665)

The gross unrealized losses on these investments were primarily due to adverse conditions in the global credit markets in fiscal 2009 
and 2008.  The Company reviewed the investment portfolio and determined that the gross unrealized losses on these investments as of 
March  28,  2009  and  March  29,  2008  were  temporary  in  nature.    The  aggregate  of  individual  unrealized  losses  that  had  been 
outstanding for 12 months or more were not significant as of March 28, 2009 and March 29, 2008.  The Company has the ability and
intent to hold these investments until recovery of their carrying values.  The Company also believes that it will be able to collect both 
principal  and  interest  amounts  due  to  the  Company  at  maturity,  given  the  high  credit  quality  of  these  investments  and  any  related
underlying collateral. 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of marketable debt securities (bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, corporate
bonds, auction rate securities, municipal bonds, U.S. and foreign government and agency securities, floating rate notes, asset-backed 
securities and mortgage-backed securities) as of March 28, 2009, by contractual maturity, are shown below.  Actual maturities may
differ  from  contractual  maturities  because  issuers  may  have  the  right  to  call  or  prepay  obligations  without  call  or  prepayment 
penalties.

(In thousands) 

Due in one year or less  
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years  
Due after ten years  

Amortized 
Cost

Estimated 
Fair Value 

    $  898,134     $   892,192 
     104,523 
        114,925 
      59,168              61,086 
     192,864 
     182,178
$1,239,979
   $1,265,091

53

                
                     
                    
                     
Certain information related to available-for-sale securities is as follows: 

(In thousands)  
Gross realized gains on sale of available-for-sale securities 

2009 
 $ 4,544 

2008 
 $ 1,437 

2007 
$ 7,041     

Gross realized losses on sale of available-for-sale securities  

  (1,838)     

 (6,576)         (6,227)

Net realized gains (losses) on sale of available-for-sale securities 

 $ 2,706        $(5,139)       $    814       

Amortization of premiums on available-for-sale securities 

 $(7,197)

$(8,229)

$(8,229)

Note 5. Derivative Financial Instruments  

Effective December 28, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS 161, as discussed in “Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
and Concentrations of Risk.”   

As of March 28, 2009 and March 29, 2008, the Company had the following outstanding forward currency exchange contracts which 
are derivative financial instruments:  

(In thousands and U.S. dollars) 

Euro  
Singapore dollar 
Japanese Yen 
British Pound 

    March 28, 
        2009
    $51,072 
      30,123 
      12,563 
     6,408
  $100,166

    March 29, 
        2008
    $18,616 
      11,938 
        5,364 
     3,022
    $38,940

Effective beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2009, as part of the Company’s strategy to reduce volatility of operating expenses due 
to  foreign  exchange  rate  fluctuations,  the  Company  expanded  its  hedging  program  from  a  one-quarter  forward  outlook  to  a  five-
quarter forward outlook for major foreign-currency-denominated operating expenses.  The contracts expire at various dates between
April 2009 and April 2010.  The net unrealized gain or loss, which approximates the fair market value of the above contracts, was
immaterial as of March 28, 2009 and March 29, 2008.   

As of March 28, 2009, all the forward foreign currency exchange contracts are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges and the
effective  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  the  forward  contract  is  reported  as  a  component  of  other  comprehensive  income  and 
reclassified into net income in the same period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. 

The  Company  may  enter  into  forward  foreign  currency  exchange  contracts  to  hedge  firm  commitments  such  as  the  acquisition  of 
capital expenditures.  For such forward foreign currency exchange contracts that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the 
gain  or  loss  on  the  forward  contract  as  well  as  the  offsetting  gain  or  loss  on  the  hedged  item  attributable  to  the  hedged  risk  are
recognized in the same line item associated with the hedged item in current earnings.

The  3.125%  debentures  include  provisions  which  qualify  as  an  embedded  derivative.    See  “Note  14.    Convertible  Debentures and
Revolving Credit Facility” for detailed discussion about the embedded derivative.  The embedded derivative was separated from the 
debentures and its fair value was established at the inception of the debentures.  Any subsequent change in fair value of the embedded 
derivative  would  be  recorded  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  statement  of  income.    The  fair  value  of  the  embedded  derivative  at 
inception of the debentures was $2.5 million and it changed to $2.3 million and $2.1 million as of March 29, 2008 and March 28,
2009, respectively.  The change in the fair value of the embedded derivative of $170 thousand during fiscal 2008 was recorded as a 
charge  to  interest  and  other  income,  net  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  statement  of  income.    The  change  in  the  fair  value  of  the
embedded derivative of $170 thousand during fiscal 2009 was recorded as a credit to interest and other income, net on the Company’s 
consolidated statement of income.     

54

The Company has the following derivative instruments as of March 28, 2009, located on the consolidated balance sheet, utilized for 
risk management purposes detailed above: 

(In thousands) 

Asset Derivatives 

Liability Derivatives

Derivatives Designated as 
Hedging Instruments under 
SFAS 133 

Foreign exchange contracts 

Total derivatives designated 
as hedging instruments 
under SFAS 133 

Balance Sheet 
Location

Fair Value

Prepaid expenses and 
other current assets 

 $2,307 

Balance Sheet 
Location

Other accrued 
liabilities

 $2,307 

Fair Value

 $3,389 

 $3,389 

The following table summarizes the effect of derivative instruments on the consolidated statement of income for the year ended March 
28, 2009: 

(In thousands)  

Derivatives in SFAS 
133 Cash Flow 
Hedging Relationships

Foreign exchange 
contracts 

Amount of Gain 
(Loss) Recognized in 
OCI on Derivative 
(Effective portion)

$(1,012) 

Statement of 
Income Location

Interest and other 
income, net 

Amount of Gain 
(Loss) Reclassified 
from Accumulated 
OCI into Income 
(Effective portion)

$(3,697) 

Statement of 
Income Location

Interest and other 
income, net 

Amount of Gain 
(Loss) Recorded 
(Ineffective portion)

$144

Note 6. Stock-Based Compensation Plans 

The Company’s equity incentive plans are broad-based, long-term retention programs that are intended to attract and retain talented 
employees as well as align stockholder and employee interests.  

 Stock-Based Compensation  

Effective April 2, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123(R), as discussed in “Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
and  Concentrations  of  Risk.”    The  following  table  summarizes  stock-based  compensation  expense  related  to  stock  awards  granted 
under the Company’s equity incentive plans and rights to acquire stock granted under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan:

(In thousands)   

       Stock-based compensation included in: 
       Cost of revenues  
       Research and development   
       Selling, general and administrative   

Restructuring charges 

       Stock-based compensation related to prior years    
       Stock-based compensation effect on income before taxes    
       Income tax effect    

  Net stock-based compensation effect on net income 

2009 

2008 

2007 

 $  5,791    
   25,075  
   23,079  
        564 
       —
   54,509 
  (13,323)
 $41,186

 $  7,605    
   31,433  
   27,389  
          — 

 $10,345   
   41,610  
   38,337  
          — 
       —      2,209
   92,501 
  (26,183)
 $66,318

   66,427 
  (19,651)
 $46,776

In June 2006, stockholder derivative complaints were filed against the Company concerning the Company’s historical option-granting
practices and the SEC initiated an informal inquiry on the matter.  An investigation of the Company’s historical stock option-granting 
practices  was  conducted  by  outside  counsel  and  no  evidence  of  fraud,  management  misconduct  or  manipulation  in  the  timing  or 
exercise price of stock option grants was found.  The investigation determined that in nearly all cases, stock options were issued as of 
pre-set dates; however, there were some minor differences between the recorded grant dates and measurement dates for certain grants 
made between 1997 and 2006.  As a result, a $2.2 million charge was taken to the Company’s earnings for the first quarter of fiscal 
2007.    Subsequently  the  SEC  informal  inquiry  was  terminated  and  no  enforcement  action  was  recommended  and  the  stockholder 
derivative complaints were dismissed.   

In accordance with SFAS 123(R), the Company adjusts stock-based compensation on a quarterly basis for changes to the estimate of
expected  equity  award  forfeitures  based  on  actual  forfeiture  experience.  The  effect  of  adjusting  the  forfeiture  rate  for  all  expense 

55

                     
 
  
 
  
                                                                                                                
amortization after April 1, 2006 is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. The effect of forfeiture adjustments in 
fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 was insignificant.   

The  amount  that  the  Company  would  have  capitalized  to  inventory  as  of  April  1,  2006,  if  it  had  applied  the  provisions  of  SFAS 
123(R)  retrospectively,  was  $4.5  million.    Under  the  provisions  of  SFAS  123(R),  this  $4.5  million  was  recorded  as  a  credit  to 
additional paid-in-capital.  The total stock-based compensation released from the inventory capitalization during fiscal 2009 and 2008 
was $396 thousand and $675 thousand, respectively, which resulted in an ending inventory balance of $1.1 million and $1.5 million
related to stock-based compensation as of March 28, 2009 and March 29, 2008, respectively.  During fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, the
tax  benefit  realized  for  the  tax  deduction  from  option  exercises  and  other  awards,  including  amounts  credited  to  additional  paid-in 
capital, totaled $11.4 million, $25.3 million and $35.8 million, respectively.   

The  fair  values  of  stock  options  and  stock  purchase  plan  rights  under  the  Company’s  equity  incentive  plans  and  Employee  Stock 
Purchase Plan were estimated as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The Company’s expected stock price 
volatility assumption for stock options is estimated using implied volatility of the Company’s traded options.  The expected life of 
options granted is based on the historical exercise activity as well as the expected disposition of all options outstanding.  The expected 
life of options granted also considers the contractual term which decreased to seven years beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2008, 
thereby decreasing the expected life by nearly one year.  The per-share weighted-average fair values of stock options granted during
fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $7.28, $7.23 and $9.02, respectively.  The per share weighted-average fair values of stock purchase
rights granted under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan during fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $6.45, $7.20 and $6.51, respectively.
The fair values of stock options and stock purchase plan rights granted in fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 were estimated at the date of 
grant using the following weighted-average assumptions: 

Expected life of options (years) 

Expected stock price volatility 

Risk-free interest rate 

Dividend yield 

2009 

5.2  to 
5.4   
0.33 to 
0.53 
1.5% to 
3.5% 
2.1% to 
3.5% 

Stock Options 
2008 

5.3  to 
5.4  
0.30 to 
0.38 
2.4% to 
5.1% 
1.6% to 
2.8% 

2007 

6.3  to 
6.4  
0.31 to 
0.39 
4.4% to 
5.2% 
1.4% to 
1.6% 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan  
2008 
2009 

2007

0.5 to 
2.0  
0.36 to 
0.50 
0.4% to 
2.5%  
2.3% to 
3.3% 

0.5 to 
2.0  
0.32 to 
0.36 
2.1% to 
5.0%  
2.1% to 
2.4% 

0.5 to 
 2.0 
0.27 to 
0.38 
3.6% to 
5.2%  
1.4% to 
1.8% 

The  Company  began  granting  restricted  stock  units  (RSUs)  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2008.    The  estimated  fair  values  of  RSU
awards  were  calculated  based  on  the  market  price  of  Xilinx  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant,  reduced  by  the  present  value  of 
dividends expected to be paid on Xilinx common stock prior to vesting.  The per share weighted-average fair values of RSUs granted
during fiscal 2009 and 2008 were $21.89 and $24.46, respectively.  The weighted-average fair values of RSUs granted in fiscal 2009 
and 2008 were calculated based on estimates at the date of grant as follows:  

Risk-free interest rate 
Dividend yield 

 2009
1.1% to 3.2% 
  2.1% to 3.5% 

 2008
1.7% to 5.0% 
  1.6% to 2.8% 

Options outstanding that have vested and are expected to vest in future periods as of March 28, 2009 are as follows:  

(Shares and intrinsic value in 
thousands) 
Vested (i.e., exercisable) 
Expected to vest 
Total vested and expected to vest 

Number 
of Shares 
35,059 
  5,490
40,549

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price  
Per Share 
$33.95 
$24.01 
$32.61 

Weighted-Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Term   
(Years) 
3.91 
6.48 
4.25 

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value (1) 
$549 
325
$874

Total outstanding 

41,021

$32.51 

4.28 

$925

(1) These amounts represent the difference between the exercise price and $19.49, the closing price per share of Xilinx’s stock on 

March 27, 2009, for all in-the-money options outstanding.  

Options outstanding that are expected to vest are net of estimated future option forfeitures in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 
123(R), which are estimated when compensation costs are recognized.  Options with a fair value of $43.5 million completed vesting
during fiscal 2009.  As of March 28, 2009, total unrecognized stock-based compensation costs related to stock options and Employee 

56

Stock Purchase Plan was $40.2 million and $25.0 million, respectively.  The total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost for
stock options and Employee Stock Purchase Plan is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.1 years and 1.2
years, respectively.  

Employee Stock Option Plans  

Under  the  Company’s  stock  option  plans  (Option  Plans),  options  reserved  for  future  issuance  of  common  shares  to  employees  and 
directors  of  the  Company  total  52.1  million  shares  as  of  March  28,  2009,  including  11.1  million  shares  available  for  future  grants 
under  the  2007  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (2007  Equity  Plan).    Options  to  purchase  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  under  the 
Option Plans are granted at 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant.  The contractual term for stock awards 
granted under the 2007 Equity Plan is seven years from the grant date.  Prior to April 1, 2007, stock options granted by the Company 
generally expired ten years from the grant date.  Stock awards granted to existing and newly hired employees generally vest over a 
four-year period from the date of grant. 

A summary of shares available for grant under the 2007 Equity Plan is as follows: 

(Shares in thousands) 

March 31, 2007 
Additional shares reserved  
Stock options granted 
Stock options cancelled 
RSUs granted 
RSUs cancelled 
March 29, 2008 
Additional shares reserved  
Stock options granted 
Stock options cancelled 
RSUs granted 
RSUs cancelled 
March 28, 2009 

Shares 
Available for 
Grant
10,000
  5,000 
  (3,367) 
    166 
  (2,301) 
    132
 9,630 
  4,000 
 (1,895) 
    627 
       (1,634) 
           324
      11,052

A summary of the Company’s Option Plans activity and related information is as follows: 

(Shares in thousands) 

April 1, 2006 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited/cancelled/expired          
March 31, 2007 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited/cancelled/expired          
March 29, 2008 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited/cancelled/expired          
March 28, 2009 

Options Outstanding 

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise Price 
Per Share  
$30.99 
$23.50 
$13.88 
$37.51 
$31.13 
$24.54 
$14.72 
$35.17 
$32.34 
$24.32 
$20.08 
$34.93 
$32.51 

Number of 
Shares 
59,830 
  8,751 
(6,598) 
 (6,041)
55,942 
  3,367 
  (5,990) 
  (4,030)
49,289 
  1,895 
  (3,234) 
  (6,929)
41,021

In July 2006, the stockholders approved the adoption of the 2007 Equity Plan and authorized 10.0 million shares to be reserved for 
issuance  thereunder.    On  August  9,  2007  and  August  14,  2008,  the  stockholders  approved  amendments  to  increase  the  authorized 
number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2007 Equity Plan by 5.0 million shares and 4.0 million shares, respectively.   The
types  of  awards  allowed  under  the  2007  Equity  Plan  include  incentive  stock  options,  non-qualified  stock  options,  RSUs,  restricted
stock and stock appreciation rights.  To date, the Company has issued a mix of non-qualified stock options and RSUs under the 2007 
Equity Plan.  The mix of stock options and RSU awards will change depending upon the grade level of the employees.  Employees at
the lower grade levels will receive mostly RSUs and may also receive stock options, whereas employees at the higher grade levels,
including the Company’s executive officers, will receive mostly stock options and may also receive RSUs. The 2007 Equity Plan,

57

 
which became effective on January 1, 2007, replaced both the Company’s 1997 Stock Plan (which expired on May 8, 2007) and the 
Supplemental Stock Option Plan and all available but unissued shares under these prior plans were cancelled as of April 1, 2007.  The 
2007 Equity Plan is now Xilinx’s only plan for providing stock-based awards to eligible employees and non-employee directors.  At
its 2009 annual stockholder meeting, the Company will seek stockholder approval of an increase in the number of shares reserved for 
issuance under the 2007 Equity Plan by 5.0 million shares.   

The total pre-tax intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2009 and 2008 was $18.1 million and $65.8 million, respectively. 
This intrinsic value represents the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on 
the date of exercise.   

Since the Company adopted the policy of retiring all repurchased shares of its common stock, new shares are issued upon employees’
exercise of their stock options.  

The following information relates to options outstanding and exercisable under the Option Plans as of March 28, 2009: 

(Shares in thousands) 

Range of 
Exercise Prices
$15.95 - $25.21    
$25.22 - $35.36 
$35.43 - $46.75 
$48.44 - $54.00 
$61.88 - $64.75 
$69.19 - $96.63 
$15.95 - $96.63 

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Weighted-  Weighted- 
Average 
Average 
Exercise
Remaining 
Price Per 
Contractual 
Share
Life (Years)
$22.59     
$28.39 
$39.82 
$50.04 
$63.53 
$79.13 
$32.51 

4.75 
5.01 
3.53 
1.58 
1.02 
1.16 
4.28 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise
Price Per 
Share
$22.62      
$28.75 
$39.82 
$50.04 
$63.53 
2,381         $79.13 
 $33.95 
35,059

   Options 
Exercisable
10,681 
11,196 
10,295 
276 
230 

Options 
Outstanding
14,454 
13,381 
10,299 
276 
230 
2,381
41,021

As  of  March  29,  2008,  39.2  million  options  were  exercisable  at  an  average  price  of  $34.33.    As  of  March  31,  2007,  41.8  million 
options were exercisable at an average price of $32.68.   

Restricted Stock Unit Awards 

A summary of the Company’s RSU activity and related information is as follows: 

RSUs Outstanding 

Weighted-
Average 
Grant-Date 
Fair Value 
Per Share

Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term (Years) 

Aggregate
Intrinsic 
Value (1)  

(Shares and intrinsic value in thousands) 
March 31, 2007 
Granted 
Vested
Cancelled          
March 29, 2008 
Granted 
Vested (2) 
Cancelled          
March 28, 2009 

Number of 
Shares
              — 
    2,301  
              — 
           (132)
   2,169 
   1,634 
           (509) 
           (324)
    2,970

      $     —
$24.46 
      $     —
$25.62 
$24.39 
$21.89 
      $24.46 
$24.25 
$22.99 

Expected to vest as of March 28, 2009 

    2.619

$23.04 

1.61 

1.53 

$57,885

$51,044

(1)  Aggregate  intrinsic  value  for  RSUs  represents  the  closing  price  per  share  of  Xilinx’s  stock  on  March  27,  2009  of  $19.49, 

multiplied by the number of RSUs outstanding or expected to vest as of March 28, 2009. 

(2)  The  number  of  RSUs  vested  includes  shares  that  the  Company  withheld  on  behalf  of  employees  to  satisfy  the  statutory  tax 

withholding requirements. 

58

 
RSUs with a fair value of $12.5 million completed vesting during fiscal 2009.  As of March 28, 2009, total unrecognized stock-based
compensation costs related to non-vested RSUs was $49.5 million.  The total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost for RSUs is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years. 

        Employee Qualified Stock Purchase Plan 

Under  the  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan,  qualified  employees  can  obtain  a  24-month  purchase  right  to  purchase  the  Company’s 
common stock at the end of each six-month exercise period.  Participation is limited to 15% of the employee’s annual earnings up to a 
maximum  of  $21  thousand  in  a  calendar  year.    Approximately  77%  of  all  eligible  employees  participate  in  the  Employee  Stock 
Purchase Plan.  The purchase price of the stock is 85% of the lower of the fair market value at the beginning of the 24-month offering 
period or at the end of each six-month exercise period.  Employees purchased 2.2 million shares for $34.5 million in fiscal 2009, 2.1 
million  shares  for  $36.6  million  in  fiscal  2008  and  2.0  million  shares  for  $34.2  million  in  fiscal  2007.    On  August  14,  2008,  the
stockholders approved an amendment to increase the authorized number of shares reserved for issuance under the Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan by 2.0 million shares.  As of March 28, 2009, 7.6 million shares were available for future issuance out of 40.5 million 
shares authorized.  At its 2009 annual stockholder meeting, the Company will seek stockholder approval of an increase in the number 
of shares reserved for issuance under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan by 2.0 million shares. 

Note 7. Balance Sheet Information  

The  following  tables  disclose  those  long-term  other  assets  and  current  liabilities  that  individually  exceed  5%  of  the  respective
consolidated  balance  sheet  amounts  at  each  fiscal  year.    Individual  balances  that  are  less  than  5%  of  the  respective  consolidated
balance sheet amounts are aggregated and disclosed as “other.”  

(In thousands) 

Other assets: 
   Deferred tax assets 
   Affordable housing credit investments 
   Deferred compensation plan 
   Debt issuance costs 
   Investments in intellectual property and licenses 
   Investments in non-marketable equity securities  
   Prepaid royalties and patent license 
   Income tax refunds receivable 
   Other 

Accrued payroll and related liabilities: 
   Accrued compensation 
   Deferred compensation plan liability 
   Other 

March 28,  March 29, 

2009 

2008 

   $ 77,387 
      22,245 
      21,283 
      12,857 
      20,034 
      20,519 
        2,556 
     32,953 
     7,071
  $216,905

   $ 66,072 
      29,442 
      27,038 
      19,278 
      16,703 
      22,622 
        3,000 
      31,884 
     6,393
  $222,432

   $ 57,053 
      26,339 
     6,526
  $  89,918

   $ 61,838 
      31,802 
     7,090
  $100,730

No individual amounts within other accrued liabilities exceed 5% of total current liabilities as of March 28, 2009 or March 29, 2008. 

Note 8. Restructuring Charges 

In June 2008, Xilinx announced a functional reorganization pursuant to which Xilinx eliminated 249 positions, or approximately 7% 
of  the  Company’s  global  workforce.    These  employee  terminations  occurred  across  various  geographies  and  functions  worldwide.  
The reorganization plan was completed by the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2009. 

The Company recorded total restructuring charges of $22.0 million in connection with the reorganization.  These charges consisted of 
$19.5  million  of  severance  pay  and  benefits  expenses  which  were  recorded  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2009  and  $2.5  million  of
facility-related costs and severance benefits expenses which were recorded in the second quarter of fiscal 2009.  

59

The following table summarizes the restructuring accrual activity for fiscal 2009:  

(In thousands) 
Balance as of March 29, 2008 
Accruals during the period 
Cash payments  
Non-cash settlements 
Balance as of March 28, 2009 

Employee 
severance and 
benefits 
         $       — 
   20,539 
          (19,975) 
              (564)
        $         —

Facility-related
costs
      $     — 
        1,484 
    (671) 
  (131)
$   682

Total 
$      — 
  22,023 
 (20,646) 
      (695)
$     682

The  charges  above  have  been  shown  separately as  restructuring  charges  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  income.    The  remaining 
accrual as of March 28, 2009 relates to facility-related costs that are expected to be paid over the remaining lease terms of the closed 
facilities expiring at various dates through December 2012.  

See “Note 21. Subsequent Events” for information relating to a restructuring announced on April 15, 2009. 

Note 9. Impairment Loss on Investments   

The Company recognized impairment losses on investments of $54.1 million, $2.9 million and $2.0 million during fiscal 2009, 2008
and 2007, respectively.   

During  fiscal  2009,  the  Company  recorded  total  impairment  losses  related  to  senior  class  asset-backed  securities  of  $38.0  million, 
which  represented  the  original  purchase  price  of  these  securities,  excluding  accrued  interest.    As  discussed  in  “Note  3.  Fair  Value 
Measurements,” the senior class asset-backed securities were partially written off in the second quarter of fiscal 2009 due to default by 
the issuer in October 2008.  At the time of the initial write-off of $19.8 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company 
understood,  based  on  the  issuer’s  prospectus  disclosures  that  investors  would  be  repaid  proportionally  and  without  preference.    In 
October  2008,  the  issuer  went  into  receivership.    The  receiver  subsequently  sought  judicial  interpretation  of  a  provision  of  a  legal 
document  governing  the  issuer’s  securities.   As  a  result  of  the  outcome  of  the  judicial  determination,  the  receiver  immediately
liquidated the substantial majority of the issuer’s assets, and in accordance with the court order, the proceeds were used to repay short-
term liabilities in the order in which they fell due.  In December 2008, the receiver reported to the issuer’s creditors the outcome of the 
judicial  determination  and  that  the  issuer’s  liabilities  substantially  exceeded  its  assets.   As  a  result,  the  receiver  estimated  that  the 
issuer would not be able to pay any liabilities falling due after October 2008 regardless of the seniority or status of the securities.  The 
Company’s investments in these senior class asset-backed securities mature in September 2009 and September 2010.  Based on these
new developments, the Company concluded that it is not likely to recover the remaining balance of its investment.  This decline in fair 
value  was  deemed  to  be  other  than  temporary  and,  therefore,  the  Company  recognized  a  total  impairment  loss  on  this  investment.
Accordingly, during the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company recognized an impairment loss of $18.2 million, which represented
the carrying balance of the senior class asset-backed securities.  

During the second quarter of fiscal 2009, the issuer of one of the marketable debt securities in the Company’s investment portfolio 
filed for bankruptcy resulting in a significant decline in the fair value of this security.  The original purchase price of this security, 
excluding accrued interest, was $10.0 million.  Based upon the available market and financial data for the issuer, the decline in market 
value was deemed to be other than temporary and the Company recorded impairment losses of $9.0 million, including $8.4 million in
the second quarter and $600 thousand in the third quarter of fiscal 2009. 

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2009,  the  Company  recognized  an  additional  impairment  loss  of  $1.0  million  on  marketable  debt 
securities in the Company’s investment portfolio. 

During fiscal 2009, the Company recognized a $3.1 million impairment loss as a result of a continuous decline that began in fiscal
2008 in the market value of the Company’s investment in a marketable equity security. The Company believed that the decline in the 
market value was other than temporary and it was deemed to be worthless as of September 27, 2008.  The Company recognized an 
impairment loss on its investment in this marketable equity security during the first and second quarters of fiscal 2009.   

The Company recorded impairment losses of $3.0 million, $2.9 million and $2.0 million in fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, 
related  to  the  Company’s  investment  in  non-marketable  equity  securities  in  private  companies.  These  impairment  losses  resulted 
primarily  from  weak  financial  conditions  of  certain  investees,  certain  investees  diluting  Xilinx’s  investment  through  the  receipt  of 
additional rounds of investment at a lower valuation or from the liquidation of certain investees.   

Note 10. Commitments 

Xilinx  leases  some  of  its  facilities  and  office  buildings  under  non-cancelable  operating  leases  that  expire  at  various  dates  through 
October  2017.    During  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2006,  Xilinx  entered  into  a  land  lease  in  conjunction  with  the  Company’s  new 

60

building investment in Singapore.  The land lease will expire in November 2035 and the lease cost was settled in an up-front payment 
in June 2006.  Some of the operating leases for facilities and office buildings require payment of operating costs, including property 
taxes, repairs, maintenance and insurance.  Most of the Company’s leases contain renewal options for varying terms.  Approximate
future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:   

Fiscal Year 

(In thousands) 

2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
Thereafter 

$  8,910      
6,563 
1,816 
1,632 
1,303 
    2,535
  $22,759

Aggregate future rental income to be received, which includes rents from both owned and leased property, totaled $4.5 million as of 
March 28, 2009.  Rent expense, net of rental income, under all operating leases was $9.2 million for fiscal 2009, $8.2 million for fiscal 
2008 and $8.7 million for fiscal 2007.  Rental income, which includes rents received from both owned and leased property, was not
material for fiscal 2009, 2008 or 2007. 

Other  commitments  as  of  March  28,  2009  totaled  $46.5  million  and  consisted  of  purchases  of  inventory  and  other  non-cancelable 
purchase  obligations  related  to  subcontractors  that  manufacture  silicon  wafers  and  provide  assembly  and  some  test  services.    The
Company expects to receive and pay for these materials and services in the next three to six months, as the products meet delivery and 
quality specifications.  As of March 28, 2009, the Company also had $19.7 million of non-cancelable license obligations to providers 
of electronic design automation software and hardware/software maintenance expiring at various dates through September 2011. 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company committed up to $20.0 million to acquire, in the future, rights to intellectual property 
until July 2023.  This commitment was reduced to $5.0 million in May 2009.  License payments will be amortized over the useful life
of the intellectual property acquired.  

Note 11. Net Income Per Common Share 

The computation of basic net income per common share for all periods presented is derived from the information on the consolidated 
statements of income, and there are no reconciling items in the numerator used to compute diluted net income per common share.  The 
total shares used in the denominator of the diluted net income per common share calculation includes 741 thousand, 3.6 million and
5.7  million  potentially  dilutive  common  equivalent  shares  outstanding  for  fiscal  2009,  2008  and  2007,  respectively,  that  are  not
included  in  basic  net  income  per  common  share.      Potentially  dilutive  common  equivalent  shares  are  determined  by  applying  the 
treasury  stock  method  to  the  assumed  exercise  of  outstanding  stock  options,  the  assumed  vesting  of  outstanding  RSUs  and  the 
assumed issuance of common stock under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  

Outstanding stock options and RSUs to purchase approximately 44.1 million, 39.9 million and 40.7 million shares, for fiscal 2009, 
2008  and  2007,  respectively,  under  the  Company's  stock  award  plans  were  excluded  from  diluted  net  income  per  common  share, 
applying the treasury stock method, as their inclusion would have been antidilutive.  These options and RSUs could be dilutive in the 
future if the Company’s average share price increases and is greater than the combined exercise prices and the unamortized fair values 
of these options and RSUs.  

Diluted  net  income  per  common  share  does  not  include  any  incremental  shares  issuable  upon  the  exchange  of  the  debentures  (see 
“Note 14.  Convertible Debentures and Revolving Credit Facility”).  The debentures will have no impact on diluted net income per
common share until the price of the Company’s common stock exceeds the conversion price of $30.82 per share, because the principal
amount of the debentures will be settled in cash upon conversion.  Prior to conversion, the Company will include, in the diluted net 
income per common share calculation, the effect of the additional shares that may be issued when the Company’s common stock price
exceeds  $30.82 per  share,  using  the  treasury  stock  method.    The  conversion  price  of  $30.82  per  share  represents  the  adjusted 
conversion price due to the accumulation of cash dividends distributed to the common stockholders through the third quarter of fiscal 
2009.      

61

Note 12. Interest and Other Income, Net  

The components of interest and other income, net are as follows:  

(In thousands) 

Interest income 
Interest expense    
Gain (loss) on sale of the UMC investment        
Other income (expense), net 

2009 

2008 

2007 

      $47,556 

      $94,022 

(28,947)        

               —

   (6,420)  
$12,189

(32,001)     
(4,731)
   (4,540)  
$52,750

$80,436    
(2,155)
       7,016 
        32  
$85,329 

Note 13. Comprehensive Income   

Comprehensive  income  is  defined  as  the  change  in  equity  of  a  company  during  a  period  from  transactions  and  other  events  and 
circumstances from nonowner sources.  The difference between net income and comprehensive income for the Company results from 
unrealized  gains  (losses)  on  its  available-for-sale  securities,  net  of  taxes,  foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  and  hedging 
transactions.

The components of comprehensive income are as follows: 

(In thousands) 

Net income  
Net change in unrealized loss on available-for-sale                    

2009 

2008 

2007 

$375,640 

$374,047 

$350,672 

securities, net of tax 

(13,268) 

(2,512) 

(16,943) 

Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses on available-
for-sale securities, net of tax, included in net income 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on hedging transactions, 

(1,620)                     649 

             3,423 

net of tax 

Net change in cumulative translation adjustment 
Comprehensive income  

       (2,039) 
            (7,735)
       $350,978

           1,014 
             3,052
       $376,250

   (105)   

             1,417
       $338,464

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of fiscal year-ends are as follows: 

(In thousands) 

March 28, 
2009 

March 29, 
2008 

Accumulated unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net of tax 
Accumulated unrealized gain (loss) on hedging transactions, net of tax 
Accumulated cumulative translation adjustment 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)  

        $(15,474) 
            (1,012) 
            (2,372) 
        $(18,858)    

        $ (586) 
1,027 
  5,363 
$5,804    

Note 14.  Convertible Debentures and Revolving Credit Facility 

        3.125% Junior Subordinated Convertible Debentures 

In March 2007, the Company issued $1.00 billion principal amount of 3.125% junior convertible debentures due March 15, 2037, to
an initial purchaser in a private offering.  The debentures are subordinated in right of payment to the Company’s existing and future 
senior  debt  and  to  the  other  liabilities  of  the  Company’s  subsidiaries.    The  debentures  were  initially  convertible,  subject  to  certain
conditions,  into  shares  of  Xilinx  common  stock  at  a  conversion rate  of  32.0760 shares  of  common  stock per  $1  thousand  principal
amount  of  debentures,  representing  an  initial  effective  conversion  price  of  approximately  $31.18 per  share  of  common  stock.    The
conversion  rate  is  subject  to  adjustment  for  certain  events  as  outlined  in  the  indenture  governing  the  debentures  but  will  not  be
adjusted  for  accrued  interest.    During  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2009,  due  to  the  accumulation  of  cash  dividend  distributions  to 
common  stockholders,  the  conversion  rate  for  the  debentures  was  adjusted  to  32.4446  shares  of  common  stock  per  $1  thousand 
principal amount of debentures, representing an adjusted conversion price of $30.82 per share.   

The  Company  received  net  proceeds  from  issuance  of  the  debentures  of  $980.0  million  after  deduction  of  issuance  costs  of  $20.0 
million.    The debt  issuance costs  are  recorded  in  long-term  other  assets  and  are  being  amortized  to  interest  expense  over 30  years.
Interest is payable semiannually in arrears on March 15 and September 15, beginning on September 15, 2007.  Interest expense related
to the debentures for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 totaled $28.9 million, $32.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively, and was included
in interest and other income, net on the consolidated statements of income.  The debentures also have a contingent interest component 
that may require the Company to pay interest based on certain thresholds beginning with the semi-annual interest period commencing 

62

            
on March 15, 2014 (the maximum amount of contingent interest that will accrue is 0.50% per year) and upon the occurrence of certain 
events, as outlined in the indenture governing the debentures. 

In  the  third  and  fourth  quarters  of  fiscal  2009,  the  Company  paid  $193.2  million  in  cash  to  repurchase  $310.4  million  (principal
amount) of its debentures and recognized a gain on early extinguishment of convertible debentures of $110.6 million, net of the write-
off of the pro rata portions of unamortized debt issuance costs ($5.8 million) and unamortized derivative valuation ($736 thousand).  
Accrued interest paid at the time of repurchases totaled $2.4 million.   

On or after March 15, 2014, the Company may redeem all or part of the remaining debentures outstanding for the principal amount
plus any accrued and unpaid interest if the closing price of the Company’s common stock has been at least 130% of the conversion
price then in effect for at least 20 trading days during any 30 consecutive trading-day period prior to the date on which the Company 
provides  notice  of  redemption.    Upon  conversion,  the  Company  would  pay  the  holder  the  cash  value  of  the  applicable  number  of 
shares  of  Xilinx  common  stock,  up  to  the  principal  amount  of  the  debentures.  If  the  conversion  value  exceeds  $1  thousand,  the 
Company may also deliver, at its option, cash or common stock or a combination of cash and common stock for the conversion value
in excess of $1 thousand (conversion spread).  There would be no adjustment to the numerator in the net income per common share
computation for the cash settled portion of the debentures as that portion of the debt instrument will always be settled in cash.  The 
conversion spread will be included in the denominator for the computation of diluted net income per common share. 

Holders of the debentures may convert their debentures only upon the occurrence of certain events in the future, as outlined in the 
indenture.  In addition, holders of the debentures who convert their debentures in connection with a fundamental change, as defined in 
the indenture, may be entitled to a make-whole premium in the form of an increase in the conversion rate. Additionally, in the event of 
a fundamental change, the holders of the debentures may require Xilinx to purchase all or a portion of their debentures at a purchase 
price equal to 100% of the principal amount of debentures, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.  As of March 28, 2009, none of 
the conditions allowing holders of the debentures to convert had been met. 

The  Company  concluded  that  the  embedded  features  related  to  the  contingent  interest  payments  and  the  Company  making  specific 
types of distributions (e.g., extraordinary dividends) qualify as derivatives and should be bundled as a compound embedded derivative 
under SFAS 133.  The fair value of the derivative at the date of issuance of the debentures was $2.5 million and is accounted for as a 
discount on the debentures.  The initial fair value of the debentures of $997.5 million will be accreted to par value over the term of the 
debt resulting in $2.5 million being amortized to interest expense over 30 years.  Due to the repurchase of a portion of the debentures 
in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2009 as noted above, the carrying value of the derivative ($1.6 million) will continue to be 
amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the debentures.  Any change in fair value of this embedded derivative will be 
included in interest and other income, net on the Company’s consolidated statements of income.  The fair value of the derivative as of 
March  28,  2009  and  March  29,  2008  was  $2.1  million  and  $2.3  million,  respectively.    The  balance  of  the  debentures  on  the 
Company’s  consolidated  balance  sheets  as  of  March  28,  2009  and  March  29,  2008  was  $690.1  million  and  $999.9  million, 
respectively,  including  the  fair  value  of  the  embedded  derivative.    The  Company  also  concluded  that  the  debentures  are  not 
conventional convertible debt instruments and that the embedded stock conversion option qualifies as a derivative under SFAS 133.  
In  addition,  in  accordance  with  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force  Issue  No.  00-19  of  the  FASB,  “Accounting  for  Derivative  Financial 
Instruments  indexed  to  and  Potentially  Settled  in  a  Company’s  own  Stock,”  the  Company  has  concluded  that  the  embedded 
conversion  option  would  be  classified  in  stockholders’  equity  if  it  were  a  freestanding  instrument.  Accordingly,  the  embedded 
conversion option is not required to be accounted for separately as a derivative. 

Under the terms of the debentures, the Company was required to file a shelf registration statement covering resales of the debentures 
and  any  common  stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of  the  debentures  with  the  SEC  and  cause  the  shelf  registration  statement  to  be 
declared effective within 180 days of the closing of the offering of the debentures.  In addition, the Company was required to maintain 
the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement for a period of two years after the closing of the offering of the debentures or until 
the  securities  can  be  traded  without  registration.    If  the  Company  failed  to  meet  these  terms,  it  would  have  been  required  to  pay
additional interest on the debentures at a rate per annum equal to 0.25% for the  first 90 days after the occurrence of the event and 
0.50% after  the  first  90  days.    The  Company  filed  the  shelf  registration  statement  with  the  SEC  in  June  2007  and  fulfilled  its 
registration obligations and is no longer subject to contingent interest liability related to registration requirements.  

        Revolving Credit Facility  

In  April  2007,  Xilinx  entered  into  a  five-year  $250.0  million  senior  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility  with  a  syndicate  of  banks.  
Borrowings under the credit facility will bear interest at a benchmark rate plus an applicable margin based upon the Company’s credit 
rating.  In connection with the credit facility, the Company is required to maintain certain financial and nonfinancial covenants.  As of 
March 28, 2009, the Company had made no borrowings under this credit facility and was not in violation of any of the covenants.

63

Note 15. Stockholders’ Equity 

Preferred Stock

The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation authorized 2.0 million shares of undesignated preferred stock. The preferred stock may be 
issued  in  one  or  more  series.    The  Board  of  Directors  is  authorized  to  determine  or  alter  the  rights,  preferences,  privileges  and 
restrictions granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of preferred stock.  As of March 28, 2009 and March 29, 2008, no 
preferred shares were issued or outstanding. 

Common Stock and Debentures Repurchase Programs 

The Board of Directors has approved stock repurchase programs enabling the Company to repurchase its common stock in the open 
market  or  through  negotiated  transactions  with  independent  financial  institutions.    During  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2009,  the
Company completed its $1.50 billion repurchase program announced in February 2007 by repurchasing 1.7 million shares for $43.9 
million.    On  February  25,  2008,  the  Board  authorized  the  repurchase  of  up  to  an  additional  $800.0  million  of  common  stock.    On 
November 6, 2008, the Board of Directors approved the amendment of the Company’s $800.0 million stock repurchase program to 
provide that the funds may also be used to repurchase outstanding debentures.  This repurchase program has no stated expiration date.  
Through March 28, 2009, the Company had used $274.3 million of the $800.0 million authorized for the repurchase of its outstanding 
common stock and debentures.  The Company’s current policy is to retire all repurchased shares and debentures, and consequently, no 
treasury shares or debentures were held as of March 28, 2009 or March 29, 2008.        

During the first six months of fiscal 2009 and the second, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2008, the Company entered into stock 
repurchase agreements with independent financial institutions.  Under these agreements, Xilinx provided these financial institutions
with up-front payments totaling $275.0 million for fiscal 2009 and $550.0 million for fiscal 2008.  These financial institutions agreed 
to  deliver  to  Xilinx  a  certain  number  of  shares  based  upon  the  volume  weighted-average  price,  during  an  averaging  period,  less a
specified  discount.    As  of  March  28,  2009  and  March  29,  2008,  no  amounts  remained  outstanding  under  any  stock  repurchase 
agreements and all related shares had been delivered to the Company. 

During fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company repurchased a total of 10.8 million, 23.5 million and 55.2 million shares of common 
stock  for  $275.0  million,  $550.0  million  and  $1.43  billion,  respectively.    The  Company  paid  $193.2  million  in  cash  to  repurchase
$310.4 million (principal amount) of its debentures during fiscal 2009.  See “Note 14.  Convertible Debentures and Revolving Credit 
Facility” for additional information about the debentures.  

Note 16. Income Taxes  

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

(In thousands) 

Federal: 

State: 

Foreign: 

Total 

Current 
Deferred 

Current 
Deferred 

Current 
Deferred 

2009 

2008 

 2007 

      $ 44,008       
   56,843
 100,851

3,507 
     3,981
     7,488

       14,538 
       (333)
    14,205 
$122,544

     $ 81,147              $ 36,088  

     4,414
   85,561

(3,359) 
    (3,415)
    (6,774)

   31,739
   67,827

14,383 
  (24,531)
  (10,148)

      21,590 
       (330)
    21,260
$100,047 

       22,912 
         (117)
   22,795
$ 80,474

The domestic and foreign components of income before income taxes were as follows: 

Domestic 
Foreign 
Income before income taxes 

2009 
     $150,650   
       347,534
     $498,184

2008 

    $  49,955 
  424,139
    $474,094

 2007 
    $  17,215 
  413,931
    $431,146

The  tax  benefits  associated  with  stock  option  exercises  and  the  employee  stock  purchase  plan  credited  to  additional  paid-in  capital 
were $4.2 million, $15.8 million and $35.8 million, for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.   

64

 
 
                                                                                                                           
As of March 28, 2009, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $18.8 million.  If unused,
these  carryforwards  will  expire  in  2013  through  2026.    The  Company  had  federal  and  state  R&D  tax  credit  carryforwards  of 
approximately $103.9 million, federal affordable housing tax credit carryforwards of approximately $15.3 million and no other state
credit carryforwards.  If unused, $28.5 million of the tax credit carryforwards will expire in 2023 through 2029.  The remainder of the 
credits have no expiration date.   

Unremitted foreign earnings that are considered to be permanently invested outside the United States and on which no U.S. taxes have 
been provided, are approximately $712.2 million as of March 28, 2009.  The residual U.S. tax liability, if such amounts were remitted, 
would be approximately $219.7 million.   

The provision for income taxes reconciles to the amount derived by applying the Federal statutory income tax rate to income before 
provision for taxes as follows: 

 (In thousands) 

2009 

2008 

 2007 

Income before provision for taxes 
Federal statutory tax rate 
Computed expected tax 
State taxes, net of federal benefit 
Non-deductible stock-based compensation 
Tax exempt interest 
Foreign earnings at lower tax rates 
Tax credits 
Release of valuation allowance 
Deferred compensation 
Other 
Provision for income taxes  

$498,184 
         35%
   174,364 
4,890 
2,550 
(567) 
   (49,446) 
(13,936) 

     $474,094 
         35%
   165,933 
(6,709) 
2,676 
(721) 
   (55,949) 
(5,054) 

                —                 —
606 
       (735)
     $100,047  

3,510 
      1,179
     $122,544

$431,146 
          35%
   150,901 
(2,938) 
4,976 
(3,542) 
   (51,775) 
(12,323) 
(90) 
(703) 
    (4,032)
 $ 80,474 

The Company has manufacturing operations in Ireland and Singapore.  In Ireland, the Company operates under a special tax regime
granted  for  manufacturing  status.    Under  this  regime,  the  majority  of  the  income  earned  in  Ireland  is  subject  to  tax  at  10%.    The
regime  granting  manufacturing  status  is  effective  through  fiscal  2010.    The  tax  benefit  from  this  special  status  for  fiscal  2009  is 
approximately $1.2 million on income considered permanently reinvested outside the U.S.  The Company has been granted “Pioneer 
Status” in Singapore that is effective through fiscal 2021.  The Pioneer Status reduces the Company’s tax on the majority of Singapore 
income  from  20%  to  zero.    The  benefit  of  Pioneer  Status  in  Singapore  for  fiscal  2009  is  approximately  $15.6  million  ($0.06  per 
common share) on income considered permanently reinvested outside the U.S.  The tax effect of these low tax jurisdictions on the
Company’s overall tax rate is reflected in the table above.   

The major components of deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following as of March 28, 2009 and March 29, 2008:

 (In thousands) 

2009 

2008 

Deferred tax assets: 
     Inventory valuation differences 
     Stock-based compensation 
     Deferred income on shipments to distributors 
     Accrued expenses 
     Tax loss carryforwards 
     Tax credit carryforwards 
     Intangible and fixed assets 
     Strategic and equity investments 
     Deferred compensation plan 
     Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities 
     Other 

     Valuation allowance 
     Total deferred tax assets 
Deferred tax liabilities: 
     Unremitted foreign earnings 
     State income taxes 
     Convertible debt 
     Other 
     Total deferred tax liabilities 
Total net deferred tax assets 

65

$   5,116       
43,316 
13,567 
36,016 
8,204 
94,718 
18,782 
22,432 
10,453 
9,638 
    2,859 
265,101 
             0
 265,101

(148,433) 
(24,770) 
(27,302) 
         (6,148) 
(206,653)
$  58,448     

$   9,569      
42,760 
30,733 
57,563 
10,403 
88,123 
20,612 
9,337 
12,975 
366 
     2,393
284,834 
              0
 284,834

(146,916) 
(25,352) 
(18,099) 
     (6,039)     
 (196,406)
$   88,428

                                                                                                                           
Long-term deferred tax assets of $77.4 million and $66.1 million as of March 28, 2009 and March 29, 2008, respectively, are included 
in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet (see “Note 7. Balance Sheet Information”).

The Company adopted FIN 48 on April 1, 2007.  FIN 48 clarifies the accounting and reporting for uncertainties in income tax law.
This  interpretation  prescribes  a  comprehensive  model  for  the  financial  statement  recognition,  measurement,  presentation  and 
disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.   

The aggregate changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits for fiscal 2009 and 2008 were as follows (in thousands):

Balance as of beginning of fiscal year 
Adjustment to FIN 48 adoption entry 
Increases in tax positions for prior years 
Decreases in tax positions for prior years 
Increases in tax positions for current year 
Settlements 
Lapse in statute of limitations 
Balance as of end of fiscal year

2009 

2008 

$105,079 
10,032 
1,088 
(12,581) 
12,676 
                —
       (657)
$115,637

$103,103 
                —
7,035 
(7,646) 
13,211 
                —
   (10,624)
  $105,079

The Company adjusted the cumulative effect of adopting FIN 48 in the second quarter of fiscal 2009 in connection with a change in
estimate  related  to  the  application  of  certain  historical  tax  elections.    As  a  result,  retained  earnings  and  deferred  tax  liabilities
decreased by $10.1 million and $18.2 million, respectively, and long-term income taxes payable increased by $28.3 million.   

If the remaining balance of $115.6 million and $105.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits as of March 28, 2009 and March 29, 2008, 
respectively, were realized in a future period, it would result in a tax benefit of $58.5 million and $44.7 million, respectively, thereby 
reducing the effective tax rate. 

The Company’s policy to include interest and penalties related to income tax liabilities within the provision for income taxes on the 
consolidated  statements  of  income  did  not  change  as  a  result  of  implementing  the  provisions  of  FIN  48.    The  balance  of  accrued 
interest and penalties was $4.0 million and $2.9 million as of March 28, 2009 and March 29, 2008, respectively.  Interest and penalties 
included in the Company’s provision for income taxes totaled $1.1 million and $1.4 million for fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively.

With limited exception, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state audits by taxing authorities for years through fiscal 
2004.  The Company is no longer subject to tax audits in Ireland for years through fiscal 2003.   

On  December  8,  2008,  the  IRS  issued  a  statutory  notice  of  deficiency  reflecting  proposed  audit  adjustments  for  fiscal  2005.    The
Company  filed  a  petition  with  the  Tax  Court  on  March  2,  2009,  in  response  to  this  notice  of  deficiency  and  plans  to  contest  the 
proposed adjustments.  The Company believes it has provided adequate reserves for any tax deficiencies that could result from this 
IRS action.  Due to this and various other factors, the Company believes it is impractical to determine the amount of uncertain tax 
benefits that will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. 

The IRS examined the Company’s tax returns for fiscal 1996 through 2001.  All issues have been settled with the exception of issues 
related to the cost sharing of stock options.  On August 30, 2005, the Tax Court issued its opinion concerning whether the value of 
stock options must be included in the cost sharing agreement with Xilinx Ireland.  The Tax Court agreed with the Company that no
amount for stock options was to be included in the cost sharing agreement, and thus, the Company had no tax, interest or penalties due 
for this issue.  The Tax Court entered its decision on May 31, 2006.  On August 25, 2006, the IRS appealed the decision to the U.S. 
Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.  On May 27, 2009, the Company received a 2-1 adverse judicial ruling from the Appeals Court
reversing  the Tax  Court decision  and holding  that  the  Company  should  include  stock option  amounts  in  its  cost sharing  agreement
with Xilinx Ireland.  The Company expects to record expense of $8.6 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 in order to reverse the 
interest  income  it  accrued  through  March  28,  2009  on  the  earlier  prepayment  it  made  to  the  IRS.    The  Company  is  presently 
determining  the  amount  of  penalties  and  interest  to  be  accrued  under  FIN  48  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2010  as  a  result  of  the 
Appeals Court decision. 

Note 17. Segment Information 

Xilinx  designs,  develops,  and  markets  programmable  logic  semiconductor  devices  and  the  related  software  design  tools.    The 
Company operates and tracks its results in one operating segment.  Xilinx sells its products to OEMs and to electronic components
distributors who resell these products to OEMs or subcontract manufacturers.   

66

Enterprise wide information is provided in accordance with SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information.”  Geographic revenue information for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 reflects the geographic location of the distributors or 
OEMs  who  purchased  the  Company’s  products.    This  may  differ  from  the  geographic  location  of  the  end  customers.    Long-lived 
assets include property, plant and equipment which is based on the physical location of the asset as of the end of each fiscal year.

Net revenues by geographic region were as follows: 

(In thousands) 
North America: 
  United States 
  Other 
     Total North America 
Asia Pacific: 
  China 
  Other 
     Total Asia Pacific 
Europe 
Japan 
            Worldwide total 

2009 

2008 

2007 

 $    576,916 
       50,744
     627,660

261,669 
     341,347
603,016 
411,649 
     182,859
  $1,825,184

$    696,367 
       21,430
     717,797

  $   727,443 
           3,894
     731,337

205,184 
       321,106
526,290 
407,186 
       190,099
  $1,841,372

159,389 
     307,223
466,612 
426,922 
     217,868
  $1,842,739

Net long-lived assets by country at fiscal year-ends were as follows:  

  (In thousands) 

  United States 
     Foreign: 
  Ireland 
  Singapore 
  Other 
       Total foreign 
              Worldwide total 

Note 18. Litigation Settlements and Contingencies 

Internal Revenue Service 

March 28, 
2009 
$263,242 

67,497 
48,289 
      8,879
  124,665
$387,907

March 29, 
2008 
 $267,714 

72,947 
51,756 
    12,013
  136,716
$404,430

March 31, 
2007 
$281,517 

73,254 
44,300 
    13,965
  131,519
$413,036

On August 25, 2006, the IRS filed a Notice of Appeal that it appeals to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, the August 30, 
2005 decision of the Tax Court. In its 2005 decision, the Tax Court decided in favor of the Company and rejected the IRS’s position 
that the value of compensatory stock options must be included in the Company’s cost sharing agreement with its Irish affiliate.  On 
May  27,  2009,  the  Company  received  a  2-1  adverse  judicial  ruling  from  the  Appeals  Court  reversing  the  Tax  Court  decision  and 
holding that the Company should include stock option amounts in its cost sharing agreement with Xilinx Ireland.  The Company does
not agree with the Appeals Court decision and is reviewing its alternatives as a result of the decision.  The Company expects to record 
expense of $8.6 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 in order to reverse the interest income it accrued through March 28, 2009 on 
the earlier prepayment it made to the IRS.  The Company is presently determining the amount of penalties and interest to be accrued 
under FIN 48 in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 as a result of this decision (see “Note 16. Income Taxes” and “Note 21. Subsequent
Events”).   

In a separate matter, on December 8, 2008, the IRS issued a statutory notice of deficiency reflecting proposed audit adjustments for 
fiscal 2005.  The Company filed a petition with the Tax Court on March 2, 2009, in response to this notice of deficiency and plans to 
contest the proposed adjustments.  The Company believes that adequate accruals have been provided for fiscal 2005 and all other open 
tax years. 

Patent Litigation  

On December 28, 2007, a patent infringement lawsuit was filed by PACT XPP Technologies, AG (PACT) against the Company in the 
U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, Marshall Division (PACT XPP Technologies, AG. v. Xilinx, Inc. and Avnet, Inc. 
Case  No.  2:07-CV-563).    The  lawsuit  pertains  to  11  different  patents  and  PACT  seeks  injunctive  relief,  unspecified  damages  and 
interest and attorneys’ fees.  Neither the likelihood, nor the amount of any potential exposure to the Company is estimable at this time. 

67

On August 21, 2007, Lonestar Inventions, L.P. (Lonestar) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Xilinx in the U.S. District Court 
for  the  Eastern  District  of  Texas,  Tyler  Division  (Lonestar  Inventions,  L.P.  v.  Xilinx,  Inc.  Case  No.  6:07-CV-393).    The  lawsuit
pertained to a single patent and Lonestar sought injunctive relief, unspecified damages and interest and attorneys’ fees.  The parties 
reached  a  confidential  agreement  to  settle  the  action  and  the  lawsuit  was  dismissed  with  prejudice  on  December  18,  2008.    The 
amount of the settlement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. 

On  November  27,  2006,  the  Company  settled  a  patent  infringement  lawsuit  under  which  the  Company  agreed  to  pay  $6.5  million.  
The plaintiff agreed to dismiss the patent infringement lawsuit with prejudice, granted a patent license to the Company and executed 
an agreement not to sue the Company under any patent owned or controlled by the plaintiff for ten years.  As a result of the settlement 
agreement,  the  Company  recorded  a  current  period  charge  of  $2.5  million  during  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2007.    The  remaining
balance of $4.0 million  represented  the  value  of  the prepaid  patent  license granted  as  part of  the settlement.    This  balance  is being 
amortized over the patent’s remaining useful life of nine years.  

Other Matters 

Except as stated above, there are no pending legal proceedings of a material nature to which the Company is a party or of which any of 
its property is the subject.   

Note 19. Goodwill and Acquisition-Related Intangibles 

As  of  March  28,  2009  and  March  29,  2008,  the  gross  and  net  amounts  of  goodwill  and  of  acquisition-related  intangibles  for  all 
acquisitions were as follows: 

(In thousands) 

Goodwill-gross  
Less accumulated amortization through fiscal 2002  
Goodwill-net 

Patents-gross 
Less accumulated amortization 
Patents-net 

Miscellaneous intangibles-gross  
Less accumulated amortization 
Miscellaneous intangibles-net 

Total acquisition-related intangibles-gross  
Less accumulated amortization 
Total acquisition-related intangibles-net  

2009 
   $169,479 
    51,524
   $117,955

2008 
   $169,479 
    51,524
   $117,955

   $  22,752 
   22,738
          14

   $  22,752 
   21,335
     1,417

       58,958 
   56,479
     2,479

       58,958 
   52,550
     6,408

       81,710 
   79,217
    $   2,493

       81,710 
   73,885
    $   7,825 

Amortization Life 

5 to 7 years 

2 to 5 years 

Amortization  expense  for  all  intangible  assets  for  fiscal  2009,  2008  and  2007  was  $5.3  million,  $6.8  million  and  $8.0  million, 
respectively. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis.  Based on the carrying value of acquisition-related intangibles 
recorded as of March 28, 2009, and assuming no subsequent impairment of the underlying assets, the annual amortization expense for 
acquisition-related intangibles is expected to be as follows: 2010 - $1.5 million; 2011 - $1.0 million. 

Note 20. Employee Benefit Plans

Xilinx offers various retirement benefit plans for U.S. and non-U.S. employees.  Total contributions to these plans were $9.9 million, 
$8.1 million and $5.9 million in fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  For employees in the U.S., effective July 1, 2008, Xilinx
instituted a Company matching program pursuant to which the Company will match contributions to Xilinx’s 401(k) Plan (the 401(k)
Plan) based on the amount of salary deferral contributions the participant makes to the 401(k) Plan. Xilinx will match up to 50% of the 
first 8% of an employee’s compensation that the employee contributed to their 401(k) account.  Because the program was introduced
mid-year, the maximum Company match for calendar year 2008 was $2,250 per employee.  For calendar year 2009 and beyond, the 
maximum  Company  contribution  per  year  is  $4,500  per  employee.    Prior  to  July  1,  2008,  the  Company  made  discretionary 
contributions  to  employee  401(k)  accounts when performance  targets  were  met.    As  permitted  under  Section 401(k)  of  the Internal
Revenue Code, the 401(k) Plan allows tax deferred salary deductions for eligible employees.  The Compensation Committee of the 
Board of Directors administers the 401(k) Plan. Participants in the 401(k) Plan may make salary deferrals of up to 25% of the eligible 
annual salary, limited by the maximum dollar amount allowed by the Internal Revenue Code.  Effective January 1, 2003, participants 
who have reached the age of 50 before the close of the plan year may be eligible to make catch-up salary deferral contributions, up to 
25% of eligible annual salary, limited by the maximum dollar amount allowed by the Internal Revenue Code.  

68

The Company allows its U.S.-based officers, director-level employees, and its board members to defer a portion of their compensation
under the Deferred Compensation Plan (the Plan).  The Compensation Committee administers the Plan. As of March 28, 2009, there 
were approximately 127 participants in the Plan who self-direct their contributions into investment options offered by the Plan.  The 
Plan  does  not  allow  Plan  participants  to  invest  directly  in  Xilinx’s  stock.    In  the  event  Xilinx  becomes  insolvent,  Plan  assets  are 
subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors. There are no Plan provisions that provide for any guarantees or minimum 
return on investments.  As of March 28, 2009, Plan assets were $21.3 million and obligations were $26.3 million.  As of March 29, 
2008, Plan assets were $27.0 million and obligations were $31.8 million.   

Note 21. Subsequent Events 

On April 15, 2009, Xilinx announced restructuring measures designed to drive structural operating efficiencies across the Company.  
Xilinx expects to reduce its global workforce by up to 200 positions, or approximately 6% of the Company’s global workforce.  These 
employee terminations impact various geographies and functions worldwide.  Certain positions were eliminated in the first quarter of 
fiscal  2010  and  other  positions  will  be  eliminated  over  the  September,  December  and  March  quarters  of  fiscal  2010.    The 
reorganization plan is expected to be completed by the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010.  Restructuring charges related to this 
restructuring did not impact fiscal 2009. 

The Company expects to record total restructuring charges of approximately $11.0 to $13.0 million in the June quarter of fiscal 2010 
primarily related to severance pay expenses.   

Over the longer term, the Company expects to implement further supply chain efficiencies resulting in additional restructuring charges 
totaling approximately $10.0 million over the September, December and March quarters of fiscal 2010.  

On April 21, 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.14 per common share for the first quarter of
fiscal 2010.  The dividend is payable on June 3, 2009 to stockholders of record on May 13, 2009.  

On May 27, 2009, the Company received a 2-1 adverse judicial ruling from the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit reversing 
the Tax Court decision and holding that the Company should include stock option amounts in its cost sharing agreement with Xilinx
Ireland.  The Company does not agree with the Appeals Court decision and is reviewing its alternatives as a result of the decision.  See 
Item  3.  “Legal  Proceedings”  included  in  Part  I  and  “Note  16.  Income  Taxes”  and  “Note  18.  Litigation  Settlements  and 
Contingencies.”

69

            REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP,  
                 INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Xilinx, Inc. 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Xilinx, Inc. as of March 28, 2009 and March 29, 2008, and the 
related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 
28,  2009.    Our  audits  also  included  the  financial  statement  schedule  listed  in  the  Index  at  Part  IV,  Item  15(a)(2).    These  financial
statements and schedule are the  responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements and schedule based on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States).  
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are 
free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the 
financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, 
as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement  presentation.    We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a  reasonable  basis  for  our
opinion. 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of 
Xilinx, Inc. at March 28, 2009 and March 29, 2008, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the 
three  years  in  the  period  ended  March  28,  2009,  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.    Also,  in  our
opinion,  the  related  financial  statement  schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic  financial  statements  taken  as  a  whole, 
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein. 

As  discussed  in  Note  16  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  on  April  1,  2007,  the  Company  adopted  Financial  Accounting 
Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.”   

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Xilinx,
Inc.’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  March  28,  2009,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated June 1, 2009 
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.  

                                                  /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP 

San Jose, California 
June 1, 2009 

70

 
 
REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP,  
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders  
Xilinx, Inc. 

We have audited Xilinx, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 28, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal 
Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (the  COSO 
criteria).    Xilinx,  Inc.’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its 
assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal control  over  financial  reporting  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on
Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.    Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  company’s  internal  control  over 
financial reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those
standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over
financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of 
internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.    A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In  our  opinion,  Xilinx,  Inc.  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  March  28, 
2009, based on the COSO criteria.

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States),  the 
consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Xilinx,  Inc.  as  of  March  28,  2009  and  March  29,  2008,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of
income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 28, 2009 of Xilinx, Inc. and our 
report dated June 1, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.  

                              /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP  

San Jose, California  
June 1, 2009  

71

XILINX, INC. 
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

    (In thousands) 

Description 

For the year ended March 31, 2007: 
 Allowance for doubtful accounts  
 Allowance for customer returns  

For the year ended March 29, 2008: 
 Allowance for doubtful accounts  
 Allowance for customer returns  

For the year ended March 28, 2009: 
 Allowance for doubtful accounts  
 Allowance for customer returns  

Beginning 
of Year 

Charged
(Credited) to 
Income 

Deductions   
(a)

Balance at
End of Year 

$3,602  
$     95 

        $  519(b) 
        $    (4)   

$  466  
$      9 

$3,655 
$     82 

$3,655
        $    —    
$     82             $    (3)    

$    21    
$    79              $     —     

$3,634

$3,634
      $    —   

        $    —    
        $    —

        $      5   
        $    —               $     —     

$3,629

(a) Represents amounts written off against the allowances or customer returns. 

(b)

In  fiscal  2007,  the  amount  represents  recovery  of  bad  debts  that  were  previously  charged  against  the  allowance  for  doubtful 
accounts which had no impact on operations. 

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL DATA 
Quarterly Data (Unaudited) 

(In thousands, except per share amounts) 
Year ended March 28, 2009 (1) 

First 
Quarter 

Net revenues 
Gross margin 
Income before income taxes  
Net income 
Net income per common share: (6) 
   Basic 
   Diluted 
Shares used in per share calculations: 
   Basic 
   Diluted 
Cash dividends declared per common        

share    

   $488,246
311,740 
108,125 
83,929 

(2) 

$     0.30 
$     0.30 

278,165 
280,881 
$     0.14 

(3) 

Second 
Quarter 

 $483,537 
306,130 
104,125 
81,825 

$      0.30 
$      0.29 

276,169 
277,714 
$      0.14 

(4) 

Third 
Quarter 

$458,387 
293,056 
189,139 
139,374 

$      0.51   
$      0.51   

273,997 
274,223 
 $      0.14 

(5) 

Fourth 
Quarter 

$395,014 
245,107 
96,795 
70,512 

$      0.26   
$      0.26   

274,689 
274,881 
$      0.14 

(1)  Xilinx uses a 52- to 53-week fiscal year ending on the Saturday nearest March 31.  Fiscal 2009 was a 52-week year and each

quarter was a 13-week quarter. 

(2)  Income before income taxes includes restructuring charges of $19,536, an impairment loss on investments of $4,621 and a charge 

of $3,086 related to an impairment of a leased facility that the Company no longer intends to occupy. 

(3)  Income before income taxes includes restructuring charges of $2,487 and an impairment loss on investments of $29,001. 

(4)  Income before income taxes includes a gain on early extinguishment of convertible debentures of $89,672 and an impairment loss 

on investments of $19,540. 

(5)  Income before income taxes includes a gain on early extinguishment of convertible debentures of $20,934 and an impairment loss 

on investments of $967. 

(6)  Net income per common share is computed independently for each of the quarters presented.  Therefore, the sum of the quarterly 

per common share information may not equal the annual net income per common share. 

72

(In thousands, except per share amounts) 
Year ended March 29, 2008 (1) 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

Net revenues 
Gross margin 
Income before income taxes  
Net income 
Net income per common share: (4) 
   Basic 
   Diluted 
Shares used in per share calculations: 
   Basic 
   Diluted 
Cash dividends declared per common        

   $445,912
277,434 
111,001 
84,278 

$     0.28 
$     0.28 

297,720 
303,198 
$     0.12 

share    

 $444,894 
274,772 
      113,881 (2) 
89,698 

$474,806 
300,392 
     129,731
103,592 

$475,760 
301,786 
     119,481 (3) 
96,479 

$      0.30 
$      0.30 

298,008 
302,226 
$      0.12 

$      0.36   
$      0.35   

$      0.34   
$      0.34   

289,703 
293,036 
 $      0.12 

284,523 
286,321 
$      0.12 

(1)  Xilinx uses a 52- to 53-week fiscal year ending on the Saturday nearest March 31.  Fiscal 2008 was a 52-week year and each

quarter was a 13-week quarter. 

(2)  Income before income taxes includes a charge of $1,614 related to an impairment of a leased facility that the Company no longer

intends to occupy. 

(3)  Income  before  income  taxes  includes  a  loss  on  the  sale  of  the  Company’s  remaining  UMC  investment  of  $4,732  and  an 

impairment loss on investments of $2,850. 

(4)  Net income per common share is computed independently for each of the quarters presented.  Therefore, the sum of the quarterly 

per common share information may not equal the annual net income per common share. 

73

ITEM  9.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

An evaluation was carried out, under the supervision of and with the participation of Xilinx, Inc.’s management, including our CEO
and  CFO,  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Rules  13a–15(e)  and  15d–15(e) 
under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report.  Based upon the controls evaluation, our CEO and CFO
have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are
effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, 
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to our
management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.   

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting   

There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the 
Exchange Act) during the fiscal quarter ended March 28, 2009 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect,
our internal control over financial reporting.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting   

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Rules 
13a–15(f) and 15d–15(f) under the Exchange Act) to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  This 
system  of  internal  control  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  assets  are  safeguarded  and  transactions  are  properly
recorded and executed in accordance with management’s authorization.  The design, monitoring and revision of the system of internal
control over financial reporting involves, among other things, management’s judgments with respect to the relative cost and expected 
benefits of specific control measures.  The effectiveness of the system of internal control over financial reporting is supported by the 
selection,  retention  and  training  of  qualified  personnel  and  an  organizational  structure  that  provides  an  appropriate  division  of
responsibility  and  formalized  procedures.    The  system  of  internal  control  is  periodically  reviewed  and  modified  in  response  to 
changing conditions.  

Because of its inherent limitations, no matter how well designed, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only 
reasonable  assurance  and  may  not  prevent  or  detect  all  misstatements  or  all  fraud.    Further,  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time.  Our system contains self-monitoring mechanisms, and 
actions are taken to correct deficiencies as they are identified.  

Management has used the criteria established in the Report ‘Internal Control — Integrated Framework’ issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting.    Based  on  this  evaluation,  management  has  concluded  that  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was
effective as of March 28, 2009.   

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 28, 2009 has been audited by Ernst & Young 
LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in Part II, Item 8. of this Form 10-K.   

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

None.

74

PART III 

Certain  information  required  by  Part  III  is  omitted  from  this  Report  in  that  the  Registrant  will  file  a  definitive  proxy  statement 
pursuant  to  Regulation  14A  under  the  Exchange  Act  (the  Proxy  Statement)  not  later  than  120  days  after  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year
covered by this Report, and certain information included therein is incorporated herein by reference.  Only those sections of the Proxy 
Statement that specifically address the items set forth herein are incorporated by reference.  Such incorporation does not include the 
Compensation Committee Report included in the Proxy Statement. 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The  information  required  by  this  item  concerning  the  Company's  executive  officers  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Item  1.
“Business – Executive Officers of the Registrant" within this Form 10-K. 

The  information  required  by  this  item  concerning  the  Company's  directors,  the  code  of  ethics  and  corporate  governance  matters  is
incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  sections  entitled  “Proposal  One-Election  of  Directors,”  “Board  of  Directors  –  Principles  of 
Corporate Governance,” and  “Director Independence, Board Meetings and Committees” in our Proxy Statement. 

The information required by this item regarding delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by 
reference to the section entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our Proxy Statement. 

Our codes of conduct and ethics and significant corporate governance principles are available on the investor relations page of our 
website  at  www.investor.xilinx.com.    Our  code  of  conduct  applies  to  our  directors  and  employees,  including  our  CEO,  CFO  and 
principal accounting personnel.  In addition, our Board of Directors has adopted a code of ethics that pertains specifically to the Board 
of  Directors.    Printed  copies  of  these  documents  are  also  available  to  stockholders  without  charge  upon  written  request  directed  to 
Corporate Secretary, Xilinx, Inc., 2100 Logic Drive, San Jose CA 95124.  

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this item concerning executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled 
“Compensation of Directors” and “Executive Compensation” in our Proxy Statement. 

The information required by this item pursuant to Item 407(e)(4) of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference to the section 
entitled “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in our Proxy Statement. 

The information required by this item pursuant to Item 407(e)(5) of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference to the section 
entitled “Report of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors” in our Proxy Statement. 

ITEM  12.    SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND  RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS  

The  information  required  by  this  item  pursuant  to  Item  403  of  Regulation  S-K  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  section
entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our Proxy Statement.  The information required by 
Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K is set forth below.   

75

The table below sets forth certain information as of March 28, 2009 about the Company’s Common Stock that may be issued upon the
exercise of options, RSUs, warrants and rights under all of our existing equity compensation plans (shares in thousands):  

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

A

B

Number of Securities 
to be Issued upon 
Exercise of 
Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights 

Weighted-average 
Exercise Price of 
Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights 

C
Number of Securities 
Remaining Available for 
Future Issuance under 
Equity Compensation 
Plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
Column A) 

Plan Category

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders  

1997 Stock Plan 
2007 Equity Plan 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan 
  Total-Approved Plans 

36,533
       7,427 (2) 
   N/A
43,960

$33.53 
     $24.12 (3) 
N/A
$32.51 

             (cid:650) (1)             
      11,052 (4) 
  7,636
18,688

Equity Compensation Plans NOT Approved by Security Holders (5) 

Supplemental Stock Option Plan (6) 
  Total-All Plans 

      14
43,974

$33.81 
$32.51 

       —
18,688

(1) The Company ceased issuing options under the 1997 Stock Plan as of April 1, 2007.  The 1997 Stock Plan expired on May 8, 

2007 and all available but unissued shares under this plan were cancelled.   

(2) Includes approximately 3.0 million shares issuable upon vesting of RSUs that the Company granted under the 2007 Equity Plan.

(3) The weighted-average exercise price does not take into account shares issuable upon vesting of outstanding RSUs, which have no 

exercise price. 

(4) On  July  26,  2006,  the  stockholders  approved  the  adoption  of  the  2007  Equity  Plan  and  authorized  10.0  million  shares  to  be 
reserved  for  issuance  thereunder.    The  2007  Equity  Plan,  which  became  effective  on  January  1,  2007,  replaced  both  the 
Company’s 1997 Stock Plan (which expired on May 8, 2007) and the Supplemental Stock Option Plan.  On August 9, 2007 and 
August 14, 2008, our stockholders authorized the reserve of an additional 5.0 million shares and 4.0 million shares, respectively.  
All  of  the  shares  reserved  for  issuance under  the  2007  Equity  Plan  may  be  granted  as stock options,  stock  appreciation  rights, 
restricted stock or RSUs. 

(5) In November 2000, the Company acquired RocketChips.  Under the terms of the merger, the Company assumed all of the stock 
options previously issued to RocketChips’ employees pursuant to four different stock option plans.  A total of approximately 807
thousand option shares were assumed by the Company.  Of this amount, a total of 17 thousand option shares, with an average 
weighted exercise price of $18.71, remained outstanding as of March 28, 2009.  These option shares are excluded from the above 
table.  All of the options assumed by the Company remain subject to the terms of the RocketChips' stock option plan under which
they  were  issued.    Subsequent  to  acquiring  RocketChips,  the  Company  has  not  made  any  grants  or  awards  under  any  of  the 
RocketChips’ stock option plans and the Company has no intention to do so in the future. 

(6) Under the Supplemental Stock Option Plan, options were granted to employees and consultants of the Company, however neither 
officers nor members of our Board of Directors were eligible for grants under the Supplemental Stock Option Plan.  Only non-
qualified stock options were granted under the Supplemental Stock Option Plan (that is, options that do not entitle the optionee to 
special U.S. income tax treatment) and such options generally expire not later than 12 months after the optionee ceases to be an
employee  or  consultant.    Upon  a  merger  of  the  Company  with  or  into  another  company,  or  the  sale  of  substantially  all  of  the 
Company’s assets, each option granted under the Supplemental Stock Option Plan may be assumed or substituted with a similar 
option by the acquiring company, or the outstanding options will become exercisable in connection with the merger or sale. 

76

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this item concerning related party transactions pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K is incorporated
herein by reference to the section entitled “Related Transactions” in our Proxy Statement. 

The information required by this item concerning director independence pursuant to Item 407(a) of Regulation S-K is incorporated
herein by reference to the section entitled “Director Independence, Board Meetings and Committees” in our Proxy Statement. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  sections  entitled  “Ratification  of  Appointment  of 
External Auditors” and “Fees Paid to Ernst & Young LLP” in our Proxy Statement.  

77

PART IV 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES   

(a)    (1) The financial statements required by Item 15(a) are included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

        (2) The financial statement schedule required by Item 15(a) (Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts) is included in Item 

8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Schedules not filed have been omitted because they are not applicable, are not required or the information required to be set forth 
therein is included in the financial statements or notes thereto. 

        (3) The exhibits listed below in (b) are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(b) Exhibits  

Exhibit
No

Exhibit Title 

Form

File No. 

Exhibit

Filing Date 

Filed 
Herewith 

EXHIBIT LIST 

Incorporated by Reference 

3.1

3.2

4.1

Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as 
amended to date 

Bylaws of the Company, as amended and 
restated as of May 3, 2006 

Indenture dated March 5, 2007 between the 
Company as Issuer and the Bank of New York 
Trust Company, N.A. as Trustee 

10.1*

1988 Stock Option Plan, as amended 

10.2*

1990 Employee Qualified Stock  Purchase Plan 

10.3*

10.4*

10.5†

1997 Stock Plan and Form of Stock Option 
Agreement 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the 
Company and its officers and directors 

Advance Payment Agreement entered into on 
May 17, 1996 between Seiko Epson Corporation 
and the Company 

10-K

000-18548

3.1

05/30/07

10-K

000-18548

3.2

05/31/06

10-K

000-18548

4.1

05/30/07

S-1

S-8

S-8

333-34568

10.15

06/07/90

333-127318

333-127318

4.1

4.2

08/09/05

08/09/05

S-1

333-34568

10.17

04/27/90

10-K

000-18548

10.16

06/27/96

10.6†

Amended and Restated Advance Payment 
Agreement with Seiko dated December 12, 1997 

10-Q

000-18548

10.5

02/05/98

10.7*

Supplemental Stock Option Plan 

10.8

10.9*

Xilinx, Inc. Master Distribution Agreement with 
Avnet

Letter Agreement dated June 2, 2005 between 
the Company and Jon A. Olson 

10.10*

Letter Agreement dated October 20,2006 
between the Company and Iain Morris 

10.11*

2007 Equity Incentive Plan 

10.12*

10.13*

Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2007 
Equity Incentive Plan 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 
2007 Equity Incentive Plan 

10-K

10-Q

000-18548

10.16

06/17/02

000-18548

10.1

11/04/05

10-Q/A

000-18548

10.1

08/12/05

8-K

000-18548

99.2

11/02/06

10-K

10-K

000-18548

10.23

05/30/07

000-18548

10.24

05/30/07

10-K

000-18548

10.25

05/30/07

78

10.14*

10.15*

10.16*

10.17*

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock 
Unit Agreement under 2007 Equity Incentive 
Plan

Amended and Restated Executive Succession 
Agreement dated November 7, 2007 between the 
Company and Willem P. Roelandts 

Letter Agreement dated January 4, 2008 between 
the Company and Moshe N. Gavrielov 

Amendment of Employment Agreement dated 
February 14, 2008 between the Company and 
Jon A. Olson 

8-K

000-18548

99.1

07/05/07

10-Q

000-18548

10.27

11/08/07

8-K

000-18548

99.2

01/07/08

8-K

000-18548

99.1

02/20/08

10.18*

Summary of Fiscal 2009 Executive Incentive 
Plan

8-K

000-18548

N/A

05/06/08

21.1

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

Subsidiaries of the Company 

Consent of Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm 

Power of Attorney (included in the signature 
page)

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant 
to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant 
to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant 
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant 
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
pursuant to Item 15(b) herein 
†Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions of this document

79

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the  Registrant  has  duly  caused  this
Annual Report on Form 10-K/A to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State 
of California, on the 3rd day of June 2009. 

SIGNATURES

XILINX, INC.   

By: /s/ Moshe N. Gavrielov  

Moshe N. Gavrielov,  
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A has been signed below by 
the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature  

Title

/S/ MOSHE N. GAVRIELOV  
(Moshe N. Gavrielov) 

President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal  
Executive Officer) and Director  

Date

June 3, 2009  

June 3, 2009  

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief  
Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and  
Financial Officer)  

/S/ JON A. OLSON  
(Jon A. Olson) 

*
(Philip T. Gianos) 

*  
(John L. Doyle) 

*  
(Jerald G. Fishman) 

*  
(William G. Howard, Jr.) 

*  
(J. Michael Patterson) 

*  
(Willem P. Roelandts) 

*  
(Marshall C. Turner) 

*  
(Elizabeth W. Vanderslice) 

* By: /S/ JON A. OLSON  
(Jon A. Olson)
(Attorney-in-fact)

Chairman of the Board of Directors 

June 3, 2009  

June 3, 2009  

June 3, 2009  

June 3, 2009  

June 3, 2009  

June 3, 2009  

June 3, 2009  

June 3, 2009  

Director  

Director  

Director  

Director  

Director  

Director  

Director  

80

  
2009 Proxy

Dear Xilinx Stockholder: 

June 24, 2009 

You are cordially invited to attend the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on Wednesday, August 12, 2009 at 1:00 p.m. 
Pacific  Daylight  Time,  at  the  headquarters  of  Xilinx,  Inc.  (“Xilinx”  or  the  “Company”)  located  at  2050  Logic  Drive,  San  Jose, 
California 95124.  We look forward to your attendance either in person or by proxy.  At this meeting, the agenda includes: 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

the annual election of directors; 

a proposal to approve an amendment to the Company’s 1990 Employee Qualified Stock Purchase Plan to increase the 
number of shares reserved for issuance thereunder by 2,000,000 shares; 

a proposal to approve an amendment to the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan to increase the number of shares 
reserved for issuance thereunder by 5,000,000 shares; and  

(cid:120) 

a proposal to ratify the appointment of our external auditors, Ernst & Young LLP. 

The foregoing matters are more fully described in the attached proxy statement.  The agenda will also include any other business that 
may properly come before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.  The Board of Directors recommends that you 
vote  FOR  the  election  of  each  of  the  director  nominees  nominated  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  FOR  the  increase  in  the  number  of 
shares in the Company’s Employee Qualified Stock Purchase Plan, FOR the increase in the number of shares in the Company’s 2007 
Equity Incentive Plan, and FOR the ratification of appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as external auditors of the Company for the 
fiscal year ending April 3, 2010.  Please refer to the proxy statement for detailed information on each of the proposals. 

You  may  choose  to  vote  your  shares  in  one  of  the  following  ways:    (1) via  the  Internet  at  Broadridge  Investor  Communication 
Solutions’ voting website (www.proxyvote.com); (2) telephonically by calling the telephone number shown in the proxy card; (3) by 
voting in person at the annual meeting; or (4) by requesting, completing and mailing in a paper proxy card, as outlined in the Notice 
Regarding Internet Availability of Proxy Materials. 

The Xilinx 2009 Annual Meeting will be held solely to tabulate the votes cast and report the results of voting on the matters described 
in  the  attached  proxy  statement  and  any  other  business  that  may  properly  come  before  the  meeting.    Certain  senior  executives  of 
Xilinx  will  be  in  attendance  to  answer  questions  following  the  Annual  Meeting.    However,  no  formal  presentation  concerning  the 
business of Xilinx will be made at the Annual Meeting. 

Whether or not you plan to attend, please take a few minutes now to vote online or via telephone or, alternatively, request a paper 
proxy card and mark, sign and date your proxy and return it by mail so that your shares will be represented. 

Thank you for your continuing interest in Xilinx. 

Very truly yours, 

/s/ Moshe N. Gavrielov 
Moshe N. Gavrielov 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

IMPORTANT:    WHETHER  OR  NOT  YOU  PLAN  TO  ATTEND  THE  MEETING,  YOU  ARE  REQUESTED  TO  VOTE 
YOUR PROXY ONLINE OR BY TELEPHONE, OR, IN THE ALTERNATIVE, REQUEST, COMPLETE AND MAIL IN A 
PAPER  PROXY  CARD.    PLEASE  REFERENCE  THE  “PROXY  VOTING;  VOTING  VIA  THE  INTERNET  AND 
TELEPHONE” SECTION ON PAGE 2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 

 
 
 
XILINX, INC. 
NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS 
Wednesday, August 12, 2009 

TO OUR STOCKHOLDERS: 

NOTICE  IS  HEREBY  GIVEN  that  the  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  of  Xilinx,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (“Xilinx”  or  the 
“Company”),  will  be  held  on  Wednesday,  August  12,  2009  at  1:00  p.m.,  Pacific  Daylight  Time,  at  the  Company’s  headquarters 
located at 2050 Logic Drive, San Jose, California 95124 for the following purposes: 

1. 

To elect the following eight nominees for director to serve on the Board of Directors for the ensuing year or until 

their successors are duly elected and qualified:  Philip T. Gianos, Moshe N. Gavrielov, John L. Doyle, Jerald G. Fishman, William G. 
Howard, Jr., J. Michael Patterson, Marshall C. Turner and Elizabeth W. Vanderslice; 

2. 

To approve an amendment to our 1990 Employee Qualified Stock Purchase Plan to increase the number of shares 

reserved for issuance thereunder by 2,000,000 shares; 

3. 

To approve an amendment to our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan to increase the number of shares reserved for issuance 

thereunder by 5,000,000 shares; 

4. 

To ratify the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as external 

auditors of Xilinx, for the fiscal year ending April 3, 2010; and 

5. 

To transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement 

thereof. 

The foregoing items of business are more fully described in the proxy statement accompanying this notice. 

Only stockholders of record at the close of business on June 15, 2009 are entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting. 

All  stockholders  are  cordially  invited  to  attend  the  meeting  in person.   Certain senior executives  of Xilinx will  be in  attendance  to 
answer  questions  following  the  Annual  Meeting,  however,  there  will  be  no  formal  presentation  concerning  the  business  of  Xilinx.  
However, to ensure your representation at the meeting, you are urged to vote as soon as possible. 

You may vote your shares in one of the following ways:  (1) via the Internet at Broadridge Investor Communication Solutions’ voting 
website (www.proxyvote.com); (2) telephonically by calling the telephone number shown in the proxy card; (3) by voting in person at 
the annual meeting; or (4) by requesting, completing and mailing in a paper proxy card, as outlined in the Notice Regarding Internet 
Availability  of  Proxy  Materials  (“Internet  Notice”).   If  you  have  Internet access,  we  encourage you  to  record your vote on the 
Internet. 

FOR THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS 
/s/ Scott R. Hover-Smoot 
Scott R. Hover-Smoot 
Secretary 

San Jose, California 
June 24, 2009 

THIS PROXY STATEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROXY ARE BEING PROVIDED ON OR ABOUT JUNE 24, 
2009 IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOLICITATION OF PROXIES ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF 
XILINX, INC. IMPORTANT:  WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE MEETING, YOU ARE REQUESTED 
TO VOTE YOUR PROXY ONLINE OR BY TELEPHONE, OR, IN THE ALTERNATIVE, REQUEST, COMPLETE AND 
MAIL  IN  A  PAPER  PROXY  CARD.    PLEASE  REFERENCE  THE  “PROXY  VOTING;  VOTING  VIA  THE  INTERNET 
AND TELEPHONE” SECTION ON PAGE 2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 

 
 
 
 
(This page intentionally left blank.)

XILINX, INC. 

PROXY STATEMENT FOR ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS 

This proxy statement, the enclosed proxy card and the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 28, 2009 (the 
“Form 10-K”) are being provided to stockholders of Xilinx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Xilinx” or the “Company”), on or about 
June 24, 2009 in connection with the solicitation by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of proxies to be used at the Annual Meeting 
of Stockholders of the Company (“Annual Meeting”) to be held on Wednesday, August 12, 2009 at 1:00 p.m., Pacific Daylight Time, 
at  the  Company’s  headquarters,  located  at  2050  Logic  Drive,  San  Jose,  California  95124,  and  any  adjournment  or  postponement 
thereof. 

The  cost  of  preparing,  assembling  and  delivery  of  the  notice  of  Annual  Meeting,  proxy  statement  and  form  of  proxy  and  the 
solicitation of proxies will be paid by Xilinx.  We have retained the services of The Altman Group to assist in obtaining proxies from 
brokers and nominees of stockholders for the Annual Meeting.  The estimated cost of such services is approximately $6,500 plus out-
of-pocket expenses.  Proxies may also be solicited in person, by telephone or electronically by Xilinx personnel who will not receive 
any additional compensation for such solicitation.  We will pay brokers or other persons holding stock in their names or the names of 
their nominees for the expenses of forwarding soliciting material to their principals. 

We anticipate that the Notice Regarding Internet Availability of Proxy Materials (“Internet Notice”) will be mailed on or about June 
24, 2009 to all stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting.  This proxy statement and the Form 10-K have been made available to all 
stockholders entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting and who received an Internet Notice. 

You may obtain paper copies of the proxy materials referenced above by following the instructions on the Internet Notice. 

INFORMATION CONCERNING VOTING AND PROXY SOLICITATION 

Internet Availability of Proxy Materials 

The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) has adopted rules that allow us to furnish our proxy materials to our 
stockholders through the Internet, rather than by mail.  We believe that it is in the best interests of our stockholders to take 
advantage  of  these  rules  and  reduce  the  expenses  associated  with  printing  and  mailing  proxy  materials  to  all  of  our 
stockholders.  In addition, as a corporate citizen, we want to reduce the use of natural resources and the environmental impact 
of printing and mailing the proxy materials.  As a result, you will not receive hard copies of the proxy materials unless you 
specifically request them. 

The Internet Notice provides instructions on how you can (1) access the proxy materials on the Internet, (2) access your proxy 
and (3) vote on the Internet.  If you would like to receive hard copies of the proxy materials, please follow the instructions on 
the Internet Notice.  If you share an address with another stockholder and received only one Internet Notice, you may write or 
call us to request a separate copy of the proxy materials at no cost to you. 

Voting 

Each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of Xilinx common stock (“Common Stock”) held by such stockholder as of the 
Record Date (as defined below) with respect to all matters presented at the Annual Meeting.  Stockholders do not have the right to 
cumulate their votes in the election of directors. 

Record Date 

Only  stockholders  of  record  at  the  close  of  business  (5:00  p.m.,  Eastern  Daylight  Time) on  June  15,  2009  (the  “Record  Date”) are 
entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting and at any adjournment or postponement thereof.  For information regarding 
holders  of  more  than  5%  of  the  outstanding  Common  Stock,  see  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and 
Management.” 

Shares Outstanding 

As of the close of business on May 15, 2009 there were 275,531,109 shares of Common Stock outstanding.  The closing price of the 
Company’s Common Stock on May 15, 2009, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) was $18.92 per share. 

 1

 
 
Proxy Voting; Voting via the Internet and Telephone 

Shares of Common Stock for which proxy cards are properly voted via the Internet, by telephone or properly executed and returned, 
will be voted at the Annual Meeting in accordance with the directions given or, in the absence of directions, will be voted “FOR” the 
election of each of the nominees to the Board named herein, “FOR” the approval of the amendment to the Company’s 1990 Employee 
Qualified Stock Purchase Plan, “FOR” the approval of the amendment to the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, and “FOR” the 
ratification of the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as the Company’s external 
auditors for fiscal year 2010.  It is not expected that any other matters will be brought before the Annual Meeting.  If, however, other 
matters  are  properly  presented,  the  persons  named  as  proxies  in  the  accompanying  proxy  card  will  vote  in  accordance  with  their 
discretion with respect to such matters. 

To  ensure  that  your  vote  is  recorded  promptly,  please  vote  as  soon  as  possible,  even  if  you  plan  to  attend  the  Annual  Meeting  in 
person.  Most stockholders have three options for submitting their votes:  (1) via the Internet, (2) by phone or (3) by mail.  To vote by 
mail, you must follow the instructions on the Internet Notice to request hard copies of the proxy materials and then mail in a paper 
proxy card.  If you have Internet access, we encourage you to record your vote on the Internet.  It is convenient, reduces the use of 
natural resources and saves significant postage and processing costs.  In addition, when you vote via the Internet or by phone prior to 
the  meeting  date,  your  vote  is  recorded  immediately  and  there  is  no  risk  that  postal  delays  will  cause  your  vote  to  arrive  late  and 
therefore not be counted.  For further instructions on voting, see the Internet Notice and your proxy card.  If you attend the Annual 
Meeting, you may also submit your vote in person, and any previous votes that you submitted, whether by Internet, phone or mail, will 
be superseded by the vote that you cast at the Annual Meeting. 

If at the close of business on the Record Date, your shares were not issued directly in your name, but rather were held in an account at 
a brokerage firm, bank or other agent, then you are the beneficial owner of shares held in “street name.” The broker, bank or other 
agent holding your shares in that account is considered to be the stockholder of record for purposes of voting at the Annual Meeting.  
As a beneficial owner, you have the right to direct your broker, bank or other agent on how to vote the shares in your account.  You 
are also invited to attend the Annual Meeting.  However, since you are not the stockholder of record, you may not vote your shares in 
person at the meeting unless you request and obtain a valid proxy issued in your name from your broker, bank or other agent prior to 
the Annual Meeting. 

Householding 

In an effort to conserve natural resources and reduce printing costs and postage fees, the Company has adopted a practice approved by 
the SEC called “householding.” Under this practice, stockholders who have the same address and last name and do not participate in 
electronic  delivery  of  proxy  materials  will  receive  only  one  copy  of  the  Internet  Notice  unless  one  or  more  of  these  stockholders 
notifies the Company that they wish to continue receiving individual copies. 

If you share an address with another stockholder and received only one  Internet Notice and would like to request a copy of the proxy 
materials, please send your request to:  Xilinx, Inc., 2100 Logic Drive, San Jose, CA 95124, Attn:  Investor Relations, call Investor 
Relations at (408) 879-5198, or visit the Company’s website at www.investor.xilinx.com.  Xilinx will deliver a separate copy of these 
materials promptly upon receipt of your written or oral request. 

Quorum 

A quorum of stockholders is necessary to hold a valid meeting.  The required quorum for the transaction of business at the Annual 
Meeting is a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock as of the Record Date.  Shares of Common Stock entitled to vote 
and represented at the Annual Meeting by proxy or in person will be tabulated by the inspector of elections appointed for the Annual 
Meeting and counted towards the quorum.  Abstentions and broker non-votes will also be counted towards the quorum requirement.  If 
there is no quorum, a majority of the votes present at the meeting may adjourn the meeting to another date. 

Votes Counted; Abstentions; Broker Non-Votes 

Votes will be counted by the inspector of elections appointed for the meeting, who will separately count “For” and “Against” votes 
and abstentions with respect to the election of directors and, with respect to any proposals other than the election of directors, “For” 
and “Against” votes, abstentions and broker non-votes.  A “broker non-vote” occurs when a nominee holding shares for a beneficial 
owner  does  not  vote  on  a  particular  proposal  because  the  nominee  does  not  have  discretionary  voting  power  with  respect  to  that 
proposal and has not received instructions with respect to that proposal from the beneficial owner, despite voting on at least one other 
proposal for which it does have discretionary authority or for which it has received instructions.  Abstentions will have no effect on 
the outcome of the election of directors but will be counted as “Against” votes with respect to any proposals other than the election of 
directors.  Broker non-votes have no effect and will not be counted towards the vote total for any proposal. 

If your shares of Common Stock are held by your broker, bank or other agent as your nominee (that is, in “street name”), you will 
need to obtain a proxy form from the institution that holds your shares and follow the instructions included on that form regarding how 

 2

 
 
to instruct your broker, bank or other agent to vote your shares.  If you do not give instructions, under the rules that govern brokers 
who are record owners of shares that are held in street name for the beneficial owners of the shares, brokers who do not receive voting 
instructions from their clients have the discretion to vote uninstructed shares on routine matters but have no discretion to vote them on 
non-routine  matters.    Proposal  One  (election  of  directors) and  Proposal  Four  (ratification  of  external  auditors) are  routine  matters.  
Proposal Two (amendment to the 1990 Employee Qualified Stock Purchase Plan) and Proposal Three (amendment to the 2007 Equity 
Incentive Plan) are non-routine matters. 

Vote Required 

With respect to the election of directors, each nominee for Director receiving more votes “for” than votes “against” shall be elected as 
a Director.  Shares not present and shares voting “abstain” will have no effect on the election of directors. 

The affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of Common Stock present and entitled to vote either in person or by proxy will be 
required  to (i) approve  the  amendment  to  the  Company’s  1990  Employee  Qualified  Stock  Purchase Plan  to  increase  the number of 
shares  reserved  for  issuance  thereunder  by  2,000,000  shares;  (ii) approve  the  amendment  to  the  Company’s  2007  Equity  Incentive 
Plan to increase the number of shares to be reserved for issuance thereunder by 5,000,000 shares; and (iii) ratify the appointment of 
Ernst  &  Young  LLP  as  external  auditors  for  fiscal  year  2010.    Abstentions  will  have  the  effect  of  a  vote  against  approval  of  the 
amendment to the 1990 Employee Qualified Stock Purchase Plan, against approval of the amendment to the 2007 Equity Incentive 
Plan and against the ratification of Ernst & Young LLP.  Broker non-votes will have no effect on the outcome of the vote on any of 
the proposals. 

In  the  absence  of  instructions,  shares  of  Common  Stock  represented  by  valid  proxies  shall  be  voted  in  accordance  with  the 
recommendations of the Board as shown on the proxy. 

Revocability of Proxies 

A stockholder giving a proxy may revoke it at any time before it is voted by delivering to the Secretary of the Company, at 2100 Logic 
Drive, San Jose, California 95124, a written notice of revocation or a duly executed proxy bearing a later date, or by appearing at the 
Annual Meeting and voting in person.  Attendance at the Annual Meeting will not, by itself, be sufficient to revoke a proxy.  Any 
stockholder owning Common Stock in street name wishing to revoke his or her voting instructions must contact the bank, brokerage 
firm or other custodian who holds his or her shares and obtain a legal proxy from such bank or brokerage firm to vote such shares in 
person at the Annual Meeting. 

Deadline for Receipt of Stockholder Proposals 

Pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), to be eligible for inclusion in 
the Company’s proxy statement for the Company’s 2010 annual meeting of stockholders, stockholder proposals must be received by 
the  Secretary  of  the  Company  at  our  principal  executive  offices  at  2100  Logic  Drive,  San  Jose,  California,  95124  no  later  than 
February 24, 2010.  In order for stockholder proposals made outside of Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act to be considered timely 
within the meaning of Rule 14a-4(c) under the Exchange Act, such proposals must be received by the Secretary of the Company at our 
principal  executive  offices  no  later  than  May  10,  2010.    In  addition,  the  Company’s  Prior  Notice  For  Inclusion  on  Agenda  Bylaw 
provision requires that stockholder proposals made outside of Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act must be submitted in accordance 
with the requirements of the Company’s Bylaws, not later than May 16, 2010 and not earlier than April 16, 2010; provided however, 
that if the Company’s 2010 annual meeting of stockholders is called for a date that is not within 25 days before or after the anniversary 
of the Annual Meeting, then to be considered timely, stockholder proposals must be received by the Secretary of the Company at our 
principal executive offices not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which notice of the Company’s 
2010 annual meeting of stockholders was mailed or publicly disclosed, whichever occurs first.  The full text of the Company’s Prior 
Notice for Inclusion on Agenda Bylaw provision described above may be obtained by writing to the Secretary of the Company. 

 3

 
 
PROPOSAL ONE 

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 

Nominees 

The Board of Directors has nominated the eight individuals named below, each of whom is currently serving as a director ("Director") 
of  the  Company, to  be  elected as  a Director  at  the  Annual  Meeting.    The  term  of  office  of  each  person  elected  as  a  Director  will 
continue until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until his or her successor has been elected and qualified.  Unless otherwise 
instructed, the proxy holders will vote the proxies received by them for each of the Company’s eight nominees named below.  In the 
event that any nominee of the Company is unable or declines to serve as a Director at the time of the Annual Meeting, the proxies will 
be voted for any nominee who shall be designated by the Board to fill the vacancy.  The Company is not aware of any nominee who 
will be unable to serve as a Director.   

Name of Nominee 
Philip T. Gianos 
Moshe N. Gavrielov 
John L. Doyle 
Jerald G. Fishman 
William G. Howard, Jr. 
J. Michael Patterson 
Marshall C. Turner 
Elizabeth W. Vanderslice 

Age 
59 
54 
77 
63 
67 
63 
67 
45 

Director 
Since 
1985 
2008 
1994 
2000 
1996 
2005 
2007 
2000 

Mr. Gianos has served as Chairman of the Board since February 2009.  Mr. Gianos has been an investor with InterWest Partners, a 
venture  capital  firm  focused  on  information  technology  and  life  sciences,  since  1982  and  a  General  Partner  since  1984.    Prior  to 
joining InterWest Partners, Mr. Gianos was with IBM Corporation, an information technology company, for eight years in engineering 
management. 

Mr. Gavrielov joined the Company in January 2008 as President and CEO and was appointed to the Board of Directors in February 
2008.    Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  he  served  at  Cadence  Design  Systems,  Inc.,  an  electronic  design  automation  company,  as 
Executive Vice President and General Manager of the Verification Division from April 2005 through November 2007.  Mr. Gavrielov 
served as CEO of Verisity Ltd., an electronic design automation company, from March 1998 to April 2005 prior to its acquisition by 
Cadence Design Systems, Inc. Prior to joining Verisity, Mr. Gavrielov spent nearly 10 years at LSI Corporation (formerly LSI Logic 
Corporation), a semiconductor manufacturer, in a variety of executive management positions, including Executive Vice President of 
the Products Group, Senior Vice President and General Manager of International Marketing and Sales and Senior Vice President and 
General Manager of LSI Logic Europe plc.  Prior to joining LSI Corporation, Mr. Gavrielov held various engineering and engineering 
management positions at Digital Equipment Corporation and National Semiconductor Corporation. 

Mr. Doyle  joined  the  Company’s  Board  in  1994.    Mr. Doyle  held  numerous  positions  at  Hewlett-Packard  Company,  a  technology 
solutions provider, including executive management, from 1976 to 1991.  Mr. Doyle is an independent consultant and has served as a 
director of Analog Devices, Inc., a semiconductor manufacturer, since 1987. 

Mr. Fishman has been President and CEO of Analog Devices, Inc., since November 1996.  Mr. Fishman also serves as a director of 
Analog Devices, Inc. and Cognex Corporation, a supplier of machine vision sensors and systems. Please refer to “Other Matters” at 
the end of this proxy statement for additional information regarding an SEC order concerning Analog Devices, Inc. and Mr. Fishman. 

Dr. Howard  has  worked  as  an  independent  consultant  for  various  semiconductor  and  microelectronics  companies  since  December 
1990.  From October 1987 to December 1990, Dr. Howard was a senior fellow at the National Academy of Engineering conducting 
studies  of  technology  management.    Dr. Howard  held  various  management  positions  at  Motorola,  Inc.,  a  wireless  and  broadband 
communications  company,  between  1969  and  1987  including  Senior  Vice  President  and  Director  of  Research  and  Development.  
Dr. Howard also serves as Chairman of the Board of Ramtron International Corporation, a manufacturer of memory products. 

Mr. Patterson was employed by PricewaterhouseCoopers (“PWC”), a public accounting firm, from 1970 to 2001.  The positions he 
held  during  his  31-year  career  at  PWC  include  chair  of  the  national  high  tech  practice,  chair  of  the  semiconductor  tax  practice, 
department chair for PWC’s Silicon Valley tax practice and managing partner of PWC’s Silicon Valley office.  Mr. Patterson serves 
on a few boards of private companies and advises charitable organizations. 

Mr. Turner  served  as  interim  CEO  of  MEMC  Electronic  Materials,  a  manufacturer  of  silicon  wafers  for  semiconductor  and  solar 
power  applications,  from  November  2008  until  March  2009,  and  is  a  member  of  the  company’s  Board  of  Directors.    Mr.  Turner 

 4

 
 
 
 
served as Chairman and CEO of Dupont Photomasks, Inc., a manufacturer of photomasks for semiconductor chip fabricators, from 
June 2003 until its sale in April 2005, and then as President and CEO of the company, renamed “Toppan Photomasks, Inc.,” through 
May 2006.  Mr. Turner is also a member of the board of directors of the AllianceBernstein Funds, a group of 34 mutual fund entities. 

Ms. Vanderslice  served  as  a  General  Manager  of  Terra  Lycos,  Inc.,  an  Internet  access  and  interactive  content  provider,  from  July 
1999 until July 2001.  Prior to joining Terra Lycos, Ms. Vanderslice was a Vice President of Wired Digital, Inc., an online services 
company, beginning in 1995 and served as its President and CEO from 1996 through June 1999 when she led its acquisition by Terra 
Lycos.  Prior to joining Wired Digital, Ms. Vanderslice served as a principal in the investment banking firm Sterling Payot Company 
and in 1994 became a Vice President at H. W. Jesse & Co., a San Francisco investment banking and business strategy-consulting firm 
spun off from Sterling Payot. 

There are no family relationships among the executive officers of the Company or the Board. 

Required Vote 

Each nominee receiving more votes “for” than “against” shall be elected as a Director.  If you do not wish your shares to be voted with 
respect to a nominee, you may “abstain”, in which case your shares will have no effect on the election of that nominee. 

THE BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR” THE ELECTION OF EACH OF THE DIRECTOR NOMINEES. 

 5

 
 
PROPOSAL TWO 

AMENDMENTS TO 1990 EMPLOYEE QUALIFIED 
STOCK PURCHASE PLAN 

The  Company’s  1990  Employee  Qualified  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (the  “ESPP”) provides  eligible  employees  of  the  Company  and  its 
participating subsidiaries with the opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock at a discounted price through payroll deductions.  
During  the  fiscal  year  ended  March 28,  2009,  the  Company  issued  2,211,311  shares  of  Common  Stock  under  the  ESPP.    As  of 
March 28, 2009, a total of 7,636,389 shares remained available for issuance under the ESPP, not including the 2,000,000 additional 
shares of Common Stock that would be authorized if the amendment described below is approved. 

Proposal 

At the Annual Meeting, the stockholders will be asked to approve an amendment to the ESPP to increase by 2,000,000 the maximum 
number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the plan. 

Unless a sufficient number of shares are authorized and reserved under the ESPP at the beginning of each offering period (August 1 
and  February 1)  to  cover  the  number  of  shares  purchased  throughout  its  entire  24-month  term,  the  Company  may  incur  additional 
compensation  expense  for  financial  statement  purposes  for  each  period  in  which  the  sale  of  shares  is  dependent  on  obtaining 
stockholder  approval  of  an  additional  share  authorization.    The  Board  believes  an  additional  2,000,000  shares  will  be  necessary  to 
provide for offering periods commencing before the next annual meeting of stockholders. 

On  May 14,  2009,  subject  to  stockholder  approval,  the  Board  adopted  amendments  to  the  ESPP  to  increase  the  number  of  shares 
authorized for issuance under the plan by 2,000,000.  If the amendment is approved by the stockholders, the total number of shares 
available for issuance under the ESPP immediately following such approval will be 9,636,389.  

The  Board  believes  that  participation  by  the  Company’s  employees  in  the  ESPP  promotes  the  success  of  the  Company’s  business 
through broad-based equity ownership among the employees.  The Board further believes that the ESPP is an integral component of 
the Company’s benefits program that is intended to provide employees with an incentive to exert maximum effort for the success of 
the Company and to participate in that success through acquisition of the Company’s Common Stock. 

As long as the ESPP remains in effect, the Company will ask the stockholders each year for the number of additional shares required 
to meet the Company’s projected share commitments for offering periods beginning before the next annual meeting of stockholders. 

Subject to the eligibility requirements described below, most of the Company’s 3,145 employees (as of March 28, 2009) are eligible to 
participate in the ESPP.  As of March 28, 2009, approximately 77% of the Company’s employees were participating in the ESPP. 

Summary of the 1990 Employee Qualified Stock Purchase Plan, as Amended 

A summary of the material terms of the ESPP, as amended, is set forth below and is qualified, in its entirety, by the full text of the 
plan set forth in Appendix A to our 2009 proxy statement as filed with the SEC and available for viewing without charge at its website 
at www.sec.gov.  A copy of the ESPP can be obtained from us at no charge upon request.   

Purpose 

The  purpose  of  the  ESPP  is to  provide  employees  of  the  Company  and  its  designated  subsidiaries  with  an  opportunity  to  purchase 
Common Stock of the Company through accumulated payroll deductions. 

Administration 

The ESPP may be administered by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board.  All questions of interpretation of the ESPP are 
determined by the Board or its committee, whose decisions are final and binding upon all participants.  Currently, the Compensation 
Committee administers the ESPP. 

Authorized Shares 

Currently, a maximum of 40,540,000 shares of our Common Stock are authorized for issuance under the ESPP, of which 7,636,389 
shares of our Common Stock remained available for future issuance as of March 28, 2009, subject to appropriate adjustments in the 
event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, 
or in the event of any merger, sale of assets or other reorganization of the Company.  The Board has amended the ESPP, subject to 

 6

 
 
 
stockholder  approval,  to  authorize  an  additional  2,000,000  shares  for  issuance  under  the  ESPP,  which  would  result  in  a  total  of 
9,636,389 shares of our Common Stock being available for future purchases. 

Eligibility 

Subject to certain limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Tax Code”), any 
person  who  is  employed  by  the  Company  (or  any  designated  subsidiary) as  of  the  commencement  of  an  offering  period  under  the 
ESPP  and  is  customarily  employed  for  at  least  20  hours  per  week  and  more  than  five  months  in  a  calendar  year  is  eligible  to 
participate  in  the  offering  period.    Eligible  employees  may  become  participants  in  the  ESPP  by  delivering  to  the  Company  a 
subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions on or before the first day of the applicable offering period.  As of March 28, 
2009, most of the Company’s 3,145 employees, including eight current executive officers, were eligible to participate in the ESPP. 

Offering Periods

The ESPP is implemented by consecutive and overlapping 24-month offering periods, with a new offering period commencing on or 
about  the  first  day  of  February  and  August  of  each  year.    The  Board  may  change  the  duration  of  any  offering  period  without 
stockholder approval, provided that no offering period may exceed 27 months in duration. 

Purchase Price 

Each 24-month offering period consists of four exercise periods of six months’ duration.  The last day of each exercise period, which 
occurs on or about January 31 and July 31 of each year, is an exercise date on which each participant in the offering period acquires 
shares.  The purchase price of the shares offered under the ESPP in a given exercise period is the lower of 85% of the fair market 
value of the Common Stock on the first date of the offering period containing that exercise period or 85% of the fair market value of 
the Common Stock on the exercise date.  The fair market value of the Common Stock on a given date is the closing sale price of the 
Common Stock on such date as reported by NASDAQ.  On March 27, 2009, the last trading day of the fiscal year, the closing price of 
our Common Stock as reported on NASDAQ was $19.49 per share. 

Payroll Deductions 

The  purchase  price  for  the  shares  is  accumulated  through  payroll  deductions  during  each  offering  period.    Payroll  deductions 
commence on the first payday following the commencement of an offering period and end on the last exercise date of the offering 
period, unless sooner terminated as provided in the ESPP.  A participant may not authorize deductions of more than 15% or less than 
2%  of  the  participant’s  eligible  compensation,  which  is  defined  by  the  ESPP  to  include  all  regular  straight  time  earnings  and  any 
payments  for  overtime,  shift  premiums,  incentive  compensation,  bonuses,  commissions  or  other  compensation  for  a  given  offering 
period.  The Company may limit a participant’s payroll deductions in any calendar year as necessary to avoid accumulating an amount 
in excess of the maximum amount the Tax Code permits to be applied toward the purchase of shares in any offering under the ESPP.  
A participant may discontinue participating in the ESPP, or may decrease the rate of payroll deductions during the offering period.  
Upon  withdrawal  from  the  ESPP,  the  Company  will  refund,  without  interest,  the  participant’s  accumulated  payroll  deductions  not 
previously applied to the purchase of shares. 

Grant and Exercise of Purchase Right 

In general, the maximum number of shares subject to purchase by a participant in an exercise period is that number determined by 
dividing the amount of the participant’s total payroll deductions accumulated prior to the relevant exercise date by the lower of 85% of 
the fair market value of the Common Stock at the beginning of the offering period or on the exercise date.  However, the maximum 
number of shares a participant may purchase in any offering period is a number determined by dividing $50,000 by the fair market 
value  of  a  share  of  Common  Stock  on  the  first  day  of  the  offering  period.    Unless  a  participant  withdraws  from  the  ESPP,  the 
participant’s right to purchase shares is exercised automatically on each exercise date for the maximum number of whole shares that 
may be purchased at the applicable price. 

No employee will be permitted to subscribe for shares under the ESPP if, immediately after the grant of a purchase right, the employee 
would own and/or hold purchase rights to acquire 5% or more of the voting securities of the Company.  Further, no employee may be 
granted a purchase right which would permit the employee to accrue a right to purchase more than $25,000 worth of stock (determined 
by the fair market value of the shares at the time the purchase right is granted) for each calendar year in which the purchase right is 
outstanding at any time. 

Automatic Transfer to Low Price Offering Period 

In the event that the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on any exercise date (other than the last exercise date of an 
offering period) is less than on the first day of the offering period, all participants will be withdrawn from the offering period after the 
exercise of their purchase right on such exercise date and enrolled as participants in a new offering period commencing on or about the 

 7

 
 
day  following  such  exercise  date.    A  participant  may  elect  to  remain  in  the  previous  offering  period  by  filing  a  written  statement 
declaring such election prior to the time of the automatic change to the new offering period. 

Withdrawal; Termination of Employment 

A participant may withdraw all, but not less than all, payroll deductions credited to his or her account but not yet used to exercise a 
purchase right under the ESPP at any time by signing and delivering to the Company a notice of withdrawal from the ESPP.  Any 
withdrawal by the participant of accumulated payroll deductions for a given offering period automatically terminates the participant’s 
interest in that offering period.  The failure to remain in the continuous employment of the Company for at least 20 hours per week 
during an offering period will be deemed to be a withdrawal from that offering period. 

Transferability 

No  rights  or  accumulated  payroll  deductions  of  a  participant  under  the  ESPP  may  be  assigned,  transferred,  pledged  or  otherwise 
disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to the ESPP) and any attempt to so assign 
or transfer may be treated by the Company as an election to withdraw from the ESPP. 

Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization 

In  the  event  any  change  is  made  in  the  Company’s  capitalization  pursuant  to  a  stock  split  or  any  other  increase  or  decrease  in the 
number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  effected  without  receipt  of  consideration  by  the  Company,  proportionate  adjustments  will  be 
made by the Board to the number of shares authorized for issuance under the ESPP and subject to each outstanding purchase right and 
in the purchase price per share. 

In the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a merger of the Company with another corporation, the 
acquiring or successor corporation or its parent may assume the purchase rights outstanding under the ESPP or substitute equivalent 
purchase rights for the acquiror’s stock, provided that the Board may instead accelerate the exercise date of all offering periods then in 
progress to a date prior to the transaction. 

Amendment or Termination 

The Board may at any time and for any reason amend or terminate the ESPP, except that (other than in limited circumstances set forth 
in the ESPP) termination will not affect purchase rights previously granted, and no amendment may make any change in any purchase 
right previously granted that adversely affects the participant’s rights.  Stockholder approval must be obtained for any amendment to 
the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.  Under its current terms, the ESPP will expire on January 26, 2030.   

Federal Tax Information 

The following summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation upon the participant and the Company with respect to 
the purchase of shares under the ESPP does not purport to be complete, and reference should be made to the applicable provisions of 
the Tax Code.  In addition, this summary does not discuss the provisions of the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign 
country in which the participant may reside. 

The ESPP, and the right of participants to make purchases thereunder, is intended to qualify under the provisions of Sections 421 and 
423 of the Tax Code.  Under these provisions, no income will be taxable to a participant at the time of grant of the purchase right or 
purchase  of  shares.   Upon  disposition of  the  shares,  the participant  will  generally  be  subject  to  tax, and  the  amount  of  the  tax will 
depend upon the length of time the shares have been held by the participant.  If the shares have been held by the participant for more 
than  two  years  after  the  date  of  grant  of  the  purchase  right  and  more  than  one  (1) year  after  the  date  on  which  the  shares  were 
purchased, then the purchaser will recognize ordinary income equal to the lesser of (a) the excess of the fair market value of the shares 
at the time of such disposition over the purchase price or (b) 15% of the fair market value of the shares on the first day of the offering 
period.    Any  further  gain  upon  such  disposition  will  be  treated  as  long-term  capital  gain.    If  the  shares  are  disposed  of  before  the 
expiration  of  these  holding  periods,  the  participant  will  recognize ordinary  income  generally  equal  to  the  excess  of  the  fair  market 
value of the purchased shares on the date of the purchase over the purchase price.  Any additional gain or loss on the sale will be a 
capital gain or loss, which will be either long-term or short-term depending on the actual period for which the shares were held.  The 
Company is entitled to a deduction for amounts taxed as ordinary income reported by participants upon disposition of shares within 
two years from date of grant or one year from the date of acquisition. 

New Plan Benefits 

The number of shares that may be purchased under the ESPP will depend on each participant’s voluntary election to participate and on 
the fair market value of the Common Stock of the Company on future purchase dates, and therefore the actual number of shares that 

 8

 
 
may be purchased by any individual is not determinable.  No purchase rights have been granted and no shares of Common Stock of 
the Company have been issued with respect to the 2,000,000 additional shares for which stockholder approval is being sought. 

Number of Shares Purchased by Certain Individuals and Groups 

The following table sets forth (i) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Company purchased under the ESPP by the 
listed persons and groups during fiscal 2009, and (ii) the market value of shares purchased pursuant to the ESPP on the date of such 
purchase, minus the purchase price of such shares thereunder for the individuals and groups listed below: 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

Dollar Value 
($) 

Number of 
Shares 

8,064 

2,143 

Name and Position 
Moshe N. Gavrielov 

President and CEO 

Jon A. Olson 

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer  

Victor Peng 

Senior Vice President, Programmable Platforms Development 

Vincent F. Ratford 

Senior Vice President, Worldwide Marketing 

Frank A. Tornaghi 

Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales 

Iain M. Morris 

(Former) Executive Vice President and General Manager 

Boon C. Ooi 

(Former) Senior Vice President, Worldwide Operations and 
Business Process Reengineering 

All current executive officers, as a group 

All Directors who are not executive officers, as a group (l) 

3,748 

             1,483 

— 

— 

— 

— 

8,064 

2,143 

— 

— 

25,509 

N/A 

— 

— 

7,853 

N/A 

All employees who are not executive officers, as a group 

10,265,888 

2,203,458 

_________________ 
(1) Non-employee Directors are not eligible to participate in the ESPP. 

Required Vote 

Affirmative votes constituting a majority of the shares present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on this proposal will be 
required to approve this proposal.  Abstentions will have the same effect as a negative vote, while broker non-votes will have no effect 
on the outcome of this vote. 

THE BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE AMENDMENT TO THE COMPANY’S 
EMPLOYEE QUALIFIED STOCK PURCHASE PLAN TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF SHARES OF COMMON 
STOCK RESERVED FOR ISSUANCE THEREUNDER BY 2,000,000 SHARES. 

 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROPOSAL THREE 

AMENDMENT TO THE 2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN 

Proposal 

At the Annual Meeting, the stockholders are being requested to approve an amendment to the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2007 
Equity Plan”), to increase by 5,000,000 the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance to a new total of 24,000,000 
shares. 

The  2007  Equity  Plan  was  adopted  by  the  Company’s  Board  on  May  3,  2006,  and  approved  by  stockholders  at  the  Annual 
Stockholders Meeting in July 2006.  The 2007 Equity Plan, which became effective on January 1, 2007, replaced the Company’s 1997 
Stock Plan and Supplemental Stock Option Plan.  The prior plans have been terminated. 

Each  year  we  evaluate  the  performance  and  compensation  of  each  Company  employee.    Following  this  evaluation,  we  make 
appropriate adjustments to the compensation of a substantial number of Company employees.  These compensation adjustments are 
typically made in July and include the grant of additional equity awards as appropriate.  We refer to this process as our annual “Focal 
Review.” Our fiscal 2010 Focal Review will occur this July 2009, and our fiscal 2011 Focal Review will occur next July 2010.  This 
means that we will go through two Focal Review periods before obtaining stockholder approval of the additional shares we request 
this  year.    Over  the  past  several  years,  we  have  used  an  average  of  5,000,000  shares  in  each  Focal  Review.    We  currently  have 
10,958,519  shares  available  for  grant.    Therefore,  we  anticipate  that  we  will  use  the  majority  of  the  shares  currently  available  in 
connection with our fiscal 2010 Focal Review and fiscal 2011 Focal Review, as well as for new hire and promotion grants throughout 
the year.  Given the timing of when we issue this proxy statement and when we hold our annual meeting, we are seeking stockholder 
approval of a 5,000,000 share increase in the number of shares available under the 2007 Equity Plan at the 2009 Annual Meeting in 
order  to  ensure  that  we  will  have  a  sufficient  number  of  authorized  shares  available  to  meet  the  requirements  of  our  equity 
compensation program over the next two years. 

Key Terms of the 2007 Equity Plan 

The following is a summary of the key provisions of the 2007 Equity Plan. 

Plan Term: 

January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2013 

Eligible Participants: 

Shares Authorized: 

Employees, consultants and non-employee directors of Xilinx and its subsidiaries are eligible to 
receive awards under the 2007 Equity Plan. 

Currently,  19,000,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  are  authorized,  of  which  11,051,905  remain 
available for grant as of March 28, 2009.  If the stockholders approve the proposed amendment, 
a  total  of  24,000,000  shares  will  be  authorized  and  16,051,905  will  be  available  for  future 
grants, subject to adjustment to reflect stock splits and similar events. 

Award Types: 

(cid:120)  Non-qualified and incentive stock options 

(cid:120)  Restricted stock awards 

(cid:120)  Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) 

(cid:120)  Stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) 

Award Limits: 

A participant may receive: 

(cid:120)  No more than 4,000,000 shares subject to options or SARs, in the aggregate 

(cid:120)  No more than 2,000,000 shares subject to awards other than options and SARs 

(cid:120)  Awards that may be settled in cash for no more than $6,000,000 in the aggregate 

Award Terms: 

Stock options and SARs must expire no more than seven years from the date of grant. 

 10

 
 
 
Exercise Price: 

The exercise price of stock options or SARs may not be less than 100% of the fair market value 
of our Common Stock on the date of grant.  Repricing of under water options or SARs, whether 
by directly lowering the exercise price, by canceling an option or SAR in exchange for a new 
option or SAR having a lower exercise price, or by substituting a full value award in place of 
the option or SAR is not permitted without stockholder approval. 

The  Board  believes  that  participation  in  the  2007  Equity  Plan  by  the  employees,  consultants,  and  non-employee  directors  of  the 
Company and its designated subsidiaries worldwide promotes the success of the Company’s business through equity ownership.  The 
Board further believes that the 2007 Equity Plan is an integral component of the Company’s benefits program intended to provide its 
employees, consultants, and non-employee directors with an incentive to exert maximum effort for the success of the Company and to 
participate  in  that  success  through  acquisition  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock.    Therefore,  the  Board  unanimously  adopted  on 
May 14,  2009,  subject  to  stockholder  approval,  an  amendment  to  increase  the  maximum  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock 
authorized under the 2007 Equity Plan by 5,000,000 shares to a total of 24,000,000 shares to ensure that the Company will continue to 
have available a reasonable number of shares for its equity program. 

Summary of the 2007 Equity Plan, as Amended 

A summary of the material terms of the 2007 Equity Plan, as amended, is set forth below and is qualified, in its entirety, by the full 
text of the 2007 Equity Plan set forth in Appendix B to our 2008 proxy statement as filed with the SEC and available for viewing 
without charge at its website at www.sec.gov.  A copy of the 2007 Equity Plan can be obtained from us at no charge upon request.   

Purpose 

The purpose of the 2007 Equity Plan is to attract and retain the services of employees, consultants, and non-employee directors of the 
Company and its subsidiaries, and to provide such persons with a proprietary interest in the Company through the granting of options, 
RSUs, SARs and restricted stock. 

Administration 

The  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  administers  the  2007  Equity  Plan,  unless  otherwise  determined  by  the  Board.    The 
Compensation Committee consists of at least two directors of the Company who are both “outside directors” under Section 162(m) of 
the Tax Code, and “non-employee directors” under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.  The Compensation Committee, 
in  its  sole  discretion,  will  interpret  the  2007  Equity  Plan  and  prescribe,  amend,  and  rescind  any  rules  and  regulations  necessary  or 
appropriate  for  the  administration  of  the  2007  Equity  Plan,  including  the  creation  of  sub-plans  to  take  advantage  of  favorable  tax-
treatment, comply with local law, or reduce administrative burdens for grants of awards in non-U.S. jurisdictions. 

Eligibility 

The  Compensation  Committee  determines  the  employees,  consultants,  and non-employee  directors of  the  Company  or  a  subsidiary 
who are eligible to receive awards under the 2007 Equity Plan.  As of March 28, 2009, there were approximately 3,145 employees, 
including  eight current  executive  officers,  351  consultants  and  eight  non-employee  directors  eligible  to  participate  under  the  2007 
Equity Plan. 

Authorized Shares 

Subject to adjustment in the event of certain corporate events (as described below), the maximum number of shares of the Company’s 
Common  Stock  authorized  under  the  2007  Equity  Plan  is  currently  19,000,000,  of  which  11,051,905  remained  available  for  future 
issuance as of March 28, 2009, all of which may be granted under the terms of the 2007 Equity Plan as incentive stock options.  The 
Board has amended the 2007 Equity Plan, subject to stockholder approval, to authorize an additional 5,000,000 shares for issuance 
under the 2007 Equity Plan which would result in a total of 16,051,905 shares of Common Stock available for future grants.  If any 
award  granted  under  the  2007  Equity  Plan  expires  or  otherwise  terminates  in  whole  or  in  part  for  any  reason,  or  if  shares  issued 
pursuant  to  an  award  are  forfeited  or otherwise  reacquired by  the  Company because of  the  participant’s failure  to  comply  with  the 
conditions of the award or for any other reason, any such shares subject to a terminated award or reacquired by the Company will 
again become  available  for  issuance under the  2007 Equity  Plan.   Shares  will  not  be  treated  as having  been  issued  under  the 2007 
Equity Plan and will therefore not reduce the number of shares available for issuance to the extent an award is settled in cash.  The 
Compensation  Committee  is  authorized  to  adopt  such  procedures  for  counting  shares  against  the  maximum  number  of  authorized 
shares as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate. 

 11

 
 
 
Types of Awards 

The  2007  Equity  Plan  allows  the  Compensation  Committee  to  grant  incentive  stock  options,  non-qualified  stock  options,  RSUs, 
restricted stock and SARs.  Subject to the limits set forth in the 2007 Equity Plan, the Compensation Committee has the discretionary 
authority to determine the amount and terms of awards granted under the 2007 Equity Plan. 

Automatic Non-employee Director Awards 

The 2007 Equity Plan provides for the periodic automatic grant of equity awards to non-employee directors.  On the first trading day 
of January of each year, each non-employee director is granted automatically an award consisting of a number of RSUs determined by 
dividing $140,000 by the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on that date.  A non-employee director joining the Board 
after the January grant date will receive a pro rated RSU award on or about the tenth day of the month following the director’s initial 
appointment or election to the Board.  Each non-employee director’s RSU award will vest in full on the first anniversary of the grant 
date.   

Limitations on Awards 

Awards under the 2007 Equity Plan are subject to the following limitations: 

An option’s exercise price cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares underlying the option on the date of option 
grant.  A SAR’s base level price cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares underlying the SAR on the date of 
grant of such SAR. 

Section 162(m) of the Tax Code requires, among other things, that the maximum number of shares for which an award may be granted 
to  an  individual  must  be  set  forth  in  the  plan  and  approved  by  stockholders  in  order  for  the  awards  to  be  eligible  for  treatment  as 
performance-based compensation that will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on tax deductibility for compensation paid to 
each specified senior executive.  Accordingly, the 2007 Equity Plan limits awards granted to an individual participant in any calendar 
year.    The  aggregate  awards  granted  under  the  2007  Equity  Plan  to  any  participant  during  any  calendar  year  may  not  exceed 
(i) 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock subject to stock options or SARs and (ii) 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s 
Common Stock subject to awards other than stock options and SARs.  In addition, no participant may receive during any calendar year 
an award under the 2007 Equity Plan settled in cash exceeding $6,000,000 in the aggregate. 

Without stockholder approval, the Company cannot reprice options or SARs, whether by directly lowering the exercise price, through 
cancellation of the option or SAR in exchange for a new option or SAR having a lower exercise price, or by the replacement of the 
option or SAR with a full value award (i.e., an award of restricted stock or RSUs). 

Section 162(m) of the Tax Code 

The Compensation Committee has the sole discretion to condition awards granted to those employees subject to Section 162(m) of the 
Tax  Code  on  the  attainment  of  performance  goals.    The  Compensation  Committee  will  establish  the  performance  goals  in  writing.  
Such performance goals may be based on one or more of the following criteria in either absolute or relative terms, for the Company or 
any subsidiary:  (i) increased revenue; (ii) net income measures (including, but not limited to, income after capital costs and income 
before  or  after  taxes);  (iii) stock  price  measures  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  growth  measures  and  total  stockholder  return); 
(iv) market segment share; (v) earnings per share (actual or targeted growth); (vi) cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, 
net  cash  flow  and  net  cash  flow  before  financing  activities);  (vii) return  measures  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  return  on  equity, 
return on average assets, return on capital, risk-adjusted return on capital, return on investors’ capital and return on average equity); 
(viii) operating measures (including operating income, funds from operations, cash from operations, after-tax operating income, sales 
volumes, production volumes and production efficiency); and (ix) expense measures (including, but not limited to, overhead cost and 
general and administrative expense). 

Transferability 

Awards granted under the 2007 Equity Plan may not be transferred other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may 
be  exercised  during  the  lifetime  of  a  participant  only  by  the  participant  or  the  participant’s  legally  authorized  representative.  
However,  the  Compensation  Committee,  in  its  sole  discretion,  may  allow  for  the  transfer  or  assignment  of  a  participant’s  award 
pursuant to a divorce decree or domestic relations order, but only if such participant is a U.S. resident. 

Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization 

In the event any change is made in the Company’s capitalization pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or any other 
increase or decrease in the Company’s shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, equitable adjustments shall 

 12

 
 
be made to the number of shares of Common Stock available for grant under the 2007 Equity Plan, the exercise price of options, the 
SAR base level price, and the number of shares underlying outstanding awards. 

Merger or Change of Control 

In  the  event  of  a  merger,  consolidation,  or  share  exchange  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  is  not  the  surviving  or  resulting 
corporation:    (i) the  shares  or  equivalent  cash  or  property  of  the  surviving  or  resulting  corporation  shall  be  substituted  for  any 
unexercised  portions  of  outstanding  awards  under  the  2007  Equity  Plan;  or  (ii) all  awards  may  be  canceled  by  the  Company 
immediately  prior  to  the  effective  date  of  such  event  and  each  stockholder  may  be  permitted  to  purchase  all  or  any  portion  of  the 
shares of Common Stock underlying his or her vested and unvested award(s) within 30 days before such effective date.  In the event of 
a change in control of the Company, the Compensation Committee may provide that the vesting and exercisability of all or any portion 
of the outstanding awards will be accelerated and exercisable in full and all restriction periods, if any, shall expire. 

Amendment or Termination 

The  Board  may  at  any  time  and  for  any  reason  amend,  alter,  revise,  suspend  or  terminate  the  2007  Equity  Plan.    Unless  sooner 
terminated by the Board, the 2007 Equity Plan shall terminate on December 31, 2013.  However, without stockholder approval, the 
Compensation  Committee  may  not  amend  the  2007  Equity  Plan  in  any  manner  that  would  require  stockholder  approval  under 
applicable law. 

Federal Tax Information 

The following summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation upon the participant with respect to the 2007 Equity 
Plan does not purport to be complete and reference should be made to the applicable provisions of the Tax Code.  In addition, this 
summary does not discuss the provisions of the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which the participant 
may reside. 

Incentive Stock Options 

An individual residing in the U.S. who is granted an incentive stock option is not taxed on the date of grant or vesting of such option.  
If the shares underlying the option are held for at least two years from the date of grant, and at least one year from the date of option 
exercise (the “holding periods”), then upon the sale of the shares, the individual will generally recognize a long-term capital gain or 
loss on the difference between the exercise price of the option and the fair market value of the Common Stock underlying the option 
on the date of sale.  If either of the holding periods is not satisfied, the individual will generally recognize as ordinary income on the 
date of the disqualifying disposition of the shares an amount equal to the difference between the option’s exercise price and the fair 
market value of the Common Stock underlying the option determined as of the date of exercise (not to exceed the gain realized upon 
the disposition if the disposition is a transaction with respect to which a loss, if sustained, would be recognized).  Any further gain or 
loss upon the disqualifying disposition of the shares constitutes a capital gain or loss. 

In  general,  the  difference  between  the  option  exercise  price  and  the  fair  market  value  of  the  shares  on  the  date  of  exercise  of  an 
incentive  stock  option  is  treated  as  an  adjustment  in  computing  the  participant’s  alternative  minimum  taxable  income  and  may  be 
subject to an alternative minimum tax which is paid if such tax exceeds the regular tax for the year.  Special rules may apply with 
respect to certain subsequent sales of the shares in a disqualifying disposition, certain basis adjustments for purposes of computing the 
alternative  minimum  taxable  income  on  a  subsequent  sale  of  the  shares  and  certain  tax  credits  which  may  arise  with  respect  to 
participants subject to the alternative minimum tax. 

Non-Qualified Stock Options 

An  individual  who  is  granted  a  non-qualified  stock  option  is  not  taxed  on  the  date  of  grant  or  vesting  of  such  option.    Rather,  the 
individual will generally recognize as ordinary income on the date of option exercise an amount equal to the difference between the 
option’s exercise price and the fair market value of the stock underlying the option on the date of option exercise.  Any further gain or 
loss upon the subsequent sale or disposition of the shares underlying the option constitutes a capital gain or loss. 

Stock Appreciation Rights 

An  individual  who  is  granted  a  SAR  will  recognize  ordinary  income  on  the  date  the  SAR  is  exercised  in  an  amount  equal  to  the 
difference between the SAR’s exercise price and the fair market value of the shares underlying the SAR on the date of exercise. 

 13

 
 
Restricted Stock 

Unless an individual makes a timely election under Section 83(b) of the Tax Code (as described below), an individual will recognize 
ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the restricted stock on the date of vesting of the shares 
over  the  purchase  price,  if  any,  paid  for  the  shares.    Any  further  gain  or  loss  from  the  subsequent  sale  of  such  restricted  stock 
constitutes  capital  gain  or  loss.    If  the  individual  makes  a  timely  election  under  Section 83(b),  the  individual  is  taxed,  at  ordinary 
income rates, on the excess of the fair market value of the restricted stock on the date of grant over the purchase price, if any, paid for 
the shares, and any further gain or loss on the subsequent sale of the stock constitutes a capital gain or loss. 

Restricted Stock Units 

An individual generally will recognize no income upon the receipt of an award of RSUs.  Upon the settlement of RSUs, the participant 
normally will recognize ordinary income in the year of receipt in an amount equal to the cash received and the fair market value of any 
substantially vested shares received.  If the participant receives shares of restricted stock, the participant generally will be taxed in the 
same manner as described above under “Restricted Stock.” Any further gain or loss on a subsequent sale of any shares received will 
be taxed as capital gain or loss. 

In general, the Company is entitled to a deduction in an amount equal to the ordinary income recognized by the individual. 

Plan Benefits 

The  number,  amount  and  type  of  awards  to  be  granted  in  the  future  to  eligible  persons  under  the  2007  Equity  Plan  cannot  be 
determined  at  this  time.    With  the  exception of  the  RSUs  to  be  automatically  granted to  non-employee  directors, awards under  the 
2007 Equity Plan will be granted at the discretion of the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors, and accordingly cannot 
be determined at this time.  See the above section “Automatic Non-employee Director Awards” for a discussion of the automatic RSU 
grants to our non-employee directors under the 2007 Equity Plan. 

The table below sets forth the grants of RSUs that will be granted under the “Automatic Non-employee Director Awards” component 
of the 2007 Equity Plan during the fiscal year ending April 3, 2010 to certain individuals and groups.  This table is furnished pursuant 
to the rules of the SEC.  Only non-employee directors are eligible to receive automatic non-employee director awards. 

Name and Position 
Moshe N. Gavrielov 

President and CEO 

Jon A. Olson 

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer 

Victor Peng 

Senior Vice President, Programmable Platforms Development 

Vincent F. Ratford 

Senior Vice President, Worldwide Marketing 

Frank A. Tornaghi 

Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales 

Iain M. Morris 

(Former) Executive Vice President and General Manager 

Boon C. Ooi 

(Former) Senior Vice President, Worldwide Operations and 
Business Process Reengineering 

All current executive officers, as a group 
All Directors who are not executive officers, as a group 
All employees who are not executive officers, as a group 

Dollar Value 
($) 
— 

Number of
Units 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
$980,000 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
(1) 
— 

(1)  On January 4, 2010, the first trading day of the calendar year, each non-employee Director will automatically be granted the 
number of RSUs, determined by dividing $140,000 by the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on that date. 

 14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Options Granted to Certain Persons 

The aggregate numbers of shares of Common Stock subject to options granted to certain persons under the 2007 Equity Plan since its 
inception are reflected in the table below.  Since its inception, no options have been granted under the 2007 Equity Plan to any other 
nominee for election as a director, or any associate of any such director, nominee or executive officer, and no other person has been 
granted 5% or more of the total amount of options granted under the 2007 Equity Plan. 

Name and Position 
Moshe N. Gavrielov 

President and CEO 

Jon A. Olson 

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer 

Victor Peng 

Senior Vice President, Programmable Platforms Development 

Vincent F. Ratford 

Senior Vice President, Worldwide Marketing 

Frank A. Tornaghi 

Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales  

Iain M. Morris 

(Former) Executive Vice President and General Manager 

Boon C. Ooi 

(Former) Senior Vice President, Worldwide Operations and 
Business Process Reengineering 

All current executive officers, as a group 
All Directors who are not executive officers, as a group 
All employees who are not executive officers, as a group 

Required Vote 

Amount of 
Options 
750,000 

116,250 

170,000 

120,000 

 111,000 

               — 

 131,250 

               1,564,050 
 126,000 
               3,623,439 

Affirmative votes constituting a majority of the shares present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on this proposal will be 
required to approve this proposal.  Abstentions will have the same effect as a negative vote, while broker non-votes will have no effect 
on the outcome of this vote. 

THE BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE AMENDMENT TO THE COMPANY’S 2007 
EQUITY PLAN TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK TO BE RESERVED FOR 
ISSUANCE THEREUNDER BY 5,000,000 SHARES. 

 15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information  

The table below sets forth certain information as of fiscal year ended March 28, 2009 about the Company’s common stock that may be 
issued  upon  the  exercise  of  options,  RSUs,  warrants  and  rights  under  all  of  our  existing  equity  compensation  plans  including  the 
ESPP: 

A 

B 

Number of Securities 
to be Issued upon 
Exercise of 
Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights 

Weighted-average 
Exercise Price of 
Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights 

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders 
 36,533,000 

$33.53 

7,427,000 (2) 

              $24.12 (3) 

            N/A
 43,960,000
Equity Compensation Plans NOT Approved by Security Holders (5) 

N/A 
$32.51 

Plan Category 

1997 Stock Plan 
2007 Equity Plan 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan 
   Total-Approved Plans 

C 
Number of Securities 
Remaining Available for 
Future Issuance under 
Equity Compensation 
Plans (excluding securities 
reflected in Column A) 

                              (cid:650)  (1) 
                   11,052,000 (4) 
                   7,636,000
                 18,688,000

Supplemental Stock Option Plan (6) 
   Total-All Plans 

                14,000 
43,974,000

$33.81 
$32.51 

                                 (cid:650) 
                 18,688,000

(1)  The Company ceased issuing options under the 1997 Stock Plan as of April 1, 2007.  The 1997 Stock Plan expired on May 8, 

2007 and all available but unissued shares under this plan were cancelled. 

(2)  Includes approximately 3,000,000 shares issuable upon vesting of RSUs that the Company granted under the 2007 Equity Plan. 

(3)  The weighted-average exercise price does not take into account shares issuable upon vesting of outstanding RSUs, which have no 

exercise price. 

(4)  On  July  26,  2006,  the  stockholders  approved  the  adoption  of  the  2007  Equity  Plan  and  authorized  10,000,000  shares  to  be 
reserved  for  issuance  thereunder.    The  2007  Equity  Plan,  which  became  effective  on  January  1,  2007,  replaced  both  the 
Company’s 1997 Stock Plan (which expired on May 8, 2007) and the Supplemental Stock Option Plan.  On August 9, 2007 and 
August 14, 2008, our stockholders authorized the reserve of an  additional 5,000,000 shares and 4,000,000 shares, respectively.  
All  of  the  shares  reserved  for  issuance under  the  2007  Equity  Plan  may  be  granted  as stock options,  stock  appreciation  rights, 
restricted stock or RSUs. 

(5)  In November 2000, the Company acquired RocketChips.  Under the terms of the merger, the Company assumed all of the stock 
options  previously  issued  to  RocketChips’  employees  pursuant  to  four  different  stock  option  plans.    A  total  of  approximately 
807,000 option shares were assumed by the Company.  Of this amount, a total of 17,000 option shares, with an average weighted 
exercise price of $18.71, remained outstanding as of March 28, 2009.  These option shares are excluded from the above table.  All 
of the options assumed by the Company remain subject to the terms of the RocketChips’ stock option plan under which they were 
issued.  Subsequent to acquiring RocketChips, the Company has not made any grants or awards under any of the RocketChips’ 
stock option plans and the Company has no intention to do so in the future. 

(6)  Under the Supplemental Stock Option Plan, options were granted to employees and consultants of the Company, however neither 
officers nor members of our Board were eligible for grants under the Supplemental Stock Option Plan.  Only non-qualified stock 
options were granted under the Supplemental Stock Option Plan (that is, options that do not entitle the optionee to special U.S. 
income tax treatment) and such options generally expire not later than 12 months after the optionee ceases to be an employee or 
consultant.  Upon a merger of the Company with or into another company, or the sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets, 
each  option  granted  under  the  Supplemental  Stock  Option  Plan  may  be  assumed  or  substituted  with  a  similar  option  by  the 
acquiring company, or the outstanding options will become exercisable in connection with the merger or sale. 

 16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROPOSAL FOUR 

RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF EXTERNAL AUDITORS 

The Audit Committee has selected Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, to audit the consolidated 
financial statements of Xilinx for the fiscal year ending April 3, 2010 and recommends that stockholders vote for ratification of such 
appointment.    Although  we  are  not  required  to  submit  to  a  vote  of  the  stockholders  the  ratification  of  the  appointment  of  Ernst  & 
Young LLP, the Company, the Board and the Audit Committee, as a matter of good corporate governance, have determined to ask the 
stockholders to ratify the appointment.  If the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP is not ratified, the Audit Committee will take the 
vote under advisement in evaluating whether to retain Ernst & Young LLP. 

Representatives  of  Ernst  &  Young  LLP  attend  meetings  of  the  Audit  Committee  of  the  Board  including  executive  sessions  of  the 
Audit Committee at which no members of Xilinx management are present.  Ernst & Young LLP has audited the Company’s financial 
statements for each fiscal year since the fiscal year ended March 31, 1984.  Representatives of Ernst & Young LLP are expected to be 
present at the Annual Meeting.  In addition, they will have an opportunity to make a statement if they desire to do so, and are expected 
to be available to respond to appropriate questions from stockholders. 

Fees Paid to Ernst & Young LLP 

The following table shows the fees billed or to be billed for audit and other services provided by Ernst & Young LLP for fiscal years 
2009 and 2008. 

Audit Fees 
Audit-Related Fees 
Tax Fees 
All Other Fees 
Total 

Audit Fees 

2009 
$        2,467,400  
               14,200  
                  144,900 

—      

$        2,626,500  

2008 
2,449,900 
103,900 
213,000 
— 
2,766,800 

$ 

$ 

This category includes fees for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements and for the review of the Company’s interim 
financial  statements  on  Form  10-Q.    This  category  also  includes  advice  on  any  audit  and  accounting  matters  that  arose  during  the 
annual audit, the review of interim financial statements and statutory audits required by non-U.S. jurisdictions. 

Audit-Related Fees 

This category consists of assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the annual audit or interim 
financial statement review and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” In fiscal 2009, audit related services consisted of audit services 
performed in connection with the restructuring, fair value accounting and convertible debt accounting.  In fiscal 2008, audit-related 
services consisted of audit services performed in connection with foreign subsidiary benefit plans and foreign subsidiary compliance 
matters.   

Tax Fees 

This  category  consists  of  fees  for  tax  compliance,  tax  advice  and  tax  planning  services,  including  preparation  of  tax  returns  and 
assistance and representation in connection with tax audits and appeals. 

Audit Committee’s Pre-approval Policy and Procedures 

During fiscal year 2004, the Audit Committee adopted policies and procedures for approval of financial audit (and audit related), non-
financial audit and tax consulting work performed by Ernst & Young LLP.  Pursuant to its charter and those policies, the policy of the 
Audit Committee is that any and all services to be provided to the Company by Ernst & Young LLP are subject to pre-approval by the 
Audit Committee.  The Audit Committee pre-approves statutory and annual audit fees, quarterly reviews and tax compliance fees at 
the  beginning  of  the  fiscal  year.    In  its  review  of  non-financial  audit  and  tax  consulting  services,  the  Audit  Committee  considers 
whether the provision of such services are consistent with SEC guidance, and whether the service facilitates the performance of the 
financial audit, improves the Company’s financial reporting process, and is otherwise in the Company’s best interests and compatible 
with maintaining Ernst & Young LLP’s independence. 

The Audit Committee did not waive its pre-approval policies and procedures during the fiscal year ended March 28, 2009. 

 17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vote Required 

Approval of this proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares present and entitled to vote either in person or by 
proxy.    Abstentions  and  broker  non-votes  will  each  be  counted  as  present  for  purposes  of  determining  the  presence  of  a  quorum.  
Abstentions will be counted as “against” votes with respect to the proposal, but broker non-votes will have no effect on the outcome of 
the proposal. 

THE BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR” THE RATIFICATION OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP AS 
THE COMPANY’S EXTERNAL AUDITORS FOR FISCAL YEAR 2010. 

 18

 
 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of Common Stock of the Company as of May 15, 2009, except as noted below, 
by (i) each stockholder known to the Company to be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company’s Common Stock, (ii) each 
of the Company’s Directors, (iii) each of the named executive officers identified in the section entitled “Executive Compensation” and 
(iv) all current Directors and executive officers as a group.  The Company believes that each of the beneficial owners of the Common 
Stock listed below, based on information furnished by such beneficial owners, has sole voting power and sole investment power with 
respect to such shares, except as otherwise set forth in the footnotes below and subject to applicable community property laws.  

Beneficial Owners
Greater than 5% Stockholders 
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. 

100 East Pratt Street 
Baltimore, MD 21202 

Capital Research Global Investors 

333 South Hope Street 
Los Angeles, CA 90071 

The Growth Fund of America, Inc. 

333 South Hope Street 
Los Angeles, CA 90071 

Directors 
Philip T. Gianos 
Moshe N. Gavrielov 
John L. Doyle 
Jerald G. Fishman 
William G. Howard, Jr. 
J. Michael Patterson 
Willem P. Roelandts 
Marshall C. Turner 
Elizabeth W. Vanderslice 
Named Executive Officers 
Jon A. Olson 
Victor Peng 
Vincent F. Ratford 
Frank A. Tornaghi 
Iain M. Morris 
Boon C. Ooi 
All current Directors and executive officers  
      as a group (16 persons) 

Amount and Nature of 
Beneficial Ownership (1)

Percent of 
Class

38,112,024 (2) 

13.8 

32,159,200 (3) 

11.7 

17,400,000 (4) 

6.3 

  161,494 (5) 
283,393 (6) 
  99,802 (7) 
 119,795 (8) 
  128,795 (9) 
 54,275(10) 
 1,853,325(11) 
 32,050(12) 
 110,023(13) 

323,995(14) 
52,795(15) 
86,633(16) 
46,050(17) 
—       
37,585(18) 

* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 

* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 

   3,713,784(19) 

1.3 

*  Less than 1% 

(1)  The  beneficial  ownership  percentage  of  each  stockholder  is  calculated  on  the  basis  of  275,531,109  shares  of  common  stock 
outstanding as of May 15, 2009.  Any additional shares of common stock that a stockholder has the right to acquire within 60 
days after May 15, 2009 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned for the purpose of calculating that stockholder’s 
percentage beneficial ownership.  They are not, however, deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned for the purpose of 
computing the percentage ownership of any other person.  Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and 
entities named below is c/o Xilinx, Inc., 2100 Logic Drive, San Jose, California 95124. 

(2)  Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G/A, reflecting stock ownership information as of December 31, 2008, which 
was  filed  by  this  stockholder  pursuant  to  Section 13  of  the  Exchange  Act  (“Section 13”),  on  February  12,  2009  reporting 
beneficial ownership of 38,112,024 shares of Common stock consisting of 11,393,072 shares as to which it has sole voting power 
and  37,989,824  shares  as  to  which  it  has  sole  dispositive  power.    According  to  the  stockholder,  these  securities  are  owned  by 
various individual and institutional investors which T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (Price Associates) serves as investment adviser 
with  power  to  direct  investments  and/or  sole  power  to  vote  the  securities.    For  purposes  of  the  reporting  requirements  of  the 
Exchange  Act,  Price  Associates  is  deemed  to  be  a  beneficial  owner  of  such  securities;  however,  Price  Associates  disclaims 
beneficial ownership of such securities. 

 19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3)  Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G, reflecting stock ownership information as of December 31, 2008, which was 
filed  by  this  stockholder  pursuant  to  Section 13,  on  February  17,  2009  reporting  beneficial  ownership  of  32,159,200  shares  of 
Common stock consisting of 10,609,200 shares as to which it has sole voting power and 32,159,200 shares as to which it has sole 
dispositive power.  According to such filing, the stockholder disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares pursuant to Rule 13d-4 
of the Exchange Act. 

 (4)  Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G, reflecting stock ownership information as of December 31, 2008, which was 
filed  by  this  stockholder  pursuant  to  Section 13,  on  February  12,  2009  reporting  beneficial  ownership  of  17,400,000  shares  of 
Common Stock consisting of 17,400,000 shares as to which it has sole voting power and no shares as to which it has dispositive 
power (sole or shared). 

(5)  Consists of 64,652 shares held directly, 96,802 shares issuable upon exercise of options and includes 40 shares held by 

Mr. Gianos’s son.   

(6)  Consists of 2,143 shares held directly and 281,250 shares issuable upon exercise of options. 

(7)  Consists of 3,000 shares held directly by the Doyle Family Trust and 96,802 shares issuable upon exercise of options. 

(8)  No shares are held directly.  Consists of 119,795 shares issuable upon exercise of options. 

(9)  Consists of 32,000 shares held directly and 96,795 shares issuable upon exercise of options. 

(10) Consists of 4,400 shares held directly by trust and 49,875 shares issuable upon exercise of options. 

(11) Consists of 89,705 shares held directly and 1,763,620 shares issuable upon exercise of options. 

(12) Consists of 4,300 shares held directly, 27,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options and includes 750 shares held by 

Mr. Turner’s spouse. 

(13) Consists of 228 shares held directly in joint tenancy and 109,795 shares issuable upon exercise of options. 

(14) Consists of 15,369 shares held directly by trust, 303,126 shares issuable upon exercise of options and a maximum of 5,500 shares 

issuable upon settlement of RSUs. 

(15) Consists of 3,212 shares held directly and 49,583 shares issuable upon exercise of options. 

(16) Consists of 1,070 shares held directly and 85,563 shares issuable upon exercise of options.  

(17) Consists of 9,862 shares held directly and 36,188 shares issuable upon exercise of options. 

(18) Consists of 7,272 shares held directly and 30,313 shares issuable upon exercise of options.  

(19) Includes an aggregate of 3,471,808 shares issuable upon exercise of options or settlement of RSUs.  

 20

 
 
DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE, BOARD MEETINGS AND COMMITTEES 

The  following  table  reflects  the  current  composition  of  the  Company’s  standing  Audit  Committee,  Compensation  Committee, 
Nominating and Governance Committee, and Committee of Independent Directors. 

Audit 
Committee 

Compensation 
Committee 

Nominating and 
Governance 
Committee 

Committee of 
Independent 
Directors 

Chair 

X 

X 

Chair 

X 

X 

X 
X 
             X 
X 
X 

X 
X 

X 
X 

Chair 

Non-Employee Directors: 
Philip T. Gianos (Chairman) 
John L. Doyle 
Jerald G. Fishman 
William G. Howard, Jr. 
J. Michael Patterson 
Willem P. Roelandts 
Marshall C. Turner 
Elizabeth W. Vanderslice 
Employee Director: 
Moshe N. Gavrielov 

____________________ 

Director Independence 

The  NASDAQ  listing  standards  require  that  a  majority  of  the  members  of  a  listed  company’s  board  of  directors  must  qualify  as 
“independent” as affirmatively determined by its board of directors.  Our Board annually reviews information relating to the members 
of our Board to ensure that a majority of our Board is independent under the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules and the rules of the SEC.  
After review of all relevant transactions and relationships between each Director, his or her family members and entities affiliated with 
each Director and Xilinx, our senior management and our independent registered public accounting firm, our Board has determined 
that seven of our eight nominees for Director are independent directors as defined in the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules and in Rule 
10A-3  of  the  Exchange  Act.    Mr. Gavrielov,  our  President  and  CEO,  is  not  an  independent  director  within  the  meaning  of  the 
NASDAQ Marketplace Rules or the rules of the SEC because he is a current employee of Xilinx. 

In  making  a  determination  of  the  independence  of  the  nominees  for  Director,  the  Board  reviewed  relationships  and  transactions 
occurring  since  the  beginning  of  fiscal  2007  between  each  Director,  his  or  her  family  members  and  entities  affiliated  with  each 
Director and Xilinx, our senior management and our independent registered public accounting firm.  In making its determination, the 
Board applied the standards for independence set forth by NASDAQ and the SEC.  In each case, the Board determined that, because 
of the nature of the relationship or the amount involved in the transaction, the relationship did not impair the Director’s independence.  
The transactions listed below were considered by the Board in its independence determinations. 

Mr. Fishman is employed as an executive officer and is a director of a company with which Xilinx does business.  Xilinx transactions 
with  this  company  occur  in  the  normal  course  of  business  and  the  amount  that  Xilinx  paid  in  each  fiscal  year  to  this  company  for 
goods and services represented less than 1% of such company’s annual revenue, and the amount received by Xilinx in each fiscal year 
for goods and services from such company represented less than 1% of Xilinx’s annual revenue. 

Each  of  Messrs.  Doyle,  Fishman,  Gianos  and  Turner  and  Dr. Howard  is,  or  was  during  the  previous  three fiscal  years,  a  non-
management director of one or more other companies that has done business with Xilinx.  All of the transactions with these companies 
occurred in the normal course of business in the purchase or supply of goods or services.  In addition, Mr. Gianos serves as a non-
management director of a private company in which Xilinx has made certain investments.  Such investments were made by Xilinx in 
the ordinary course of its business pursuant to Xilinx investment policies.  

Meetings 

The Company’s Board held a total of six meetings during the fiscal year ended March 28, 2009.  All Directors are expected to attend 
each meeting of the Board and the committees on which he or she serves, and are also expected to attend the Annual Meeting.  All 
Directors attended the 2008 annual meeting of stockholders.  No Director attended fewer than 75% of the aggregate of all meetings of 
the Board or its Committees on which such Director served during the fiscal year.  The Board holds four pre-scheduled meetings per 
fiscal year. 

 21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Committees 

The Board has a standing Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee and Committee of 
Independent Directors (the “Committees”).  The Board has determined that each Director currently serving on these Committees and 
who served on the Committees in fiscal 2009 is “independent” in accordance with the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules and Rule 10A-3 
of the Exchange Act.  The Board and its Committees have authority to engage independent advisors and consultants and have used 
such  services.    Each  of  the  Audit  Committee,  the  Compensation  Committee  and  the  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee,  is 
subject  to  charters  approved  by  the  Board,  which  are  posted  on  the  investor  relations  page  of  the  Company’s  website  at 
www.investor.xilinx.com under “Corporate Governance.” 

Audit Committee 

The members of the Audit Committee during fiscal 2009 were John L. Doyle, J. Michael Patterson and Marshall C. Turner.  During 
fiscal 2009, the Audit Committee held six meetings.  The Audit Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities 
to  the  stockholders  relating  to  the  Company’s  financial  statements  and  the  financial  reporting  process,  the  systems  of  internal 
accounting and financial controls, and the audit process.  The Board has determined that each Audit Committee  member meets the 
independence and financial knowledge requirements under the SEC rules and the corporate governance listing standards of NASDAQ.  
The Audit Committee operates in accordance with a written charter adopted by the Board, which complies with NASDAQ and SEC 
listing standards. 

The  Board  has  further  determined  that  each  member  of  the  Audit  Committee  qualifies  as  an  “audit  committee  financial  expert”  as 
defined by SEC rules.  Stockholders should understand that this designation is a disclosure requirement of the SEC related to the Audit 
Committee  members’  individual  experience  and  understanding  with  respect  to  certain  accounting  and  auditing  matters.    The 
designation does not impose upon any of the Audit Committee members any duties, obligations or liabilities that are greater than those 
generally imposed on each of them as members of the Board nor alter the duties, obligations or liability of any other member of the 
Board. 

Compensation Committee 

The Compensation Committee, which consists of Philip T. Gianos, J. Michael Patterson and Elizabeth W. Vanderslice, met 14 times 
during fiscal 2009.  The Compensation Committee has responsibility for establishing the compensation policies of the Company.  The 
Committee  determines  the  compensation  of  the  Company’s  Board  and  executive  officers  (other  than  the  CEO)  and  has  exclusive 
authority to grant options to such executive officers under the 2007 Equity Plan.  The Compensation Committee evaluates the CEO’s 
performance and makes recommendations to the Board for final determination of CEO compensation, including base salary, incentive 
pay and equity.  The CEO is not present during the Committee’s or Board’s deliberations and voting on CEO compensation, but may 
be  present  during  voting  and  deliberations  related  to  compensation  of  other  executive  officers.    For  further  information  about  the 
processes and procedures for the consideration and determination of executive compensation, please refer to the section of this proxy 
statement entitled “Executive Compensation– Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” 

The Board has further determined that each member of the Compensation Committee is an “outside director” as that term is defined in 
Section 162(m) of the Tax Code and a “Disinterested Person” and a “Non-Employee Director” as those terms are used by the SEC. 

Nominating and Governance Committee 

The Nominating and Governance Committee, which consists of Elizabeth W. Vanderslice, Jerald G. Fishman and William G. Howard, 
Jr., met four times during fiscal 2009.  The Nominating and Governance Committee has responsibility for identifying individuals to 
serve  as  members  of  the  Board,  and  to  establish  policies  affecting  corporate  governance.    The  Nominating  and  Governance 
Committee,  among  other  things,  makes  suggestions  regarding  the  size  and  composition  of  the  Company’s  Board  and  recommends 
nominees for election as directors.  The Board believes in bringing a diversity of cultural backgrounds and viewpoints to the Board 
and desires that its Directors and nominees possess critical skills in the areas of semiconductor design and marketing, manufacturing, 
systems, software and finance.  These factors, and any other qualifications considered useful by the Board, are reviewed in the context 
of  an  assessment  of  the  perceived  needs  of  the  Board  at  a  particular  point  in  time.    As  a  result,  the  priorities  and  emphasis  of  the 
Nominating and Governance Committee may change from time to time to take into account changes in business and other trends, and 
the portfolio of skills and experience of current and prospective Board members.  Therefore, while focused on the achievement and the 
ability of potential candidates to make a positive contribution with respect to such factors, the Nominating and Governance Committee 
has  not  established  any  specific  minimum  criteria  or  qualifications  that  a  director  or  nominee  must  possess.    The  Board  remains 
apprised of qualified individuals who may be considered as Board candidates in the future. 

 22

 
 
As necessary and as part of its annual evaluation of current Board members, the Nominating and Governance Committee considers the 
skills  and  viewpoints  previously  mentioned  as  desirable  director  qualifications,  any  job  changes,  the  amount  of  time  each  Director 
spends on Xilinx matters and to what extent, if any, other commitments the Directors may have outside of Xilinx impact the Director’s 
service to Xilinx.  In connection with its evaluation of Board composition, the Nominating and Governance Committee also considers 
rotating Directors’ positions on the Board Committees. 

Consideration of new Board nominee candidates typically involves a series of internal discussions, review of information concerning 
candidates and interviews with selected candidates.  In fiscal 2009, the Company did not employ a search firm or pay fees to other 
third parties in connection with seeking or evaluating Board nominee candidates.  The Nominating and Governance Committee will 
consider candidates proposed by stockholders using the same process it uses for a candidate recommended by a member of the Board, 
an  employee,  or  a  search  firm,  should  one  be  engaged.    A  stockholder  seeking  to  recommend  a  prospective  nominee  for  the 
Nominating and Governance Committee’s consideration should submit the candidate’s name and qualifications by mail addressed to 
the  Corporate  Secretary,  Xilinx,  Inc.,  2100  Logic  Drive,  San  Jose,  CA  95124,  sent  by  email  to  corporate.secretary@xilinx.com,  or 
faxed to the Corporate Secretary at (408) 377-6137. 

Committee of Independent Directors 

All independent Directors are members of the Committee of Independent Directors.  This Committee met seven times during fiscal 
2009.  The Committee’s principal focus is succession planning but it also addresses other topics as deemed necessary and appropriate.  
The Committee of Independent Directors typically meets outside the presence of management. 

 23

 
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS — PRINCIPLES OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Overview 

The  Company  and  the  Board,  through  its  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee,  regularly  review  and  evaluate  the  Company’s 
corporate  governance  principles  and  practices.    On  February  11,  2009  and  on  May 13,  2009,  the  Nominating  and  Governance 
Committee  and  the  Board  of  Directors,  respectively,  discussed  the  Company’s  Significant  Corporate  Governance  Principles.    The 
Significant Corporate Governance Principles, the charters for each of the Board’s Committees, and each of the Company’s Code of 
Conduct  and  the  Directors’  Code  of  Ethics  are  posted  on  the  investor  relations  page  of  the  Company’s  website  at 
www.investor.xilinx.com.  Printed copies of these documents are also available to stockholders upon written request addressed to the 
Corporate Secretary, Xilinx, Inc., 2100 Logic Drive, San Jose, CA 95124 or by email at corporate.secretary@xilinx.com. 

Board Composition and Governance 

The Board believes there should be a substantial majority of independent Directors on the Board.  The Board also believes that it is 
useful  and  appropriate  to  have  members  of  management  as  Directors,  including  the  CEO.    Independent  Directors  are  given  an 
opportunity to meet outside the presence of members of management, and hold such meetings regularly. 

All Directors are elected annually at the annual stockholder meeting.  In response to a successful stockholder proposal for election of 
directors  by  majority  vote  standard,  on  May  3,  2006,  the  Board  amended  the  Company’s  Bylaws  to  provide  for  the  election  of 
Directors in an uncontested election by the majority of votes cast regarding each nominee.  In contested elections, Directors will be 
elected by the plurality standard whereby those Directors with the highest number of votes cast are elected.  Any existing Director that 
receives more “against” votes than “for” votes will tender his or her resignation to the Board.  The Board will announce its decision 
with regard to the resignation within 120 days following the certification of election results. 

The Board conducts an annual evaluation of its performance.  The process varies from year-to-year, including self-evaluations and/or 
one-on-one  meetings  with  each  Board  member  and  the  chairperson  of  the  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee  or  the  Lead 
Independent  Director.    Results  of  the  evaluation  are  formally  presented  to  the  Board.    The  Board  has  made  changes  in  Board 
procedures based on feedback from the process. 

Lead Independent Director 

It is the written policy of the Board that if the Chairman is not “independent” in accordance with NASDAQ Marketplace Rules and the 
Exchange  Act,  the  Board  will  designate  an  independent  Director  to  serve  as  Lead  Independent  Director,  who  is  responsible  for 
coordinating the activities of the independent Directors, as well as other duties, including chairing the meetings of the Committee of 
Independent Directors.  The Board’s Nominating and Governance Committee reviews the position of Lead Independent Director and 
identifies  the  Director  who  serves  as  Lead  Independent  Director.  During  fiscal  2009,  Jerald  G.  Fishman  served  as  the  Lead 
Independent Director until the election of Philip T. Gianos, an independent Director, as Chairman of the Board.   

Board Service Limits and Terms 

The Board has set a limitation on the number of public boards on which a Director may serve to three for any CEO and four for all 
other Directors.  This limitation is inclusive of service on the Xilinx Board. 

The  Board  believes  that  term  limits  on  Directors’  service  and  a  mandatory  retirement  age  do  not  serve  the  best  interests  of  the 
Company.  While such policies could help ensure that fresh ideas and new viewpoints are addressed by the Board, such limits have the 
disadvantage  of  losing  the  contribution  of  Directors  who  over  time  have  developed  increased  insight  and  knowledge  into  the 
Company’s  operations  and  who  remain  active  and  contributing  members  of  the  Board.    The  Board  evaluation  process  plays  a 
significant role in determining our Nominating and Governance Committee’s recommendation regarding Board tenure. 

Change of Principal Occupation or Association 

When a Director’s principal occupation or business association changes substantially during his or her tenure as Director, that Director 
shall tender his or her resignation for consideration by the Nominating and Governance Committee.  The Nominating and Governance 
Committee will recommend to the Board the action, if any, to be taken with respect to the resignation. 

Director Education 

The  Company  offers  internal  and  external  course  selections  for  new-Director  orientation  as  well  as  continuing  education.    On  a 
rotating basis, Directors will attend director education programs, including courses accredited by RiskMetrics Group, and report back 
to the entire Board on key learnings. 

 24

 
 
Stock Ownership Requirements 

Directors 

On  May 14,  2008,  the  Board  established  new  minimum  stock  ownership  guidelines  for  Directors.    Under  these  new  guidelines, 
Directors are required to own Company stock having a value equal to at least five times their annual cash retainer.  At the time these 
ownership guidelines were adopted, the annual cash retainer for Directors was $60,000, and therefore Directors are required to own 
Company stock with a value of at least $300,000.  Based on $18.92, the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on May 15, 
2009, $300,000 would purchase 15,856 shares of our Common Stock.  Previously, the stock ownership requirement for Directors was 
4,000 shares. 

Directors are required to retain half of the shares of Company stock derived from awards of RSUs until this ownership requirement is 
met.  Half of the RSUs that are vested but are not settled pursuant to a pre-arranged deferral program will count toward the ownership 
requirement. 

Executive Officers 

The Board has established the following minimum stock ownership guidelines for the CEO and other executive officers: 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

50,000 shares for the CEO; and 

15,000 shares for all other executive officers. 

Individuals  have  five  years  to  meet  the  ownership  requirements.    For  executive  officers  serving  in  such  capacity  at  the  time  the 
ownership  requirements  were  adopted,  the  ownership  requirements  must  be  attained  by  June  1,  2011.    All  other  executive  officers 
must meet the requirements within five years of their initial grant date. 

Succession Planning 

The  Board  plans  for  succession  to  the  position  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Board,  the  position  of  CEO,  and  other  senior  management 
positions.  The Nominating and Governance Committee keeps the Board apprised of external and internal candidates.  To assist the 
Board, the CEO annually provides the Board with an assessment of senior managers and of their potential to succeed him.  He also 
provides the Board with an assessment of considered potential successors to certain senior management positions. 

Internal Audit 

The  Company’s  Internal Audit  function  reports  to  the  Audit  Committee  of  the  Board and  administratively  to  the  Company’s  Chief 
Financial Officer (“CFO”). 

Anonymous Reporting and Whistleblower Protection 

The Company’s Code of Conduct includes protections for employees who report violations of the Code of Conduct, other policies, 
laws, rules and regulations.  The Company has implemented an Internet-based anonymous reporting process for employees to report 
violations they do not otherwise bring directly to management.  The site can be accessed from the Company’s intranet as well as from 
any Internet connection around the world. 

Codes of Conduct and Ethics 

In February 2009, the Board of Directors adopted an Amended and Restated Code of Conduct (the “Code of Conduct”) applicable to 
the Company’s Directors and employees, including the Company’s CEO, CFO and its principal accounting personnel.  The Code of 
Conduct  includes  protections  for  employees  who  report  violations of  the  Code  of  Conduct  and other  improprieties  and  includes  an 
anonymous  reporting  process  to  provide  employees  with  an  additional  channel  to  report  any  perceived  violations.    Independent 
Directors  receive  complaints  and  reports  of  violations  regarding  accounting,  internal  accounting  controls,  auditing,  legal  and  other 
matters reported through the anonymous reporting process, if any.  The Chief Compliance Officer provides a quarterly report to the 
Audit Committee of incident reports identified through the anonymous reporting process and otherwise as necessary.  The Code of 
Conduct is available on the investor relations page of our website at www.investor.xilinx.com.  Printed copies of these documents are 
also  available  to  stockholders  upon  written  request  directed  to  Corporate  Secretary,  Xilinx,  Inc.,  2100  Logic  Drive,  San  Jose,  CA 
95124. 

The Audit Committee has approved the adoption of the Financial Executives International Code of Financial Ethics by the Company’s 
finance managers which supplements the employee Code of Conduct. 

 25

 
 
The Board has adopted a separate Code of Ethics pertaining particularly to the Board which covers topics including insider trading, 
conflicts of interests, financial reporting and compliance with other laws. 

A waiver of any violation of the Code of Conduct by an executive officer or Director and a waiver of any violation of the Directors’ 
Code  of  Ethics  may  only  be  made  by  the  Board.    The  Company  will  post  any  such  waivers  on  its  website  under  the  Corporate 
Governance page of www.investor.xilinx.com.  No waivers were requested or granted in the past year. 

Stockholder Value 

The Board is cognizant of the interests of the stockholders and accordingly has adopted the following provisions: 

(cid:120)  All employee stock plans will be submitted to the stockholders for approval prior to adoption; 

(cid:120)  The 2007 Equity Plan includes a provision that prohibits repricing of options including by canceling and issuing new 

options without prior approval of stockholders; and 

(cid:120)  The Company is committed to keeping dilution under its stock plans for employees under 3%. 

Stockholder Communications to the Board 

Stockholders  may  initiate  any  communication  with  the  Company’s  Board  in  writing  and  send  them  addressed  in  care  of  the 
Company’s  Corporate  Secretary,  at  Xilinx, 
to 
corporate.secretary@xilinx.com, or faxed to the Corporate Secretary at (408) 377-6137.  The name of any specific intended recipient, 
group  or  committee  should  be  noted  in  the  communication.    The  Board  has  instructed  the  Corporate  Secretary  to  forward  such 
correspondence only to the intended recipients; however, the Board has also instructed the Corporate Secretary, prior to forwarding 
any  correspondence,  to  review  such  correspondence  and,  in  his  discretion,  not  to  forward  certain  items  if  they  are  deemed  of  a 
commercial or frivolous nature or otherwise inappropriate for the Board’s consideration.  In such cases, and as necessary for follow up 
at  the  Board’s  direction,  correspondence  may  be  forwarded  elsewhere  in  the  Company  for  review  and  possible  response.    This 
centralized process will assist the Board in reviewing and responding to stockholder communications in an appropriate manner. 

Inc.,  2100  Logic  Drive,  San  Jose,  CA  95124,  sent  by  e-mail 

 26

 
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS 

Non-Employee Directors 

Cash Compensation 

In fiscal 2009, the Company paid each of its non-employee Directors serving on its Board $60,000 per year for service as a Director, 
with the exception of the Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of the Board is entitled to an annual cash retainer equal to twice the 
amount paid to the other non-employee Directors, or $120,000.  Chairpersons of the Compensation and Nominating and Governance 
Committees received an additional $10,000 per year and the Chairperson of the Audit Committee received an additional $15,000 per 
year.  Other than the chairpersons, members of the Compensation and Nominating and Governance Committees received an additional 
$3,000 per year and the members of the Audit Committee received an additional $5,000 per year.  The Lead Independent Director also 
received an additional $10,000 per year.  All payments were made on a quarterly basis. 

In  light  of  current  market  and  economic  conditions,  subsequent  to  the  fiscal  year  end,  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  20% 
reduction in their total cash compensation effective May 1, 2009.  This reduction does not affect the stock ownership requirement for 
Directors described below. 

Equity Compensation 

On  May 14, 2008,  the  Board  adopted  a  new  equity  compensation program  for  its  Directors.    This  new  program  provides  that  each 
eligible non-employee director is automatically granted $140,000 worth of RSUs on the first trading day of January of each year.  The 
RSUs vest over a one year period from the date of grant.  Accordingly, on January 2, 2009, on which date the fair market value of our 
Common Stock was $18.36, each non-employee Director received a grant of 7,625 RSUs.   

Under the Company’s stock ownership guidelines for Directors, Directors are required to own Company stock having a value equal to 
at  least  $300,000,  which  is  equal  to  five  times  their  annual  retainer  in  effect  at  the  time  the  new  equity  compensation  program  for 
Directors was adopted.  Directors are required to retain half of the shares of Company stock derived from awards of RSUs until their 
ownership  requirements  are  met.    For  more  information  about  stock  ownership  guidelines  for  Directors,  please  see  “BOARD  OF 
DIRECTORS – PRINCIPLES OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE – Stock Ownership Requirements.” 

Succession Agreement 

Mr. Roelandts retired from the positions of President and CEO on January 7, 2008 (the “Succession Date”).  In connection with his 
retirement, the Company entered into a succession agreement with Mr. Roelandts (the “Succession Agreement”) which provides that 
certain payments would be made to him in connection with his provision of transition and other services to the Company.  Pursuant to 
the terms of this agreement, Mr. Roelandts received a bonus payment of $2,000,000 on January 7, 2009, the one year anniversary of 
the Succession Date. 

Employee Directors 

Directors who are actively employed as executives by the Company receive no additional compensation for their service as Directors.  
Mr. Gavrielov is currently the only employee Director of the Company.   

Deferred Compensation 

We also maintain a nonqualified deferred compensation plan which allows each Director as well as eligible employees to voluntarily 
defer receipt of a portion or all of his or her cash compensation until the date or dates elected by the participant, thereby allowing the 
participating  Director  or  employee  to  defer  taxation  on  such  amounts.    For  a  discussion  of  this  plan,  see  “EXECUTIVE 
COMPENSATION– Deferred Compensation Plan.” 

 27

 
 
 
 
 
 
Director Compensation for Fiscal 2009 

The following table provides information on director compensation in fiscal 2009. 

Name
Philip T. Gianos 
John L. Doyle 
Jerald G. Fishman 
William G. Howard, Jr. 
J. Michael Patterson 
Willem P. Roelandts 
Marshall C. Turner 
Elizabeth W. Vanderslice 

Fees Earned 
or Paid in 
Cash (1) 
($) 
 70,000 
 75,000 
 73,000 
 63,000 
 68,000 
111,834 
 65,000 
 73,000 

Stock 
Awards (2) 
($) 
27,846 
27,846 
27,846 
27,846 
27,846 
27,846 
27,846 
27,846 

Option 
Awards (3)
($) 
  77,130 
  77,130 
  77,130 
  77,130 
  83,625 
606,249 
103,404 
  77,130 

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation 
($) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Change in 
Pension 
Value and 
Nonqualified 
Deferred 
Compensation 
Earnings 
 ($) 
— 
— 
— 
     — (4) 
— 
— 
     — (4) 
     — (4) 

All Other 
Compensation 
($) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
2,000,000 (5) 
— 
— 

Total  
($) 
 174,976 
 179,976 
 177,976 
 167,976 
  179,471 
2,745,929 
   196,250 
   177,976 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

Includes amounts deferred at the Director’s election. 

Amounts  shown  do  not  reflect  compensation  actually  received  by  the  Director.    Instead,  the  amounts  shown  are  the 
compensation  costs  recognized  by  the  Company  in  fiscal  2009  for  stock  awards  as  determined  pursuant  to  Statement  of 
Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS) 123(R),  “Share-Based  Payment”  (“SFAS  123(R)”),  discounting  forfeiture 
assumptions.  These compensation costs reflect stock awards granted in fiscal 2009.  No stock awards were made to Directors 
prior to fiscal 2009.  The assumptions used to calculate the value of stock awards are set forth under Note 6 of the Notes to 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included  in  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
March 28, 2009.  The grant date fair value of each stock award was $128,549. 

Amounts  shown  do  not  reflect  compensation  actually  received  by  the  Director.    Instead,  the  amounts  shown  are  the 
compensation costs recognized by the Company in fiscal 2009 for all outstanding option awards as determined pursuant to 
SFAS 123(R), discounting forfeiture assumptions.  The assumptions used to calculate the value of stock option awards are set 
forth under Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-
K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  March 28,  2009.    The  following  aggregate  number  of  option  awards  were  outstanding  as  of 
March 28,  2009:    Mr. Gianos,  114,052;  Mr. Doyle,  114,052;  Mr. Fishman,  137,045;  Dr. Howard,  114,045;  Mr. Patterson, 
69,000;  Mr.  Roelandts,  2,439,020;  Mr. Turner,  54,000;  and  Ms. Vanderslice,  127,045.    All  of  the  outstanding  options 
currently held by Mr. Roelandts were granted to him in his capacity as an employee.   

Director  participated  in  the  Company’s  nonqualified  deferred  compensation  plan  in  fiscal  2009;  however  the  investment 
vehicle  selected  did  not  produce  earnings  in  fiscal  2009.    For  more  information  about  this  plan  see  the  section entitled 
“EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION—Deferred Compensation Plan.” 

Reflects payment made in accordance with the Succession Agreement between the Company and Mr. Roelandts.  For more 
information, see the section above entitled “COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS – Non-Employee Directors – Succession 
Agreement.” 

____________________ 

 28

 
 
 
 
 
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Overview of Compensation Program and Elements of Compensation 

Our compensation programs are designed to support our business goals and to promote both short-term and long-term growth.  This 
section of  the  proxy  statement  explains  our  compensation  programs  in  general,  and  how  they  operate  with  respect  to  our  named 
executive officers in particular.  This year, our “named executive officers” are the CEO, Moshe Gavrielov, the CFO, Jon Olson and 
each of the other three most highly compensated executive officers serving as executive officers at the end of fiscal year 2009, Victor 
Peng, Vincent Ratford and Frank Tornaghi.  In addition, as required by SEC rules, we have included two former executive officers, 
Iain Morris and Boon C. Ooi, because each would have qualified as one of the three most highly compensated executive officers had 
he been employed with the Company at the end of the fiscal year.  Mr. Morris left the Company in the first quarter of the fiscal year 
and Mr. Ooi left the Company in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year. 

The  Company  uses  the  elements  of  cash  and  equity  incentives  to  achieve  its  compensation  objectives.    The  cash  component  of 
compensation  is  intended  to  reflect  market  competitiveness  and  performance  against  annual  objectives  and  to  compensate  for  the 
duties assigned to the particular executive.  Equity awards are also intended to be market competitive and designed to be long-term 
stock  incentives  providing  officers  with  a  stake  in  the  success  of  the  business  and  encourage  creation  of  stockholder  value.    In 
addition,  equity  awards  are  used  to  encourage  and  reward  achievement  of  performance  objectives.    Generally,  the  types  of 
compensation and benefits provided to the CEO are similar to the compensation and benefits provided to our other executive officers.  
The Compensation Committee strives to ensure that the total compensation paid to the named executive officers is fair, reasonable and 
competitive and aligned with performance-based objectives. 

Role of the Compensation Committee 

The Compensation Committee, in consultation with the Company’s CEO, is responsible for establishing the Company’s compensation 
and benefits philosophy and strategy.  The Compensation Committee also oversees the general compensation policies of the Company 
and sets specific compensation levels for corporate officers, including the named executive officers.  The Compensation Committee 
also  reviews  and  makes  recommendations  to  the  Board  regarding  the  compensation  of  the  CEO.    In  determining  compensation 
strategy, the Compensation Committee reviews market competitive data to ensure that the Company is able to attract and retain quality 
employees, including the named executive officers.  The Compensation Committee has the authority to engage its own independent 
advisors  to  assist  in  carrying  out  its  responsibility  and  has  done  so,  as  described  below,  but  may  not  delegate  its  authority  to  such 
advisors. 

Compensation Consultant 

In fiscal 2009, the Compensation Committee retained the services of Semler Brossy Consulting Group LLC to act as its compensation 
consultant.    Semler  Brossy  Consulting  Group  LLC  provided  the  Compensation  Committee  with  general  advice  on  compensation 
matters. 

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives 

The primary objectives of the Compensation Committee with respect to determining executive compensation are to attract, motivate 
and retain talented employees and to align executives’ interests with those of stockholders, with the ultimate objective of improving 
stockholder  value.    It  is  the  philosophy  of  the  Compensation  Committee  that  the  best  way  to  achieve  this  is  to  align  executives’ 
compensation with their level of performance, thereby compensating executives on a “pay for performance” basis. 

To  achieve  these  objectives,  the  Compensation  Committee  has  implemented  and  oversees  compensation  plans  that  tie  a  significant 
portion of executives’ overall compensation to our financial performance, including our revenue, share of revenue, operating profit 
and  the  trading  price  of  our  Common  Stock.    Overall,  the  total  compensation  opportunity  is  intended  to  create  an  executive 
compensation  program  which  sets  compensation  targets  at  the  median  competitive  levels  of  comparable  companies,  however 
compensation above such median levels can result if performance exceeds expectations.  The comparable companies considered by 
the Compensation Committee are described more fully below. 

For  fiscal  2009,  the  Compensation  Committee  approved  a  bonus  program  applicable  to  executives,  including  the  named  executive 
officers, the Xilinx 2009 Executive Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”), which is described in greater detail below.  Compensation 
under the Incentive Plan varied with our financial performance during the fiscal year.  Bonus payments to executives corresponded 
with the Company’s performance during the fiscal year, as well as with their individual performance.  This design was intended to 
accomplish the Company’s goal of aligning executives’ interests with those of stockholders by encouraging the executives to work 
diligently toward the success of the Company, and to reward, as appropriate, achievement of semi-annual and annual objectives.   

 29

 
 
 
In addition to the Incentive Plan, the Company further seeks to advance its objective of aligning executives’ interests with the interests 
of stockholders through its 2007 Equity Plan.  The purpose of the 2007 Equity Plan is to promote the success of our businesses by 
encouraging equity ownership in the Company.  In particular, the 2007 Equity Plan provides officers with incentive to exert maximum 
effort toward the success of the Company and to participate in such success through acquisition and retention of our Common Stock.  
In  addition,  performance-based  equity  grants  under  the  2007  Equity  Plan  are  used  to  reward  executives  for  the  Company’s 
achievement of specified financial objectives. 

Performance to be Rewarded and Procedural Approaches to Accomplish Compensation Objectives 

The  Compensation  Committee  believes  that  the  executive  compensation  provided  by  the  Company  to  its  executives,  including  the 
named  executive  officers,  should  include  both  cash  and  stock-based  compensation  that  rewards  performance  as  measured  against 
established goals. 

Peer  Group Data.   To  aid  in  its  periodic  examination  and  determination  of  executive  compensation,  the  Compensation  Committee 
retained the services of Radford Surveys + Consulting (“Radford”) to provide the Radford Executive Compensation Survey to assist in 
setting executive compensation.  In our survey of market data, we focus on companies meeting all or some of the following criteria:  
(i) they operate  in  a  similar  industry  as  the Company;  (ii) they are  of  roughly  similar  size  (as  measured by  revenues  and  aggregate 
market  capitalization) as  the  Company;  (iii) they  have  growth  expectations  similar  to  those  of  the  Company;  and  (iv) they  are 
companies against whom the Company competes for talent.  For fiscal 2009, the peer group companies that were considered are as 
follows:  

(cid:120)  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. 
(cid:120)  Altera Corporation 
(cid:120)  Analog Devices, Inc. 
(cid:120)  Atmel Corporation 
(cid:120)  Broadcom Corporation 
(cid:120)  Cadence Design Systems, Inc. 
(cid:120)  Cypress Semiconductor Corporation 

(cid:120)  Fairchild Semiconductor 
International, Inc. 

(cid:120)  Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 
(cid:120)  KLA-Tencor Corporation 
(cid:120)  LAM Research Corporation 
(cid:120)  Linear Technology Corporation 
(cid:120)  LSI Corporation 

(cid:120)  Marvell Semiconductor 
(cid:120)  Maxim Integrated Products, Inc. 
(cid:120)  National Semiconductor Corporation 
(cid:120)  Nvidia Corporation 
(cid:120)  ON Semiconductor Corporation 
(cid:120)  Sandisk Corporation  
(cid:120)  Synopsys, Inc. 

With the exception of the elimination of Qualcomm as a comparator company, the foregoing list of peer companies is unchanged from 
fiscal 2008.  The Compensation Committee determined that Qualcomm was not a relevant comparator company because of its size in 
relation to the Company. 

Data on the compensation practices of the above-mentioned peer group generally is gathered through searches of publicly available 
information, including publicly available databases.  Peer group data is gathered with respect to base salary, bonus targets and equity 
awards.    The  Company  also  relies  on  a  compensation  survey  prepared  by  Radford  to  assist  the  Company  in  benchmarking  target 
salary,  bonus and  equity  compensation  levels against  the  same  companies  in  the peer  group  identified  above.    The  Radford  survey 
reflects more current information than the information found through publicly available sources.  In fiscal 2009, all but five of the peer 
group  companies  identified  above  participated  in  this  Radford  survey,  but  our  benchmarking  included  the  entire  peer  group.    The 
Company uses the survey and publicly available information to measure compensation at the median levels, or the 50th percentile, and 
also reviews compensation levels above the median level, or the 75th percentile. 

CEO Evaluation and Compensation Determination.  The Compensation Committee annually reviews the performance of the CEO in 
light of the goals and objectives of the Company’s executive compensation plans, and based on this review, recommends to the Board 
for  its  approval,  the  CEO’s  compensation.    The  review  of  the  performance  and  compensation  of  the  CEO  and  all  other  named 
executive  officers  is  conducted annually  during  the  period  commencing  on or  about  the  middle  of  May  which  is  called  our  “Focal 
Review  Period.”  The  Compensation  Committee  uses  objective  data  from  peer  group  companies  to  assist  in  determining  the 
compensation of the CEO, and compares the data to competitive ranges following statistical analysis and review of subjective policies 
and  practices,  including  assessment  of  the  CEO’s  achievements,  and  a  review  of  compensation  paid  to  CEOs  of  the  peer  group 
companies.  In determining the long-term incentive component of the CEO’s compensation, the Compensation Committee considers 
all relevant factors, including the Company’s performance and relative stockholder return, the value of similar awards to CEOs of the 
peer group companies, the awards given to the CEO in prior years, and formal feedback from the independent directors and the CEO’s 
direct reports.  The CEO is not present at either Compensation Committee or Board level deliberations concerning his compensation.  
However, the CEO works with the Compensation Committee in establishing the Company’s compensation and benefits philosophy 
and  strategy  for  its  executives  and  also  makes  specific  recommendations  to  the  Compensation  Committee  with  respect  to  the 
individual compensation for each of the executive officers, including the named executive officers other than himself. 

Mr.  Gavrielov  joined  the  Company  in  January  2008  and  his  compensation  was  ultimately  determined  through  arm’s  length 
negotiations between Mr. Gavrielov and the Compensation Committee.  The Compensation Committee did not make any adjustments 
to  Mr.  Gavrielov’s  base  salary  or  target  bonus  in  fiscal  2009  because  his  base  salary  and  target  bonus  were  established  in  January 

 30

 
 
 
 
 
2008,  and  sufficient  time  had  not  elapsed  to  consider  adjustments.      No  equity  awards  were  made  to  Mr.  Gavrielov  in  fiscal  2009 
because of the relative size of the grant that he received upon joining the Company.  

Evaluation  of  Other  Named  Executive  Officers  and  Compensation  Determination.    With  respect  to  the  other  named  executive 
officers,  the  Compensation  Committee  annually  reviews,  with  the  CEO,  the  executives’  performance  in  light  of  the  goals  and 
objectives  of  the  Company,  and  approves  their  compensation.    The  Compensation  Committee  also  considers  all  relevant  factors  in 
approving  the level  of  such  compensation, including  each executive  officer’s performance  during  the year,  specifically  an  officer’s 
accomplishments,  areas  of  strength  and  areas  for  development.    During  the  Focal  Review  Period,  the  CEO  and  members  of  the 
Company’s human resources department document each named executive officer’s performance during the year based on the CEO’s 
knowledge of each named executive officer’s performance, individual self-assessment and feedback provided by the named executive 
officer’s peers and direct reports.  The CEO also reviews compensation data gathered from Radford as well as from proxy statements 
and  informal  compensation  surveys,  and  identifies  trends  and  competitive  factors  to  consider  in  adjusting  executive  compensation 
levels.  The CEO then makes a recommendation to the Compensation Committee as to each element of each named executive officer’s 
compensation.   

Compensation Components 

Our  executive  compensation  is  divided  into  the  following  components:    base  salary,  incentive  compensation,  long-term  equity 
incentive compensation and generally available benefits.  Each element is targeted at the median level and all elements are reviewed 
collectively and targeted to the median level of compensation of our peer group companies.    

Base  Salary.    The  Company  provides  the  named  executive  officers  and  other  employees  with  base  salary  to  compensate  them  for 
services rendered during the fiscal year.  As noted above, base salaries for our executive officers, including named executive officers, 
are reviewed and adjusted annually.  In determining the base salaries of executive officers, including the named executive officers, the 
Compensation Committee considers a number of criteria, including the officer’s performance during the prior year, base salary during 
the  prior  year,  scope  of  responsibility,  breadth  of  knowledge  and  individual  achievements.    In  addition,  in  our  determination  of 
executive officers’ base salaries, we review the base salaries being paid to executive officers in comparable positions at companies of 
similar  size  and  internal  review  of  the  executive’s  compensation,  both  individually  and  relative  to  other  executive  officers.    The 
comparable  companies  used  in  this  analysis  are  the  same  peer  group  companies  identified  in  the  discussion  above  regarding  our 
survey  of  market  data.    Determination  of  base  salary  is  not  made  in  accordance  with  a  strict  formula  which  measures  weighted 
qualitative and quantitative factors, but rather is based on objective data synthesized to competitive ranges and to internal policies and 
practices,  including  review  of  the  foregoing  criteria,  all  of  which  are  considered  when  making  the  determination  of  base  salary.  
Generally, we believe that executive officers’ base salaries should be targeted at the median of the range of salaries for executives in 
similar positions and with similar responsibilities at comparable companies in line with our compensation philosophy.   

In  fiscal  2009,  of  the  named  executive  officers,  the  base  salaries  of  Mr.  Peng,  Mr.  Ratford  and  Mr.  Ooi  were  adjusted.    At  the 
beginning of fiscal 2009, the Company undertook a functional reorganization pursuant to which Mr. Ratford was promoted to senior 
vice  president.    In  connection  with  his promotion  and additional responsibilities,  Mr.  Ratford’s  salary  was  increased by  21.4%.   In 
November 2008, Mr. Ratford assumed his current role as Senior Vice President, Worldwide Marketing and in connection with this 
new role Mr. Ratford’s salary was increased by an additional 5.9%.  The base salary of Mr. Ooi was increased by 5.3% in connection 
with our Focal Review based on his performance.  The base salaries of the other named executive officers were not increased during 
the  Focal  Review  because  their  salaries  were  determined  to  be  competitive  at  the  rates  then  in  effect.    In  November  2008,  the 
Company’s  software  engineering  and  silicon  engineering  groups  were  combined  into  one  organization,  Programmable  Platforms 
Development,  reporting  to  Mr.  Peng  and  in  connection  with  the  additional  responsibilities  Mr.  Peng  assumed  as  a  result  of  these 
changes, Mr. Peng’s salary was increased by 2.6%.   

However, in light of economic and market conditions, subsequent to the fiscal year end, the fiscal 2010 base salary for Mr. Gavrielov 
was reduced temporarily by 20% and the fiscal 2010 base salaries for all other named executive officers were reduced temporarily by 
15%.    These  temporary  reductions will  not  impact  the  executives’  target  bonus  amounts  for fiscal  2010 because  the  Compensation 
Committee  believes  that  it  would  not  be  in  the  best  interests  of  the  Company  to  reduce  compensation  incentives  for  executive 
performance. 

Incentive Opportunities/Compensation.  All of our executives, including the named executive officers, are eligible to participate in 
our cash incentive program which provides for a cash bonus calculated as a percentage of the named executive officer’s annual salary.  
In fiscal 2009, the Compensation Committee adopted the Incentive Plan under which the CEO’s bonus target was 100% of his annual 
salary, unchanged from fiscal 2008, and the bonus targets for all other named executive officers were 75% of their annual salary.  In 
fiscal 2008, bonus targets for the named executive officers ranged from 60% to 70% of the named executive officers’ base salary. The 
bonus targets for executives were increased in fiscal 2009 from fiscal 2008 levels to further tie executive compensation to company 
and individual performance and to better align with our peer group companies.  The Incentive Plan and payouts under the Incentive 
Plan are described in the section below entitled “2009 Executive Incentive Plan.” 

 31

 
 
Long-Term Equity Incentive Program.  Equity awards are a key element of the Company’s market-competitive total compensation 
package.  Our equity compensation program is intended to align the interests of our officers with those of our stockholders by creating 
an  incentive  for  our  officers  to  maximize  stockholder  value.    The  equity  compensation  program  is  also  designed  to  encourage  our 
officers to remain employed with the Company despite a very competitive marketplace.  The Company targets the value of its equity 
awards to be in the median of the peer group companies mentioned above.  We provide long-term incentive compensation through the 
award  of  stock  options  that  vest  over  multiple  years  as  well  as  the  award  of  RSUs  and  performance-based  RSUs.    We  grant  most 
equity awards on an annual basis in connection with the annual Focal Review and adjustment cycle.  In fiscal 2009, stock options were 
granted  under  our  2007  Equity  Plan  to  all  of  our  named  executive  officers  other  than  Mr.  Gavrielov.    In  addition,  Mr.  Peng  was 
granted RSUs as a new hire grant, in line with market practice.  The size and other characteristics of these awards were approved by 
the  Compensation  Committee  taking  into  consideration  the  various  factors  set  forth  above,  including  market-competitiveness, 
individual  performance  during  the  year  and  the  need  to  provide  long-term  incentives.    For  further  information  about  these  equity 
awards, please see the table below entitled “Grant of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal 2009.” 

Elected  officers  of  the  Company  receive  certain  acceleration  of  vesting  as  follows:    options  outstanding  under  our  1988  and  1997 
Stock Plans are credited with one year of vesting in the event an elected officer voluntary resigns after attaining age 55 and with at 
least five years of service to the Company as an elected officer.  The 2007 Equity Plan does not provide for automatic acceleration of 
vesting.  However, we have entered into contractual arrangements with certain executive officers, as provided below, to provide for 
acceleration under certain conditions. 

Generally Available Benefit Programs.  The Company maintains the ESPP, under which generally all employees are able to purchase 
our Common Stock through payroll deductions at a discounted price.  We also maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) Plan for employees in 
the U.S., which provides for broad-based employee participation.  In fiscal 2009, effective July 1, 2008, the Compensation Committee 
approved  a  Company  matching  program  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  will  match  up  to  50%  of  the  first  8%  of  an  employee’s 
compensation that the employee contributed to their 401(k) account.  Because the program was introduced mid-year, the maximum 
Company  match  for  calendar  year  2008  was  $2,250  per  employee.    For  calendar  year  2009  and  beyond,  the  maximum  Company 
contribution  per  year  is  $4,500  per  employee.    Prior  to  July  1,  2008,  the  Company  made  discretionary  contributions  to  the  401(k) 
accounts  of  all  employees  when  Company  performance  targets  were  met.    The  Compensation  Committee  changed  to  the  matching 
contribution  model  to  bring  the  Company  in  line  with  industry  standards  and  encourage  employee  ownership  of  their  retirement 
savings. 

The Company also offers a number of other benefits to the named executive officers pursuant to benefits programs that provide for 
broad-based employee participation which includes medical, dental and vision insurance, disability insurance, various other insurance 
programs,  health  and  dependent  care  flexible  spending  accounts,  educational  assistance,  employee  assistance  and  certain  other 
benefits.  The terms of these benefits are essentially the same for all eligible employees. 

The  Company  also  maintains  a  nonqualified  deferred  compensation  plan  which  allows  eligible  participants,  including  executive 
officers and members of the Board, to voluntarily defer receipt of a portion or all of their salary, cash bonus payment or directorship 
fees, as the case may be, until the date or dates elected by the participants, thereby allowing the participating employees and directors 
to defer taxation on such amounts.  Refer to the section below entitled “Deferred Compensation Plan” for more information about this 
benefit plan. 

Consistent  with  our  compensation  philosophy,  we  intend  to  continue  to  maintain  market-competitive  benefits  for  all  employees, 
including  our  named  executive  officers;  provided,  however,  that  the  Compensation  Committee  may  revise,  amend,  or  add  to  the 
officer’s executive benefits and perquisites if it deems advisable in order to remain competitive with comparable companies and/or to 
retain individuals who are critical to the Company.  We believe the benefits and perquisites we offer are currently at competitive levels 
for comparable companies. 

2009 Executive Incentive Plan 

Executive Summary.  Under the Incentive Plan, the cash bonuses for the named executive officers were determined using four equally 
weighted  components:  (1) the  Company’s  operating  profit  as  a  percentage  of  sales  determined  in  accordance  with  U.S.  Generally 
Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP (the “OP Component”); (2) the strategic component (the “Strategic Component”) based on 
strategic  goals  pertaining  to  such  officer’s  position  and  responsibilities;  (3)  the  Company’s  revenue  growth  (the  “Growth 
Component”); and (4) the Company’s share of revenue (the “SOR Component”). 

As reflected in the following discussion and accompanying tables, in the first half of the year, the Company exceeded its operating 
profit goal, resulting in above target payouts under the OP Component, and the Strategic Component payouts to the named executive 
officers ranged from 75% of target to 125% of target.  In the second half of the fiscal year, the Company did not meet its operating 
profit objective, revenue growth objective, or share of revenue objective, resulting in no payouts under the OP Component, Growth 
Component,  or  SOR  Component.    In  the  second  half  of  the  fiscal  year,  the  Strategic  Component  payouts  to  the  named  executive 
officers ranged from 125% of target to 140% of target.      

 32

 
 
Each component is described in more detail below under the sections entitled “Operating Profit Component,” “Strategic Component,” 
“Growth Component” and “Share of Revenue Component.” 

Timing of Payments.  The OP Component and Strategic Component were paid semi-annually and the Growth Component and SOR 
Component were paid annually.  The semi-annual and annual, or year-end, payments to the named executive officers for fiscal 2009 
performance are set forth in the section entitled “Named Executive Officer Bonuses Under the Incentive Plan – Bonus Summary.”   

Operating Profit Component.  The OP Component established the goal of reaching 24.3% operating profit by the end of the first half 
of the fiscal year and to reach 25.8% operating profit by the end of the full fiscal year.  This objective was selected in order to increase 
the Company’s fiscal 2009 operating profit from the fiscal 2008 performance of 23.0%.  The OP Component was paid semi-annually 
in order to drive progressive growth in operating profit to reach the year end objective.  Therefore, the OP Component was determined 
by  a  formula  which  measured  and  rewarded  improvements  in  the  Company’s  operating  profit  on  a  semi-annual  basis,  with  the 
objective increasing in difficulty for each period.  Accordingly, to calculate the OP Component, each tenth of a percent gain in semi-
annual operating profit percentage target was subject to a multiplier of 50% and such multiplier was capped at a maximum of 200%.  
In  order  to  reach  the  minimum  threshold  for  payout  under  the  OP  Component  for  the  first  half  of  the  year,  the  Company  had  to 
achieve  a  minimum  operating  profit  of  23.5%,  and  to  reach  the  minimum  threshold  for  payout  under  the  OP  Component  for  the 
second half of the fiscal year, the Company had to achieve a minimum operating profit of 25.0%.  The calculation for determining the 
OP Component Multiplier for the first half of the year was based on the difference between the Company’s actual operating profit for 
the  first  half  of  the  year  and  22.3%.    Therefore,  to  achieve  the  target  payout  amount  for  the  first  half  of  the  year,  the  semi-annual 
operating profit had to reach 24.3%.  For year-end, the calculation for determining the OP Component Multiplier was based on the 
difference between the Company’s actual year-end operating profit and 23.8%.  Therefore, to achieve the target payout amount for 
year-end, the operating profit percentage had to reach 25.8% for the full year.  Assuming the targets of 24.3% and 25.8% were met, 
the OP Component Payout would equal 100% for each period.  The calculation for determining the OP Component Multiplier is set 
forth in the table below and demonstrates that the Company’s operating profit exceeded its target in the first half of the fiscal year and 
fell below target in the second half of the fiscal year.   

The calculations below of the OP Component Multiplier for the semi-annual and annual periods are based on actual fiscal 2009 
Company performance.  In connection with the calculation of the OP Component for the first half of fiscal 2009, the Compensation 
Committee exercised its discretion to exclude the restructuring charge incurred by the Company as a result of a reduction in force in 
the second quarter of the fiscal year. 

OP Component Multipliers 

Period 

Company OP 

First Half 

26.1% 

Calculation of OP Component 
Multiplier 
50% x (26.1% - 22.3%) = 190% 

Second  
Half 

23.2% 

50% x (23.2% - 23.8%) = 0% 

The total Target OP Component for the year was determined by the following formula: 

Bonus % x OP Component Weighting (25%) x Annual Salary = Total Target OP Component 

However, the OP Component was paid semi-annually.  Therefore, the semi-annual target OP Component payout for each semi-annual 
period was determined by the following formula: 

Bonus % x OP Component Weighting (25%) x Semi-Annual Salary = Semi-Annual OP Component 

Strategic Component.  Under the Strategic Component, for each semi-annual performance period, each named executive officer was 
required  to have  a  maximum  of  five  strategic goals,  each with  a  minimum  weighting of  20%.   Each strategic goal  was (1) directly 
related to the Company’s business objectives and (2) corresponded to such executive’s position and responsibilities at the Company.  
The strategic goals for the named executive officers related to the broader corporate goals within the following categories: 

(cid:120)  Product objectives.  Goals related to product innovation and development, product quality and product schedules fell within 

this category. 

(cid:120) 

Sales  and  marketing  objectives.    Goals  related  to  design  wins,  marketing  strategies  and  product  launches  fell  within  this 
category.  

 33

 
 
 
(cid:120)  Operational objectives.  Goals related to fiscal discipline, cost reductions, business efficiencies and profitability fell within 

this category. 

(cid:120)  Organizational objectives.  Goals related to the implementation of new employee performance and compensation programs, 

succession planning and compliance fell within this category. 

The total Target Strategic Component was determined by the following formula: 

Bonus % x Strategic Component Weighting (25%) x Annual Salary = Total Target Strategic Component 

However, the Strategic Component was paid semi-annually.  Therefore, the semi-annual target Strategic Component for each semi-
annual period was determined by the following formula: 

Bonus % x Strategic Component Weighting (25%) x Semi-Annual Salary = Semi-Annual Strategic Component 

For all named executive officers other than the CEO, the CEO, in consultation with each executive, assigned a weight to each goal 
which was measured in proportion to how that goal corresponded to the importance of the business objective involved.  At the end of 
each  semi-annual  period,  the  executive  was  responsible  for  self-assessing  his  or  her  achievement  of  each  goal  on  a  scale  of  0% 
achievement  to  150%  achievement.    The  CEO  then  reviewed  the  executive’s  performance  and  the  executive’s  self  assessment  and 
recommended to the Compensation Committee the appropriate multiplier, on a scale of 0% to 150%, corresponding to the level of the 
executive’s achievement.   

For the CEO, the Compensation Committee, in consultation with the CEO, assigned a weight to each of the CEO’s goals, which was 
also  measured  in  proportion  to  the  importance  of  that  goal  to  the  business.    At  the  end  of  each  semi-annual  period,  the  CEO  self-
assessed  his  achievement  of  each  goal  on  the  same  0%  to  150%  scale  and  submitted  the  self-assessment  to  the  Compensation 
Committee.   

The table below reflects a hypothetical example of how particular goals would be weighted based on their achievement level, resulting 
in the calculation of the Strategic Multiplier for an individual Xilinx executive. 

STRATEGIC COMPONENT MULTIPLIER (EXAMPLE ONLY) 

Goal  Weighting  Achievement Level  Multiplier 

#1 

#2 

#3 

#4 

20% 

30% 

30% 

20% 

100% 

50% 

100% 

150% 

20% 

15% 

30% 

30% 

Strategic Multiplier 

95% 

Following the CEO’s assessment and recommendation, the Compensation Committee approved the Strategic Multiplier and Strategic 
Component  semi-annual  payout  for  each  named  executive  officer  for  each  semi-annual  period.    With  respect  to  the  CEO,  the 
Compensation  Committee  reviewed  the  CEO’s  self-assessment  and  made  their  own  assessment  of  his  performance.    The 
Compensation Committee then recommended to the Board of Directors, and the Board of Directors approved, the Strategic Multiplier 
and Strategic Component semi-annual payout for the CEO for each semi-annual period.  In assessing the CEO’s achievements and 
approving his compensation, the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors considered his achievements within a broader 
set of expectations including strategic leadership, organizational quality and effectiveness, management abilities and responsiveness to 
economic  conditions.    We  are  not  providing  information  about  the  specific  goals  within  each  named  executive  officer’s  Strategic 
Component or the weighting of such goals because we do not believe that the compensation related to the individual goals or their 
weighting are material.  The cash payout for each individual goal comprised less than 12% of the compensation payable to a named 
executive  officer  under  the  Incentive  Plan,  and  less  than  4% of  the  total  annual  cash  compensation  payable  to  a  named  executive 
officer in fiscal 2009.  Furthermore, individual goals are based on confidential commercial information, and we believe disclosure of 
this  information  would  cause  us  competitive  harm.    The  Compensation  Committee  believed  that  such  goals  would  be  difficult  to 
achieve,  but  could  be  achieved  with  significant  effort  on  the  part  of  the  executives.      We  are  providing  the  Strategic  Component 
Multiplier that was applied and the actual Strategic Component payouts in order to assist an investor’s understanding of our executive 

 34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
compensation.   The following table demonstrates, for each named executive officer, his target Strategic Component bonus, Strategic 
Component Multiplier and actual Strategic Component payout for each semi-annual period: 

Actual Semi-Annual and Annual Strategic Component Payouts 

Named Executive 
Officer 

First Half 
Strategic 
Component 
Multiplier 

First Half Actual 
Strategic 
Component 
Payout 

Second Half 
Strategic 
Component 
Multiplier 

Second Half Actual 
Strategic  
Component  
Payout 

Moshe N. Gavrielov 

125% 

$109,375 

Jon A. Olson 

Victor Peng 

Vincent F. Ratford 

Frank A. Tornaghi 

103% 

75% 

115% 

100% 

$44,419 

$26,613 

$36,656 

$33,750 

130% 

135% 

130% 

140% 

125% 

$113,750 

$58,219 

$48,547 

$46,813 

$42,188 

Iain M. Morris (1) 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

Boon C. Ooi (2) 

125% 

$45,703 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

(1) 

(2) 

Mr. Morris left the Company in the first quarter of the fiscal year and therefore was not eligible for any payouts. 

Mr. Ooi left the Company in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year and therefore was not eligible for payout in the second half 
of the year.   

Semi-Annual Payouts for Named Executive Officers.  The semi-annual bonus payments to the named executive officers were based 
on the OP Component and the Strategic Component only.  To determine the semi-annual payments, the OP Component Multiplier and 
the  Strategic Component  Multiplier  were added  together  to  compile  a  semi-annual  multiplier  (the  “Semi-Annual  Multiplier”).   The 
calculation of the Semi-Annual Multiplier was as follows: 

(Bonus % x OP Component Weighting (25%) x OP Component Multiplier) + (Bonus % x Strategic Component Weighting (25%) x 
Strategic Component Multiplier) = Semi-Annual Multiplier 

The Semi-Annual Multiplier for the semi-annual period was then applied to the named executive officer’s salary earned during the 
first half and second half of the fiscal year. 

Growth Component.  The Growth Component was designed to reward year-over-year revenue growth.  The Growth Component was 
selected as a goal because the Company sought to increase its total revenue in fiscal 2009 over fiscal 2008 revenue by five percent.  
The Growth Component was payable annually to drive improved year-end results.  The Growth Component was subject to a minimum 
threshold for payout and a multiplier that increased the payout depending on Company performance.  In order to reach the minimum 
threshold for payout, the Company had to achieve a minimum of one percent revenue growth over fiscal 2008 revenue.  Provided one 
percent  growth  was  achieved,  a  multiplier  (the  “Growth  Component  Multiplier”)  of  20%  was  applied,  and  for  each  full  percent  of 
revenue growth above one percent, the multiplier increased in 20% increments, with 100% payout achieved if the Company’s revenue 
increased  by  five  percent.    However,  the  maximum  payout  was  capped  at  200%  if  the  Company’s  revenue  grew  by  ten  percent  or 
greater.  In fiscal 2009, no payments were made under the Growth Component because the Company’s revenue did not increase over 
fiscal 2008 revenue. 

Share  of  Revenue  Component.    The  SOR  Component  was  designed  to  measure  and  reward  increases  in  the  Company’s  share  of 
revenue  as  compared  to  certain  benchmark  programmable  logic  device  (“PLD”) companies  identified  by  the  Board  of  Directors, 
which  were Actel,  Altera,  and  Lattice  Semiconductor  (collectively  the  “SOR  Benchmark  Companies”).    The  SOR Component  was 
selected as a goal because the Company sought to improve its market position relative to its chief PLD competitors, and the Board of 
Directors  identified  the  SOR  Benchmark  Companies  as  such  chief  competitors.    To  determine  the  Company’s  share  of  revenue  as 
compared  to  the  SOR  Benchmark  Companies,  the  Company  measured  the  actual  revenue  result  of  the  Company  and  the  SOR 
Benchmark Companies for the fiscal year.  The Company’s share of revenue (the “Company SOR”) was determined by dividing the 

 35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company’s total annual revenue by the total revenue generated by the Company and the SOR Benchmark Companies during the fiscal 
year.  The SOR Component was subject to a minimum threshold for payout and a multiplier that increased the target payout depending 
on Company performance.  In order to reach the minimum threshold for payout, the Company SOR in fiscal 2009 had to increase from 
the Company SOR in fiscal 2008, which was 51.6%.  Therefore, in fiscal 2009 the minimum target threshold for payout was 51.7% 
and if the Company SOR reached this threshold, then the SOR Component payout multiplier (the “SOR Component Multiplier”) was 
50%.    Thereafter,  the  SOR  Component  Multiplier  increased  by  12.5%  for  each  one-tenth  of  a  percentage  point  above  51.7%,  with 
100% payout achieved if the Company SOR reached 52.1%.  However, the maximum payout was capped at 200% if the Company 
SOR  reached  52.9%  or  greater.    In  fiscal  2009,  the  Company  SOR  was  51.5%  and  therefore  no  payout  was  made  under  the  SOR 
Component.   

Named Executive Officer Bonuses under the Incentive Plan 

The  target  bonus  and  bonus  percentages  for  the  named  executive  officers,  as  well  as  the  actual  calculation  and  amounts  paid  the 
named executive officers for fiscal 2009 performance are reflected in the table below. 

Bonus Summary 

Named 
Executive 
Officer 

Total  
Target 
Bonus 

Target 
Bonus as a 
Percentage 
of Salary 

First Half 
of Year, 
Actual 

Second Half 
of Year, 
Actual 

Total 
Bonus, 
Actual 

Total 
Bonus As 
Percentage 
of Salary, 
Actual 

 Moshe N. Gavrielov 

$700,000 

100% 

$275,625 

$113,750 

$389,375 

56% 

   Jon A. Olson 

$345,000 

   Victor Peng 

$291,312 

   Vincent F. Ratford 

$261,250 

   Frank A. Tornaghi 

$270,000 

75% 

75% 

75% 

75% 

$126,356 

$58,219 

$184,575 

$94,034 

$48,547 

$142,581 

$97,219 

$46,813 

$144,032 

$97,875 

$42,188 

$140,063 

40% 

37% 

42% 

39% 

   Iain M. Morris (1) 

Not 
Applicable 

Not 
Applicable 

Not 
Applicable 

Not 
Applicable 

Not 
Applicable 

Not 
Applicable 

   Boon C. Ooi (2) 

$296,250 

75% 

$115,172 

Not 
Applicable 

$115,172 

39% 

Mr. Morris left the Company in the first quarter of the fiscal year and therefore was not eligible for any payouts. 

Mr. Ooi left the Company in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year and therefore was not eligible for payout in the second half 
of the year.   

(1) 

(2) 

Fiscal 2010 Executive Incentive Plan 

On April 28, 2009, the Compensation Committee approved an executive incentive plan for fiscal 2010 (the "2010 Incentive Plan").  
Similar  to  the  2009  Executive  Incentive  Plan,  the  2010  Incentive  Plan  has  an  operating  profit  component,  a  share  of  revenue 
component  and  a  strategic  component.      Given  the  lack  of  visibility  in  forecasting  future  revenue  and  in  light  of  the  uncertain 
economic environment, there is no revenue growth component in the 2010 Incentive Plan.   

Compared to the 2009 Executive Incentive Plan, the weightings of the different components were adjusted to increase the operating 
profit component weighting from 25% to 30%, reduce the share of revenue component weighting from 25% to 20% and increase the 
strategic component weighting from 25% to 50%.  These adjustments to the weightings were made in order to increase the emphasis 
on individual performance and achievement of the Company's strategic objectives for the fiscal year. 

Employment and Separation Agreements with Named Executive Officers 

Employment Letter Agreements with Moshe N. Gavrielov and Jon A. Olson.  The Company maintains employment letter agreements 
with  Messrs.  Gavrielov  and  Olson.    Mr.  Gavrielov’s  employment  letter  agreement,  entered  into  with  Mr. Gavrielov  on  January  4, 
2008, entitles him to certain payments and benefits in the event his employment is terminated at any time due to disability or other 

 36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
than for cause, or if Mr. Gavrielov voluntarily terminates his employment for good reason.  This arrangement with Mr. Gavrielov was 
entered  into  with  him  as  a  part  of  an  arm’s  length  negotiation  with  the  Compensation  Committee  when  Mr.  Gavrielov  joined  the 
Company.   

The employment letter agreement we entered into with Mr. Olson on June 2, 2005, and amended on February 14, 2008, provides Mr. 
Olson with certain payments and benefits in the event he is terminated without cause within one year following a change in control of 
the Company.  This arrangement was entered into with Mr. Olson to retain Mr. Olson and ensure his cooperation with and continued 
commitment to the success of the Company. 

A  description  of  the  terms  of  Messrs.  Gavrielov’s  and  Olson’s  employment  letter  agreements,  and  a  quantification  of  the  potential 
payments and benefits under these agreements, are provided below in the section entitled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or 
Change in Control.” 

Employment Letter Agreement with Iain M. Morris.  Mr. Morris became entitled to certain compensation, pursuant to the terms of 
his employment letter agreement, in connection with the elimination of his position at the Company in the first quarter of the fiscal 
year.  The compensation provided to him is described and quantified in the section entitled “Potential Payments upon Termination or 
Change in Control.” 

Equity Grant Procedures and Guidelines 

We have conducted an internal review of our equity granting procedures to ensure that our procedures satisfy both our objectives and 
all  applicable  compliance  requirements.    To  this  end,  the  Company  has  adopted  written  procedures for  the  grant  of  equity  awards.  
With  respect  to  grants  to  employees  and  officers,  including  named  executive  officers,  the  Compensation  Committee  reserves  the 
authority to make grants at such time and with such terms as it deems appropriate in its discretion, subject to the terms of the 2007 
Equity Plan.  Generally, grants of equity awards are made to officers based on and in connection with the annual review during the 
Focal  Review Period.    The Compensation Committee  periodically  grants  equity  awards  at  its  scheduled  meetings  or  by  unanimous 
written consent for new hires and promotions.  Grants approved during scheduled meetings become effective and are priced as of the 
date of approval or a pre-determined future date.  For example, new hire grants are effective as of the later of the date of approval or 
the newly hired employee’s start date.  Grants approved by unanimous written consent become effective and are priced as of the date 
the last signature is obtained or as of a predetermined future date.  The Compensation Committee has made certain exceptions to these 
procedures in order to grant an equity award on an executive’s start date, as it did in the case of the option grant to Mr. Gavrielov.  The 
Company has not granted, nor does it intend in the future to grant, equity awards to executives in anticipation of the release of material 
nonpublic information that is likely to result in changes to the price of the Company’s Common Stock, such as a significant positive or 
negative earnings announcement.  Similarly, the Compensation Committee has not timed, nor does it intend in the future to time, the 
release  of  material  nonpublic  information  based  on  equity  award  grant  dates.    In  any  event,  because  equity  compensation  awards 
typically vest over four-year periods, the effect of any immediate increase in the price of the Company’s Common Stock following 
grant is minimal. 

The Board of Directors has delegated to the CEO and CFO limited authority to approve equity award grants to non-officer employees 
pursuant to the terms of the 2007 Equity Plan, and subject to the provisions of pre-determined guidelines.  Specifically, with respect to 
non-officer employees, our annual focal awards will be granted on or about July 1 of each year (or if such day is not a business day, 
the first business day thereafter), and other equity awards will generally be granted on the 10th day of the month, or if such day is not 
a business day, the first business day thereafter that the Company’s stock is traded.  The Compensation Committee is responsible for 
determining and granting all equity awards to executive officers. 

Under the 2007 Equity Plan, the exercise price of options and stock appreciation rights may not be less than 100% of the closing price 
of the shares underlying such options and stock appreciation rights on the date of grant. 

Claw-Back Policy 

The Board has adopted a policy for seeking the return (claw-back) from executive officers of compensation to the extent such amounts 
were paid due to financial results that later had to be restated.  The policy provides that to the extent the Board, or any committee 
thereof, and the Company, in their discretion, determine appropriate, the Company may require reimbursement of all or a portion of 
any bonus, incentive payment, commission, equity-based award or other compensation granted to and received by or for an elected 
officer beginning in fiscal year 2009, where:  (1) the compensation was predicated upon achieving certain financial results that were 
subsequently  the  subject  of  a  substantial  restatement  of  Company  financial  statements  filed  with  the  SEC;  (2) the  Board  (or  a 
committee  thereof),  in  its  sole  discretion,  determines  the  elected  officer  engaged  in  intentional  misconduct  that  was  directly 
responsible  for  the  substantial  restatement;  and  (3) less  compensation  would  have  been  paid  to  the  elected  officer  based  upon  the 
restated financial results. 

 37

 
 
 
Stock Ownership Guidelines 

We  have  adopted  stock  ownership  guidelines  for  our  officers,  including  the  named  executive  officers  to  align  more  closely  the 
interests  of  our  officers  with  those  of  our  stockholders.    Under  these  guidelines,  the  ownership  guideline  applicable  to  the  CEO  is 
50,000  shares  and  the  guideline  applicable  to  other  executive  officers,  including  the  named  executive  officers,  is  15,000  shares.  
Executive officers holding such positions on the date our guidelines were adopted must meet these ownership requirements by June 1, 
2011 and new executive officers must meet these guidelines within five years after such individual’s receipt of his or her initial grant. 

Tax and Accounting Considerations 

Deductibility  of  Executive  Compensation.    It  is  our  policy  generally  to  qualify  compensation  paid  to  named  executive  officers  for 
deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Tax Code.  Section 162(m) of the Tax Code places a limit of $1,000,000 on the amount of 
compensation that the Company may deduct in any one year with respect to each of its CEO and next three most highly paid executive 
officers  (other  than  its  CFO).    Our  stockholder-approved  equity  plans  are  qualified  so  that  awards  under  these  plans  constitute 
performance-based compensation not subject to the limit under Section 162(m) of the Tax Code.  A portion of the cash payments we 
make under the 2009 Incentive Plan may not be deductible under Section 162(m) of the Tax Code.  The Compensation Committee 
intends to continue to evaluate the effects of the Tax Code and related U.S. Treasury regulations and the advisability of qualifying its 
executive  compensation  for  deductibility  of  such  compensation.    To  maintain  flexibility  in  compensating  executive  officers  in  a 
manner  designed  to  promote  varying  corporate  goals,  however,  the  Compensation  Committee  has  not  adopted  a  policy  that  all 
compensation must be deductible. 

REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

The  Compensation  Committee  has  reviewed  and  discussed  the  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  required  by  Item  402(b) of 
Regulation  S-K  with  the  management  of  the  Company  and,  based  on  such  review  and  discussion,  the  Compensation  Committee 
recommended  to  the  Board  of  Directors  that  the  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  be  included  in  this  proxy  statement  and, 
through incorporation by reference from this proxy statement, the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
March 28, 2009. 

The Compensation Committee 
—Philip T. Gianos, Chairman 
—J. Michael Patterson 
—Elizabeth W. Vanderslice 

The following non-employee members of the Board participated in the review, discussions and recommendations with respect to the 
compensation of the CEO. 

—Philip T. Gianos 
—John L. Doyle 
—Jerald G. Fishman 
—William G. Howard, Jr. 
—J. Michael Patterson 
—Willem P. Roelandts 
—Marshall C. Turner 
—Elizabeth W. Vanderslice 

The foregoing Report of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors is not “soliciting  material,” is not deemed “filed” 
with  the  SEC  and  is  not  to  be  incorporated  by  reference  in  any  filing of  Xilinx under the  Securities  Act  of 1933,  as  amended  (the 
“Securities Act,”) or under the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date of this proxy statement and irrespective of any 
general incorporation language in any such filing. 

 38

 
 
 
 
Summary Compensation Table 

The following table provides compensation information for the named executive officers. 

Name and Position
Moshe N. Gavrielov  

President and CEO 

Jon A. Olson 

Senior Vice President, Finance 
and Chief Financial Officer 

Victor Peng (6) 

Senior Vice President, 
Programmable Platforms Development 

Vincent F. Ratford (6) 

Senior Vice President, Worldwide 
Marketing 
Frank A. Tornaghi (6) 

Senior Vice President, Worldwide 
Sales 
Iain M. Morris (8) 

(Former) Executive Vice President 
and General Manager 

Boon C. Ooi (8) 

(Former) Senior Vice President, 
Worldwide Operations 
and Business Process Reengineering 

Year 
2009 
2008 

2009 
2008 
2007 

Salary 
($) 
700,000 
164,679 

460,000 
455,000 
381,250 

2009 

388,000 

Bonus 
($) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
100,000 (7) 

Stock 
Awards (1) 
($) 
— 
— 
131,502 
105,610 
— 

Option 
Awards (1) 
($) 
1,014,938 
  230,198 

  503,098 
  559,713 
  650,207 

101,122 

  248,010 

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation (2) 
($) 
389,375 
175,000 

184,575 
273,783 
164,161 

142,581 

2009 

342,500 

— 

35,040 

  271,452 

144,032 

2009 

360,000 

36,180 (7) 

45,727 

  166,463 

140,063 

2009 
2008 

  50,000 
600,000 

2009 
2008 
2007 

295,000 
355,615 
290,250 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

  692,107 
  701,167 

113,056 
  81,827 
— 

  342,743 
  363,442 
  545,955 

— 
383,625 

115,172 
225,322 
114,777 

Change in 
Pension Value 
and 
Nonqualified 
Deferred 
Compensation 
Earnings 
($) 
— 
— 
     — (5) 
     — (5) 
27,918 

     — (5) 

All Other 
Compensation  
(3) 
($) 
— 
     20,592 (4) 
6,750 
2,150 
1,500 

Total 
($) 
2,104,313 
590,469 

1,285,925 
1,396,256 
1,225,036 

3,750 

983,463 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

793,024 

5,250 

753,683 

1,112,300 (9) 
 2,150 

1,854,407 
1,686,942 

     — (5) 
     — (5) 
129,276 

— 
2,150 
1,500 

865,971 
1,028,356 
1,081,758 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

Amounts shown do not reflect compensation actually received by the named executive officer.  Instead, the amounts shown 
are  the  compensation  costs  recognized  by  the  Company  in  fiscal  2009  for  equity  awards  as  determined  pursuant  to  SFAS 
123(R), discounting forfeiture assumptions.  These compensation costs as they relate to stock awards reflect costs associated 
with stock awards granted in and prior to fiscal 2009.  These compensation costs as they relate to option awards reflect option 
awards granted in and prior to fiscal 2009.  The assumptions used to calculate the value of equity awards are set forth under 
Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Xilinx’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal 
year ended March 28, 2009. 

Amounts represent bonuses earned for services rendered in fiscal 2009 under the 2009 Executive Incentive Plan. 

Unless otherwise indicated, the amounts in this column consist of Company contributions under its 401(k) Plan.   

The  Company  reimbursed  Mr. Gavrielov  for  the  legal  fees  incurred  by  him  in  connection  with  the  negotiation  of  his 
employment arrangement.  Amount reflected in table includes tax gross up in an amount equal to approximately 50% of the 
dollar value of the benefit. 

Named executive officer participates in the Company’s non-qualified deferred compensation plan; however, the investment 
vehicle  selected  did  not  produce  earnings  in  fiscal  2009  or  fiscal  2008.    For  more  information  about  this  plan  see  the 
section below entitled “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION—Deferred Compensation Plan.” 

Messrs.  Peng,  Ratford  and  Tornaghi  became  named  executive  officers  in  fiscal  2009  and  therefore  only  fiscal  2009 
compensation information is provided.   

Represents amount of cash bonus paid to the executive as a hiring incentive. 

Mr. Morris left the Company in the first quarter of the fiscal year.  Mr. Ooi left the Company in the fourth quarter of the 
fiscal year. 

Represents  total  severance  and  other  dollar  amounts  paid  to  Mr.  Morris  in  connection  with  the  termination  of  his 
employment.    For  more  information,  see  “Potential  Payments  upon  Termination  or  Change  in  Control  –  Employment  and 
Separation Agreements with Named Executive Officers.” 

 39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal 2009 

The following table provides information on equity and non-equity awards granted to our named executive officers during fiscal 2009.   

Name 

Moshe N. Gavrielov 

Approval 
Date 

Grant 
Date 
4/30/08 

Threshold 
($) 
0 

Target 
($) 
700,000 

Maximum 
($) 
1,312,500 

Threshold 
(#) 
— 

Target 
(#) 
— 

Maximum 
(#) 
— 

Estimated Future Payouts Under 
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards (1)

Estimated Future Payouts Under 
Equity Incentive Plan Awards

Jon A. Olson 

6/25/08 

7/1/08 

4/30/08 

Victor Peng  

4/30/08 

5/12/08 

Vincent F. Ratford 

4/30/08 

5/12/08 

4/30/08 

4/30/08 

Frank A. Tornaghi 

6/25/08 

7/1/08 

Iain M. Morris (5) 

— 

4/30/08 
— 

Boon C. Ooi (5) 

6/25/08 

7/1/08 

— 

0 

— 

0 

— 

0 

— 

0 
— 

— 

— 

— 

345,000 

646,875 

— 

— 

291,312 

546,211 

— 

— 

261,250 

489,844 

— 

— 

270,000 
— 

506,250 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

All Other 
Stock 
Awards: 
Number 
of Shares 
of Stock 
or Units (2) 
(#) 
— 

All Other 
Option 
Awards: 
Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Options (3) 
(#) 
— 

Exercise 
Or Base 
Price of 
Option 
Awards 
(S/Sh) 
— 

Grant Date 
Fair Value 
of Stock 
and Option 
Awards (4) 
($) 
— 

— 

— 

60,000 

24.29 

 442,602 

— 

— 

— 

20,000 

170,000 

26.34 

1,251,183 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

  60,000 

26.34 

  441,594 

— 

— 

— 

  30,000 

24.29 

  221,301 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

  60,000 

24.29 

  442,602 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

All  actual  payouts  were  made  under  the  fiscal  2009  Executive  Incentive  Plan  and  are  disclosed  in  the  Summary 
Compensation Table in the column entitled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.” 

Each RSU reported in this column was granted pursuant to the 2007 Equity Plan and vests in equal annual installments over a 
period of four years from the date of grant, subject to continued employment with the Company. 

Each option reported in this column was granted pursuant to the 2007 Equity Plan, has a seven-year term and vests over a 
period of four years from the date of grant in equal monthly increments, subject to continued employment with the Company.  
The exercise price of each option is equal to 100% of the closing price of the shares underlying the options on the date of 
grant.  The option awards reported in this column are also reflected in the Summary Compensation Table. 

The value of an award is based on the fair value as of the grant date of such award determined pursuant to SFAS 123(R).  The 
exercise price for all options granted to the named executive officers is 100% of the fair market value of the shares on the 
grant date.  Regardless of the value placed on an award on the grant date, the actual value of the award will depend on the 
market value of the Company’s Common Stock at such date in the future when the option is exercised or the stock award is 
settled.   

(5) 

The executive left the Company prior to the end of the fiscal year.  Options granted during the fiscal year, if any, ceased to 
vest when the executive terminated service. 

 40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2009 

The  following  table  provides  information  on  outstanding  stock  options  and  RSUs  held  by  the  named  executive  officers  as  of 
March 28, 2009.   

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
(#) 
Exercisable 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
(#) 
Unexercisable 

Name 

Moshe N. Gavrielov 

218,750 

531,250 

Jon A. Olson 

187,500 

12,500 

53,333 

26,667 

23,438 

32,812 

10,000 

50,000 

Victor Peng 

— 

170,000 

Vincent F. Ratford 

34,375 

15,625 

4,083 

2,917 

20,000 

40,000 

12,500 

47,500 

Frank A. Tornaghi 

21,938 

59,062 

5,000 

25,000 

Iain M. Morris 

— 

Boon C. Ooi 

12,656 

10,156 

7,500 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Equity 
Incentive 
Plan 
Awards: 
Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Unearned 
Options 
(#) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Option 
Exercise Price 
($) 

Grant Date 

Option 
Expiration 
Date 

Number of 
Shares or 
Units of 
Stock 
That Have 
Not 
Vested(1) 
(#) 

Market 
Value 
of Shares 
or 
Units of 
Stock 
That Have 
Not 
Vested(2) 
($) 

20.46 

01/07/08 

01/07/15 (4) 

25.66 

06/27/05 

06/27/15 (5) 

22.80 

07/03/06 

07/03/16 (6) 

26.97 

07/02/07 

07/02/14 (7) 

24.29 

07/01/08 

07/01/15 (7) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

26.34 

05/12/08 

05/12/15 (4) 

20,000 

389,800 

25.84 

03/14/06 

03/14/16 (5) 

22.80 

07/03/06 

07/03/16 (6) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

23.02 

11/12/07 

11/12/14 (7) 

5,001 

97,469 

26.34 

05/12/08 

05/12/15 (7) 

— 

— 

21.98 

02/11/08 

02/11/15 (4) 

6,750 

131,558 

24.29 

07/01/08 

07/01/15 (7) 

— 

— 

— 

26.97 

07/02/07 

08/09/09 

23.02 

11/12/07 

08/09/09 

24.29 

07/01/08 

08/09/09 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Equity 
Incentive 
Plan 
Awards: 
Number of 
Unearned 
Shares, Units 
or Other 
Rights That 
Have Not 
Vested(3) 
(#) 

Equity 
Incentive 
Plan 
Awards: 
Market or 
Payout Value 
of Unearned 
Shares, Units 
or Other 
Rights That 
Have Not 
Vested(2) 
(#) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

16,501 

321,604 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Vesting  of  RSUs  is  time-based.    RSUs  vest  in  equal  annual  installments  over  a  period  of  four  years,  subject  to  continued 
employment with the Company. 

Market value is computed by multiplying the closing price of the Company’s stock on the last trading day of the fiscal year 
by the number of shares reported in the adjacent column.  The closing price of the Company’s stock on March 27, 2009 was 
$19.49. 

In fiscal 2008, performance-based RSUs were awarded to certain named executive officers.  The RSUs were granted under 
the 2007 Equity Plan and vest in annual installments over a period of four years from the date of grant.  The number of RSUs 
vesting,  if  any,  on  each  annual  vesting  date  depends  on  the  extent  to  which  the  performance  goal  is  satisfied.    If  the 
performance goal is less than 100% satisfied, only a pro-rated portion of the RSU, if any, will vest on the annual vesting date 
and the unvested shares for that year will carry over to the next annual vesting date, but cannot carry over beyond that if the 
performance  target  is  not  met.    The  performance  goal  for  each  vesting  date  is  based  on  the  average  operating  margin 
percentage  achieved  by  the  Company  over  the  two-year  period  ending  on  the  last  day  of  the  Company’s  most  recently 
completed  fiscal  year,  as  compared  to  the  average  operating  margin  percentage  of  20  other  companies  in  the  logic-based 
semiconductor industry identified by the Compensation Committee.  In order to achieve 100% of the annual vesting amount, 
the Company must achieve a ranking status in the top one-third of the companies identified by the Compensation Committee.  
The  next  potential  vesting  date  for  these  performance-based  RSUs  is  July  2,  2009,  and  a  maximum  of  one-third  of  the 
unvested shares set forth in this column may vest on that date. 

 41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

The  stock  option  vests  and  becomes  exercisable  over  a  period  of  four  years,  with  25%  of  the  shares  subject  to  the  option 
vesting six years prior to the expiration date reported for such option in the table above, which is also the first anniversary of 
the date of grant (the “Initial Vesting Date”), and the remainder of the shares vesting in equal monthly increments over the 
three years following the Initial Vesting Date, subject to continued employment with the Company. 

The  stock  option  vests  and  becomes  exercisable  over  a  period  of  four years,  with  25%  of  the  shares  subject  to  the  option 
vesting nine years prior to the expiration date reported for such option in the table which is also the first anniversary of the 
date of grant (the “Initial Vesting Date”), and the remainder of the shares vesting in equal monthly increments over the three 
years following the Initial Vesting Date, subject to continued employment with the Company. 

The stock option vests and becomes exercisable over a period of four years, with the shares subject to the option vesting in 
equal monthly increments beginning on the date ten years prior to the expiration date reported for such option in the table 
below, subject to continued employment with the Company. 

The stock option vests and becomes exercisable over a period of four years, with the shares subject to the option vesting in 
equal monthly increments beginning on the date seven years prior to the expiration date reported for such option in the table, 
subject to continued employment with the Company. 

Option Exercises and Stock Vested for Fiscal 2009 

The following table provides information on stock option exercises by the named executive officers during fiscal 2009. 

Name 
Moshe N. Gavrielov 

Jon A. Olson 

Victor Peng 

Vincent F. Ratford 

Frank A. Tornaghi 

Iain M. Morris 

Boon C. Ooi  

Option Awards 

Stock Awards 

Number of 
Shares Acquired 
on Exercise 
(#) 
— 

Value Realized on 
Exercise (1) 
($) 
— 

Number of Shares 
Acquired on 
Vesting 
(#) 
— 

Value Realized on 
Vesting (2) 
($) 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

  5,000 

10,000 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

 4,500 

14,000 

— 

— 

5,499 

— 

1,666 

2,250 

— 

— 

3,812 

1,041 

130,766 

— 

 26,073 

 39,893 

— 

— 

90,649 

16,292 

(1) 

(2) 

The  value  realized  upon  exercise  equals  the  difference  between  the  option  exercise  price  and  the  fair  market  value  of  the 
Company’s Common Stock on the date of exercise, multiplied by the number of shares for which the option was exercised. 

The value realized upon vesting is the sum realized by multiplying the number of shares of stock by the market value of the 
underlying shares on the vesting date. 

Deferred Compensation Plan 

The  Company  maintains  a nonqualified deferred  compensation plan  which  allows  eligible  participants,  including executive officers 
and members of the Board, to voluntarily defer receipt of a portion or all of their salary, cash bonus payment or directorship fees, as 
the  case  may  be,  until  the  dates  elected  by  the  participants,  thereby  allowing  the  participating  employees  and  Directors  to  defer 
taxation on such amounts.  This deferred compensation plan is offered to highly compensated employees and non-employee Directors 
in order to allow them to defer more compensation than they would otherwise be permitted to defer under a tax-qualified retirement 

 42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
plan, such as our 401(k) Plan.  Further, the Company offers the deferred compensation plan as a competitive practice to enable it to 
attract and retain top talent by providing employees with an opportunity to save in a tax efficient manner. 

Amounts credited to the deferred compensation plan consist only of cash compensation that has been earned and payment of which 
has been deferred by the participant.  Under the deferred compensation plan, the Company is obligated to deliver on a future date the 
deferred  compensation  credited  to  the  relevant  participant’s  account,  adjusted  for  any  positive  or  negative  investment  results  from 
investment  alternatives  selected  by  the  participant  under  the  deferred  compensation  plan  (the  “Obligations”).    The  Obligations  are 
unsecured  general  obligations  of  the  Company  and  rank  in  parity  with  other  unsecured  and  subordinated  indebtedness  of  the 
Company.  The Obligations are not transferable, except upon death of a participant.  All earnings under the deferred compensation 
plan are based on the market performance of the investments selected at the direction of the individual participant. 

In addition, the Company, acting through the Board, may make discretionary contributions to the accounts of one or more deferred 
compensation  plan  participants.    In  fiscal  2009,  there  were  no  discretionary  contributions  made  by  the  Company  to  the  deferred 
compensation plan accounts.  The deferred compensation plan is evaluated for competitiveness in the marketplace from time to time, 
but the level of benefits provided is not typically taken into account in determining an executive’s overall compensation package for a 
particular year. 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal 2009  

The following table provides information on non-qualified deferred compensation for the named executive officers during fiscal 2009. 

Name 
Moshe N. Gavrielov 

Jon A. Olson 

Victor Peng 

Vincent F. Ratford 

Frank A. Tornaghi 

Iain M. Morris 

Boon C. Ooi 

Executive 
Contributions in 
Last FY(1) 
($) 
(cid:650) 

Registrant 
Contributions in 
Last FY 
($) 
(cid:650) 

Aggregate 
Earnings in Last 
FY 
($) 
(cid:650) 

Aggregate 
Withdrawals/ 
Distributions 
($) 
(cid:650) 

Aggregate 
Balance at Last 
FYE 
($) 
(cid:650) 

449,520 

  91,958 

(cid:650) 

(cid:650) 

(cid:650) 

498,589 

(cid:650) 

(cid:650) 

(cid:650) 

(cid:650) 

(cid:650) 

(cid:650) 

(414,887) 

    (5,023) 

(cid:650) 

(cid:650) 

(cid:650) 

(cid:650) 

(cid:650) 

(cid:650) 

(cid:650) 

(cid:650) 

896,861 

 86,935 

(cid:650) 

(cid:650) 

(cid:650) 

(802,341) 

47,937 

 1,138,792 

(1) 

Amounts in column consist of salary and/or bonus earned during fiscal 2009, which is also reported in the Summary 
Compensation Table. 

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control 

As described above in the section entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Employment and Separation Agreements with 
Named Executive Officers,” the Company maintains employment letter agreements with certain of our named executive officers.   The 
narrative  and  tables  that  follow  describe  potential  payments  and  benefits  to  such  executives  under  their  existing  employment  letter 
agreements,  including  payments  and  benefits  that  would  be  due  to  them  in  connection  with  the  occurrence  of  a  change  in  control, 
assuming their employment terminated and the change in control occurred on March 27, 2009, the last business day of the Company’s 
fiscal  year.    However,  Mr.  Morris’s  position  with  the  Company  was  eliminated  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2009,  and  therefore 
quantification  of  his  separation  benefits  reflects  only  the  amounts  actually  paid  to  him  in  connection  with  his  separation  from  the 
Company. 

Employment  Letter  Agreement  with  Moshe  N.  Gavrielov.    Under  an  employment  letter  agreement  that  we  entered  into  with  Mr. 
Gavrielov on January 4, 2008, if the Company terminates Mr. Gavrielov’s employment at any time due to disability or other than for 
“cause” or if Mr. Gavrielov voluntarily terminates his employment for “good reason” (in each case, as defined in his agreement and 
described below in the section entitled “Definitions of Good Reason, Cause and Change in Control”) then subject to Mr. Gavrielov’s 
execution of a release of claims in favor of the Company, he will be eligible for:  (i) one year of his base salary; (ii) one year of his 
target bonus; (iii) one year of medical and dental insurance; (iv) a pro rata portion of his bonus for the fiscal year during which his 

 43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
employment  was  terminated;  and  (v) 24  months  accelerated  vesting  of  all  equity  grants  received  from  the  Company  prior  to  his 
termination of employment.   

Potential  Payments  upon  Termination  of  Mr. Gavrielov’s  Employment.    Under  his  employment  agreement,  Mr. Gavrielov  will 
receive  certain  compensation  in  the  event  we  terminate  his  employment,  as  set  forth  above.    Assuming  the  Company  terminated 
Mr. Gavrielov  without  cause  on  March  27,  2009,  Mr. Gavrielov  would  have  received  the  following  severance  benefits  under  his 
employment agreement:  (i) a lump sum payment of $700,000, consisting of his annual base salary for fiscal 2009, (ii) a lump sum 
payment of $700,000, consisting of his target bonus for fiscal 2009, (iii) Company paid  COBRA coverage for 12 months valued at 
$19,307 and (iv) a lump sum payment of $87,500, the pro rata portion of his bonus for the fiscal year during which his employment 
was terminated.  None of Mr. Gavrielov’s options to purchase Common Stock were in-the-money as of March 27, 2009.  Specifically, 
he would not have received additional consideration solely by reason of the acceleration of vesting on any of his outstanding stock 
options because the exercise price of the options exceeded the closing price of our Common Stock on March 27, 2009, and therefore 
the net intrinsic value of these options would have been zero.  The table below calculates all payments to be made to Mr. Gavrielov in 
connection with such termination: 

Annual Base 
Salary 
$700,000 

Annual Target 
Bonus 
$700,000 

Pro Rata 
Portion of 
Target Bonus 
$87,500 

Medical and 
Dental 
Insurance 
$19,307 

Value of 
Options 
$0 

Total 
$1,506,807 

Employment Letter Agreement with Jon A. Olson.  Under an employment letter agreement that we entered into with Mr. Olson on 
June  2,  2005,  and  amended  on  February  14,  2008,  in  the  event  the  Company  experiences  a  “change  in  control”  and  Mr. Olson  is 
terminated without “cause” (in each case, as defined in his agreement and described below in the section entitled “Definitions of Good 
Reason,  Cause  and  Change  in  Control”)  within  one  year  of  such  change  in  control  of  the  Company,  and  subject  to  Mr. Olson’s 
execution of a release of claims in favor of the Company, he will be eligible for one year of each of:  (i) his base salary, (ii) his target 
bonus,  (iii) medical  and  dental  insurance  and  (iv) accelerated  vesting  of  equity  grants  received  from  the  Company  prior  to  such 
termination of employment.   

Potential  Payments  upon  Change  in  Control  and  Termination  of  Mr. Olson’s  Employment.    Under  his  employment  agreement, 
Mr. Olson  will  receive  certain  compensation  as  set  forth  above.    Assuming  the  Company  had  experienced  a  change  in  control  and 
Mr. Olson’s employment had terminated without cause on March 27, 2009, Mr. Olson would have received the following severance 
benefits under his employment agreement:  (i) a lump sum payment of $460,000, consisting of his annual base salary for fiscal 2009, 
(ii) a  lump  sum  payment  of  approximately  $345,000,  consisting  of  his  target  bonus  for  fiscal  2009,  (iii) Company  paid  COBRA 
coverage  for  12 months  valued  at  $19,307  and  (iv) acceleration  of  the  vesting  of  one  year  of  5,500  RSUs.    None  of  Mr.  Olson’s 
options to purchase Common Stock were in-the-money as of March 27, 2009.  Specifically, he would not have received additional 
consideration solely by reason of acceleration of vesting on any of his outstanding stock options because the exercise prices of the 
options exceeded the closing price of our Common Stock on March 27, 2009, and therefore the net intrinsic value of these options 
would have been zero.  The net value of the RSUs would have been $107,195.  The table below calculates all payments to be made to 
Mr. Olson in connection with such termination: 

Annual Base 
Salary 
$460,000 

Annual Target 
Bonus 
$345,000 

Medical and 
Dental 
Insurance 
$19,307 

Value of 
Options 
$0 

Value of RSUs 
$107,195 

Total 
$931,502 

Definitions  of  Good  Reason,  Cause  and  Change  in  Control.    Under  Mr.  Gavrielov’s  employment  letter  agreement,  the  following 
events  would  constitute  “Good  Reason:”  (i)  a  reduction  of  10%  or  more  in  his  base  compensation,  target  bonus  opportunity  or 
guaranteed bonus; (ii) a material reduction in his authority, duties or responsibilities; (iii) his no longer being CEO; or (iv) a relocation 
of the Company’s headquarters outside of the San Francisco Bay Area; provided that Mr. Gavrielov has given the Company notice of, 
and  the  Company  has  failed  to  cure,  the  event  giving  rise  to  Good  Reason  and  Mr.  Gavrielov’s  employment  terminates  within  six 
months of the occurrence of such event.  

“Cause” under Mr. Gavrielov’s employment letter agreement includes: (i) continued neglect of or willful failure or misconduct in the 
performance  of  his  duties;  (ii)  a  material  breach  of  the  Company’s  Proprietary  Information  and  Inventions  Agreement,  Code  of 
Conduct or other policies; (iii) fraud, embezzlement or material misappropriation; (iv) conviction of, or entry of a plea of no contest or 
nolo contendere to a felony; or (v) any continued willful and wrongful act or omission that materially injures the financial condition or 
business reputation of the Company and its subsidiaries; subject in certain of the above cases to applicable notice and cure periods. 

The Company will have “Cause” to terminate Mr. Olson’s employment if he: (i) engages in financial fraud or embezzles property of 
the  Company  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries;  (ii)  fails  to  pay  an  obligation  owed  to  the  Company;  (iii)  breaches  a  fiduciary  duty  or 
deliberately disregards Company policies, which results in loss to the Company; (iv) engages in any activity for any competitor of the 

 44

 
 
 
 
Company  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries;  (v)  discloses  any  confidential  information  or  trade  secret,  or  engages  in  the  theft  of  any  trade 
secret, of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or (vi) violates securities, antitrust, unfair competition or other laws or otherwise 
engages in conduct that puts the Company or any of its subsidiaries at substantial risk of violating such laws.  

A “Change in Control” will be deemed to have occurred under Mr. Olson’s agreement in the event: (i) any person or group acquires 
more than 50% of the fair market value or voting power of the Company’s shares (however, if any one person or more than one person 
acting as a group, is considered to own more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the shares of Common 
Stock of the Company, then the acquisition of additional shares by that person or persons will not be considered to cause a “Change in 
Control”); (ii) a change in the majority of the members of the board of directors during any 12-month period unless such change is 
endorsed by a majority of the board members serving prior to the change; or (iii) any person or group acquires all or substantially all 
of the assets of the Company.  

Other than those described above and the payments to Mr. Morris described below, none of the other named executive officers have 
severance or change in control agreements with the Company.  The Company has not provided any executive officer with a gross-up 
or other reimbursement for tax amounts the executive might pay pursuant to Section 280G. 

Payments upon Termination of Mr. Morris’ Employment.  In the first quarter of the fiscal year, Mr. Morris’ position at the Company 
was eliminated, and pursuant to the terms of his employment letter agreement, he was entitled to certain compensation.  Accordingly, 
Mr. Morris received the following severance benefits:  (i) a lump sum payment of $1,020,000, consisting of his then current annual 
salary of $600,000 and his target bonus of $420,000, (ii) medical and dental insurance for one year valued at approximately $17,300 
and (iii) a lump sum payment of $75,000 for relocation and related expenses.  In addition, in exchange for a release of claims in favor 
of the Company, Mr. Morris received an extension of the post-termination exercise period of his option to November 30, 2008, which 
date was seven  months following his termination date.   

 45

 
 
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

 The Audit Committee oversees the Company’s financial reporting process on behalf of the Board.  It assists the Board in fulfilling its 
oversight responsibilities to the stockholders relating to the Company’s financial statements and the financial reporting process, the 
systems of internal accounting and financial controls, and the audit process.  While the Audit Committee sets the overall corporate 
tone for quality financial reporting, management has the primary responsibility for the preparation, presentation and integrity of the 
Company’s financial statements and implementation of the reporting process including the systems of internal controls and procedures 
designed to reasonably assure compliance with accounting standards, applicable laws and regulations.  In accordance with the law, the 
Audit  Committee  has  ultimate  authority  and  responsibility  to  select,  compensate,  evaluate  and,  when  appropriate,  replace  the 
Company’s independent auditors.  The Charter of the Audit Committee can be found at www.investor.xilinx.com under “Corporate 
Governance.” 

The  Company’s  external  auditors,  Ernst  &  Young  LLP,  are  responsible  for  performing  an  independent  audit  of  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and expressing opinions on the conformity 
of the Company’s audited financial statements to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and the effectiveness of 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  In carrying out its responsibilities, the Audit Committee has the power to 
retain outside counsel or other experts and is empowered to investigate any matter with full access to all books, records, facilities and 
personnel of the Company.  The Audit Committee members are not professional accountants or auditors, and their functions are not 
intended to duplicate or certify the activities of management and the independent auditors. 

In fulfilling its oversight responsibilities, the Audit Committee reviewed the audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal 
year ended March 28, 2009 with management and Ernst & Young LLP, including a discussion of the quality, not just the acceptability, 
of  the  accounting  principles,  the  reasonableness  of  significant  judgments,  and  the  clarity  of  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  
The Audit Committee also discussed with Ernst & Young LLP, matters required to be discussed by Statement on Auditing Standards 
No. 61  as  amended  (AICPA,  Professional  Standards,  Vol.  1.  AU  section  380),  as  adopted  by  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight Board (PCAOB) in Rule 3200T.  In addition, the Audit Committee has received and reviewed the written disclosures and 
the  letter  from  Ernst  &  Young  LLP  required  by  applicable  requirements  of  the  PCAOB  regarding  the  independent  accountant’s 
communications  with  the  audit  committee  concerning  independence,  and  has  discussed  with  them  their  independence  from  the 
Company and its management. 

The Audit Committee also reviewed and discussed with management its assessment and report on the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting as of March 28, 2009.  The assessment was made using SEC guidelines issued in May 2007 
and  the  control  framework  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.    The  Audit 
Committee has also reviewed and discussed with Ernst & Young LLP its audit of and report on the Company’s internal control over 
financial  reporting.   The  Company  published  these  reports  in  its Annual  Report on  Form  10-K for  the fiscal  year ended  March 28, 
2009. 

Based on the reviews and discussions referred to above, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board that the audited financial 
statements be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 28, 2009 for filing with the 
SEC. 

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors 
—John L. Doyle, Chairman 
—J. Michael Patterson 
—Marshall C. Turner 

The foregoing Report of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is not “soliciting material,” is not deemed “filed” with the 
SEC and is not to be incorporated by reference in any filing of Xilinx under the Securities Act or under the Exchange Act, whether 
made before or after the date of this proxy statement and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing. 

 46

 
 
 
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION 

The members of the Compensation Committee are Philip T. Gianos, J. Michael Patterson and Elizabeth W. Vanderslice.  No member 
of the Compensation Committee is, or was during fiscal 2009, an officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or was 
formerly an officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  No member of the Compensation Committee is, or was during fiscal 
2009, an executive officer of another company whose board of directors has a comparable committee on which one of the Company’s 
executive officers serves.  For further discussion regarding transactions with related parties, see the section above entitled “Director 
Independence, Board Meetings and Committees.” 

SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE 

Section 16(a)  of  the  Exchange  Act  requires  the  Company’s  officers  and  Directors,  and  persons  who  own  more  than  10%  of  a 
registered class of the Company’s equity securities, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership of such securities with the 
SEC.  Officers, Directors and greater than 10% beneficial owners are required by applicable regulations to furnish the Company with 
copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.  To the Company’s knowledge, based solely upon a review of the copies of such reports 
furnished  to  the  Company,  and  written  representations  from  certain  reporting  persons  that  no  other  reports  were  required,  the 
Company believes that its officers, Directors and greater-than-10% stockholders complied with all Section 16(a) filing requirements 
during the 2009 fiscal year. 

RELATED TRANSACTIONS 

Our  Audit  Committee  is  responsible  for  reviewing  and  approving  all  related  party  transactions.    Related  parties  include  any  of  our 
Directors or executive officers, certain of our stockholders and their immediate family members.  This obligation is set forth in writing 
in the Audit Committee charter.  The Audit Committee reviews related party transactions due to the potential for a conflict of interest.  
A conflict of interest arises when an individual’s personal interest interferes with the Company’s interests.  All transactions identified 
through  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  potential  related  party  transactions,  or  transactions  that  may  create  a  conflict  of 
interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest, are brought to the attention of the Audit Committee for its review.  In reviewing 
related party transactions, the Audit Committee applies the standards set forth in the Company’s Code of Conduct and the Directors’ 
Code of Ethics which provide that Directors, officers and employees are to avoid any activity, investment or association that would 
cause or even appear to cause a conflict of interest.  Copies of the Audit Committee Charter, the Code of Conduct and the Directors’ 
Code of Ethics are available on our website at http://www.investor.xilinx.com under “Corporate Governance.” For further discussion 
regarding transactions with related parties, see the section above entitled “Director Independence, Board Meetings and Committees.” 

OTHER MATTERS 

As  reported  by  Analog  Devices,  Inc.  (“ADI”) in  its  Form  10-K  filed  on  November  25,  2008,  Mr.  Fishman  and  ADI  in  May  2008 
reached  a  settlement  with  the  SEC  concluding  the  Commission’s  investigation  into  ADI’s  stock  option  granting  practices.  Neither 
Mr. Fishman  nor  ADI  admitted  or  denied  any  of  the  Commission’s  allegations  or  findings.    The  settlement  concluded  that  the 
appropriate grant dates made by ADI in 1998, 1999 and 2002 should have been, in two instances, one trading day earlier or later and, 
in  one  instance,  five  trading  days  later.    In  connection  with  the  settlement,  ADI  consented  to  a  cease-and-desist  order  under 
Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder, paid a civil money penalty of $3,000,000, and repriced options granted 
to Mr. Fishman in 1999 and 2001. Mr. Fishman consented to a cease-and-desist order under Sections 17(a)(2) and (3) of the Securities 
Act, paid a civil money penalty of $1,000,000, and made a disgorgement payment of $450,000 (plus interest) with respect to options 
granted in 1998.   

The Company knows of no other matters to be submitted to the meeting.  If any other matters properly come before the meeting, it is 
the intention of the persons named in the enclosed proxy card to vote the shares they represent as the Board may recommend. 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

Dated:  June 24, 2009 

 47

 
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

CORPORATE OFFICERS

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Philip T. Gianos
Chairman of the Board

Moshe N. Gavrielov
President and Chief Executive Officer

Moshe N. Gavrielov
President and Chief Executive Officer

John L. Doyle

Jerald G. Fishman

William G. Howard, Jr.

J. Michael Patterson

Willem P. Roelandts

Marshall C. Turner

Elizabeth W. Vanderslice

Ivo Bolsens
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Technology Officer

Kathleen E. Borneman
Corporate Vice President, 
Worldwide Human Resources

Kevin J. Cooney
Vice President and 
Chief Information Officer

Scott R. Hover-Smoot
Corporate Vice President, 
General Counsel and Secretary

Jon A. Olson
Senior Vice President, Finance 
and Chief Financial Officer

Victor Peng
Senior Vice President, 
Programmable Platforms Development

Raja G. Petrakian
Senior Vice President, 
Worldwide Operations

Krishna Rangasayee
Vice President, 
Corporate Strategic Planning

Vincent F. Ratford
Senior Vice President, 
Worldwide Marketing

Vincent L. Tong
Senior Vice President, 
Worldwide Quality and 
New Product Introductions

Frank A. Tornaghi
Senior Vice President, 
Worldwide Sales

Common Stock
Xilinx’s common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol 
XLNX. As of May 6, 2009, there were approximately 793 stockholders of record. Since 
many holders’ shares are listed under their brokerage firms’ names, the actual number 
of stockholders is estimated by the Company to be over 105,000.

Dividend Information
Xilinx currently pays a quarterly common stock dividend. Please refer to the Dividend 
FAQ page on www.investor.xilinx.com for more information regarding our stock 
dividend program. Xilinx does not currently offer a Dividend Reinvestment or Direct 
Purchase Program. 

Twelve Month Closing Stock Price Range:
April 2008 to March 2009: $14.61 - $28.16

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Please send change of address and other correspondence to:

Computershare Trust Company, N.A. 
Computershare Investor Services 
P.O. Box 43078 
Providence, RI 02940-3078 
www.computershare.com 
Phone: (781) 575-2879

Inquiries Concerning the Company
If you have questions regarding Xilinx’s operations, recent results or historical 
performance, please contact:

Xilinx, Inc. 
Investor Relations 
2100 Logic Drive 
San Jose, CA 95124 
www.investor.xilinx.com 
Email: ir@xilinx.com

Copies of the Xilinx Annual Report, Form 10-K and Proxy are available to all 
stockholders without charge.

Independent Auditors
Ernst & Young LLP 
San Jose, CA

Annual Meeting
The 2009 Xilinx Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held on Wednesday, 
August 12, 2009 at 1:00 p.m. Pacific Daylight Time at Xilinx, Inc., 2050 Logic Drive, 
San Jose, CA 95124. 

Corporate Headquarters
Xilinx, Inc.
2100 Logic Drive
San Jose, CA 95124
USA
Tel: 408-559-7778
www.xilinx.com

European Headquarters

Xilinx Ireland
Logic Drive
Citywest Business Campus
Saggart, County Dublin
Ireland
Tel: +353-1-464-0311

Asia Pacific Headquarters

Xilinx Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd.
5 Changi Business Park Vista
Singapore 486040
Tel: +65-6407-3000

www.xilinx.com

© Copyright 2009 Xilinx, Inc., Xilinx, the Xilinx Logo, Virtex, Spartan, ISE, and 
other designated brands included herein are registered trademarks of Xilinx in 
the United States and other countries. All other trademarks are the property of 
their respective owners.